AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON APRIL 9, 1998
REGISTRATION NO. 333-
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
----------------
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
----------------
MASTER GRAPHICS, INC.
(EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
TENNESSEE 2752 62-1694322
(PRIMARY STANDARD (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
(STATE OR OTHER INDUSTRIAL IDENTIFICATION NUMBER)
JURISDICTION OF CLASSIFICATION CODE)
INCORPORATION OR
ORGANIZATION)
6075 POPLAR AVENUE, SUITE 401
MEMPHIS, TENNESSEE 38119
(901) 685-2020
(ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER,
INCLUDING AREA CODE OF REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICE)
JOHN P. MILLER
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
6075 POPLAR AVENUE, SUITE 401
MEMPHIS, TENNESSEE 38119
(901) 685-2020
(NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER,
INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)
COPIES TO:
JOHN A. GOOD, ESQ. JOHN J. KELLEY III, ESQ.
BAKER, DONELSON, BEARMAN & CALDWELL KING & SPALDING
165 MADISON AVENUE, SUITE 2000 191 PEACHTREE STREET
MEMPHIS, TENNESSEE 38103 ATLANTA, GEORGIA 30303-1763
(901) 577-2148 TELEPHONE (404) 572-4600 TELEPHONE
(901) 577-2303 FACSIMILE (404) 572-5100 FACSIMILE
APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: As soon as
practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box. [_]
If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. [_]
If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. [_]
If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. [_]
If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. [_]
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PROPOSED PROPOSED
MAXIMUM MAXIMUM
TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF AMOUNT OFFERING AGGREGATE
SECURITIES TO BE TO BE PRICE OFFERING AMOUNT OF
REGISTERED REGISTERED(1) PER SHARE PRICE REGISTRATION FEE(2)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common Stock, $.001 par
value per share....... 4,140,000 $13.00 $53,820,000 $15,877
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) Includes up to 540,000 shares of Common Stock that the Underwriters have
the option to purchase from the Registrant to cover over-allotments, if
any.
(2) Estimated in accordance with Rule 457(a) solely for the purpose of
calculating the registration fee.
THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT
SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS
REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH
SECTION 8(A) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING
PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A), MAY DETERMINE.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MASTER GRAPHICS, INC.
CROSS REFERENCE SHEET
CROSS-REFERENCE SHEET SHOWING
LOCATION IN THE PROSPECTUS OF INFORMATION REQUIRED
BY PART I OF FORM S-1
FORM S-
1 REGISTRATION STATEMENT ITEM NUMBER AND CAPTION LOCATION IN PROSPECTUS
------------------------------------------------ ----------------------
1. Forepart of the Registration
Statement and Outside Front
Cover Page of Prospectus..... Outside Front Cover Page of Prospectus
2. Inside Front and Outside Back
Cover Pages of Prospectus.... Inside Front Cover Page of Prospectus;
Outside Back Cover Page of Prospectus;
Additional Information
3. Summary Information, Risk
Factors and Ratio of Earnings
to Fixed Charges............. Prospectus Summary; Risk Factors
4. Use of Proceeds............... Use of Proceeds
5. Determination of Offering
Price........................ Underwriting
6. Dilution...................... Dilution
7. Selling Security Holders...... Principal and Selling Shareholders
8. Plan of Distribution.......... Outside Front Cover Page of Prospectus;
Underwriting
9. Description of Securities to Dividend Policy; Capitalization;
be Registered................ Description of Capital Stock; Shares
Eligible for Future Sale
10. Interests of Named Experts and
Counsel...................... Not Applicable
11. Information With Respect to Outside Front Cover Page of Prospectus;
the Registrant............... Prospectus Summary; Risk Factors; Dividend
Policy; Capitalization; Selected
Historical, Combined and Pro Forma
Financial Data; Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations; Business;
Management; Certain Transactions;
Principal and Selling Shareholders;
Description of Capital Stock; Shares
Eligible for Future Sale; Financial
Statements
12. Disclosure of Commission
Position on Indemnification
for Securities Act
Liabilities.................. Not Applicable
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A +
+REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE +
+SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY +
+OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT +
+BECOMES EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR +
+THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE +
+SECURITIES IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE +
+UNLAWFUL PRIOR TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF +
+ANY SUCH STATE. +
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED APRIL , 1998
PROSPECTUS
[LOGO OF MASTER GRAPHICS, INC. APPEARS HERE.]
3,600,000 SHARES
MASTER GRAPHICS, INC.
COMMON STOCK
-----------
Of the 3,600,000 shares of Common Stock offered hereby, 3,400,000 shares are
being sold by Master Graphics, Inc. (the "Company") and 200,000 shares are
being offered by a shareholder of the Company (the "Selling Shareholder"). See
"Principal and Selling Shareholders." The Company will not receive any of the
proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock by the Selling Shareholder.
Prior to this offering (the "Offering"), there has been no public market for
the Common Stock. It is currently anticipated that the initial public offering
price will be between $11.00 and $13.00 per share. See "Underwriting" for
information relating to the factors to be considered in determining the initial
public offering price of the Common Stock. The Company has applied to have the
Common Stock approved for quotation on The Nasdaq Stock Market's National
Market (the "Nasdaq National Market") under the symbol "MAGR."
SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 9 OF THIS PROSPECTUS FOR A DISCUSSION OF
CERTAIN FACTORS THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS OF THE
COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY.
-----------
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY
IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PROCEEDS TO
PRICE TO UNDERWRITING PROCEEDS TO SELLING
PUBLIC DISCOUNT(1) COMPANY(2)(3) SHAREHOLDER(3)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Per Share................... $ $ $ $
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total....................... $ $ $ $
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) The Company and the Selling Shareholder have agreed to indemnify the
Underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"). See
"Underwriting."
(2) Before deducting estimated expenses of $900,000 payable by the Company.
(3) The Company has granted the Underwriters an over-allotment option,
exercisable for 30 days from the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to
540,000 additional shares of Common Stock on the same terms and conditions
as set forth above. If all such shares are purchased by the Underwriters,
the total Price to Public will be $ , the total Underwriting Discount
will be $ , and the total Proceeds to Company will be $ . See
"Underwriting."
-----------
The shares of Common Stock are offered by the several Underwriters named
herein, subject to prior sale, when, as, and if issued to and accepted by them,
and subject to the Underwriters' right to withdraw, cancel, or modify such
offer and reject any order in whole or in part. It is expected that delivery of
the shares of Common Stock will be made on or about , 1998.
-----------
MORGAN KEEGAN & COMPANY, INC.
, 1998.
[GRAPHICS TO FOLLOW]
CERTAIN PERSONS PARTICIPATING IN THIS OFFERING MAY ENGAGE IN TRANSACTIONS
THAT STABILIZE, MAINTAIN OR OTHERWISE AFFECT THE PRICE OF THE SHARES OF COMMON
STOCK. SUCH TRANSACTIONS MAY INCLUDE STABILIZING, THE PURCHASE OF SHARES OF
COMMON STOCK TO COVER SYNDICATE SHORT POSITIONS AND THE IMPOSITION OF PENALTY
BIDS. FOR A DESCRIPTION OF THESE ACTIVITIES, SEE "UNDERWRITING."
2
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
The following is a summary of certain information contained elsewhere in this
Prospectus. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to, and
should be read in conjunction with, the more detailed information and financial
statements, including the related notes thereto, appearing elsewhere in this
Prospectus. Unless otherwise indicated, the information in this Prospectus (i)
assumes a 40,000 for 1 stock split to be effected immediately prior to the
closing of the Offering; (ii) assumes conversion of the Company's 5% Series A
Cumulative Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock (the "Series A Preferred
Stock") into 177,776 shares of Common Stock; (iii) assumes the exercise of a
warrant to purchase 183,333 shares of Common Stock (assuming an initial public
offering price of $12.00 per share, the mid-point of the range set forth on the
cover page of this Prospectus (the "Mid-Point")); (iv) assumes no exercise of
any other outstanding warrants or options to purchase Common Stock; and (v)
assumes no exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment option. Unless the
context otherwise requires, as used herein the term "Company" means and refers
to Master Graphics, Inc., a Tennessee corporation, its wholly-owned operating
subsidiaries, including Premier Graphics, Inc., a Delaware corporation
("Premier Graphics") as well as Master Printing, Inc. ("Master Printing") and
B&M Printing, Inc. ("B&M Printing"), the predecessors of Master Graphics, Inc.
and Premier Graphics, respectively. On March 26, 1998, Master Graphics, Inc., a
Delaware corporation formed in June 1997 merged with and into Master Graphics,
Inc., a Tennessee corporation in a reincorporation transaction. References to
fiscal year financial information of the Company refer to the fiscal year ended
June 30 of the relevant year. References to fiscal year financial information
of the companies acquired by the Company prior to the date hereof (the
"Acquired Companies") and McQuiddy Printing Company refer to the respective
fiscal year ends of such companies. Effective January 1, 1998, the Company
changed its fiscal year to a calendar year.
THE COMPANY
The Company is a rapidly growing provider of general commercial printing
services to customers throughout the United States. Since June 1997, the
Company has acquired nine high quality, market leading general commercial
printing companies, each of which operates as a separate division of the
Company. In addition, the Company has entered into a definitive agreement to
acquire McQuiddy Printing Company ("McQuiddy" and together with the Acquired
Companies, the "Master Graphics Companies"). The Master Graphics Companies have
an average operating history of over 50 years, established customer
relationships and strong reputations for customer service, responsiveness and
quality. The Company's acquisition and operating strategies are focused on
continued selective acquisitions and internal growth. The Company expects that
this strategy will enable each division to offer broader services to existing
customers and attract new customers for existing services. The Company's pro
forma consolidated revenue and operating income for the twelve months ended
December 31, 1997 were $154.0 million and $8.5 million, respectively.
The Company provides service in all areas of general commercial printing,
including prepress, printing and postpress services. The Company's products
include annual reports, direct mail pieces, sales literature, point of purchase
materials, market letters, newsletters, training manuals, product brochures,
catalogs and university recruiting materials for customers such as Federal
Express, IBM, Provident Life, W. W. Grainger, Turner Broadcasting and
G. D. Searle. The Company's operating philosophy emphasizes responding rapidly
to customer requirements and producing high quality printed materials.
Responsiveness is essential because of the typically short lead time on most
general commercial printing jobs.
The printing industry is one of the largest and most fragmented industries in
the United States, with total estimated 1996 sales of $132 billion among an
estimated 50,000 printing companies, according to the Printing Industries of
America, Inc. (the "PIA"). The printing industry includes general commercial
printing, financial printing, printing and publishing of books, newspapers and
periodicals, quick printing and production of business forms and greeting
cards. The Company focuses on providing general commercial printing and related
services. According to the PIA, this segment had approximately $43 billion in
revenue in 1996 compared to $40 billion in 1995. There are approximately 25,000
general commercial printing companies in the United States according to the
PIA.
3
The general commercial printing industry is characterized by unpredictable
shifts in demand and fast turnaround times. To remain competitive and meet
their customers' demands, general commercial printers must make substantial
investments in plant capacity. Independent general commercial printers often
experience lower than optimal capacity utilization because of wide fluctuations
in demand, which can adversely affect profitability. The Company seeks to
smooth its capacity utilization through its proprietary "Master Central"
equipment utilization and marketing process. Master Central serves as a
clearinghouse to allocate projects to those divisions with available capacity
or those that possess the specialized equipment and expertise required for a
particular project. See "Business--Master Central."
The Company has developed an integrated operating and acquisition strategy
designed to maximize internal and external growth and maintain and expand its
position as a leading provider of general commercial printing services. The
Company's operating strategy is to combine the service and responsiveness of a
locally-oriented, independent general commercial printing company with the
resources and economies of scale of a large company. The key elements of the
Company's operating strategy are as follows:
. Provide Premium, High Quality Service. The Company targets the premium
segment of the general commercial printing market. The Company's
customers generally choose printers primarily based on service, quality
and responsiveness, and not based solely on price.
. Cross-Sell Production Capabilities. In order to maximize "same store"
revenue growth and profitability, the Company has developed its
proprietary Master Central equipment utilization and marketing process.
Master Central is designed to maximize the utilization of the Company's
existing printing capacity and capabilities by (i) allocating, on a real
time basis, certain printing projects to a particular division based on
equipment capabilities and availability; and (ii) training the Company's
sales force to market the production capacity and capabilities of all of
the Company's divisions. See "Business--Master Central."
. Achieve Economies of Scale. As a result of centralized purchasing, the
Company expects to receive volume discounts and rebates from
manufacturers of paper, film, printing plates and ink that would be
unavailable to the Company's divisions on a stand-alone basis. Paper is
generally the largest cost item for general commercial printing
companies, including the Company. The Company's paper costs were
approximately 27% of revenue for the six months ended December 31, 1997.
The Company has pricing agreements with five paper suppliers which
provide discounts and rebates based on volume and is currently
discussing with certain manufacturers purchase terms for film, printing
plates and ink and other printing supplies. In addition, the Company
intends to centralize administrative items such as insurance and
employee benefits to further reduce costs.
. Operate on a Decentralized Basis. The Company intends to retain the key
managers of the businesses it acquires and allow them to maintain
substantial responsibility for the day-to-day operations, profitability
and growth of those businesses as separate divisions. The Company
believes that the operating autonomy provided by this decentralized
structure, together with the implementation of reporting systems and
financial controls at the corporate level, will enable it to combine the
service and responsiveness of a locally-oriented, independent general
commercial printing company with the resources and economies of scale of
a large company. Moreover, the Company intends to motivate its employees
and align their interests with those of the Company's shareholders by
using Common Stock as a currency in its acquisition program and by
granting stock options as a part of employee compensation.
The Company's acquisition strategy is to become a leading provider of general
commercial printing services in the United States through the acquisition of
independent general commercial printing companies that are well managed and
market leaders in customer service, responsiveness and quality. The Company
believes that its profile within the industry and its philosophy of
decentralized operations and centralized administration enable
4
the Company to identify and acquire high quality, market leading independent
general commercial printing companies. The key elements of the Company's
acquisition strategy are as follows:
. Acquire High Quality, Well Managed Companies. The Company evaluates
potential acquisition candidates based on a variety of factors,
including reputation for quality, service, strength of management,
competitive market position, historical financial performance, growth
potential, customer base, equipment capabilities and available capacity.
The Company seeks to acquire only those companies which maintain high
levels of quality and service consistent with the Company's existing
divisions. The Company believes this strategy is essential to enabling
each division of the Company to cross-sell the capacity and capabilities
of the other divisions without concerns about quality and service.
. Retain Existing Management of Companies Acquired. The Company seeks to
acquire successful companies whose key managers will become employees of
the Company and continue to operate acquired businesses as divisions of
the Company. To preserve local market knowledge and customer
relationships, the Company has entered into employment contracts and
agreements not to compete with the key managers at each Acquired Company
and intends to continue to do so in the future.
The Company is a Tennessee corporation with its principal executive offices
located at 6075 Poplar Avenue, Suite 401, Memphis, Tennessee 38119, and its
telephone number is (901) 685-2020.
THE OFFERING
Common Stock offered by the Company............... 3,400,000
Common Stock offered by the Selling Shareholder... 200,000
Common Stock to be outstanding after the Offer-
ing(1)........................................... 8,027,773
Use of proceeds................................... Repayment of indebtedness
and certain other fees. See
"Use of Proceeds."
Proposed Nasdaq National Market symbol............ MAGR
- --------
(1) Includes (i) 177,776 shares of Common Stock issuable for nominal
consideration upon the conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock and (ii)
183,333 shares of Common Stock (assuming an initial offering price equal to
the Mid-Point) issuable for nominal consideration upon the exercise of a
warrant issued in connection with a financing transaction. Does not include
(i) 1,516,412 shares of Common Stock issuable at $12.00 per share (assuming
an initial offering price equal to the Mid-Point) upon the exercise of
warrants issued in connection with the Company's acquisition of the
Acquired Companies and its proposed acquisition of McQuiddy; (ii) 606,914
shares of Common Stock issuable at $12.00 per share (assuming an initial
offering price equal to the Mid-Point) upon the exercise of outstanding
stock options held by employees of the Company; (iii) 108,333 shares of
Common Stock issuable at $12.00 per share (assuming an initial offering
price equal to the Mid-Point) upon the exercise of rights granted to former
B&M Printing shareholders; and (iv) 83,333 shares of Common Stock issuable
at $12.00 per share (assuming an initial offering price equal to the Mid-
Point) pursuant to the Company's deferred compensation plan.
RISK FACTORS
An investment in the shares of Common Stock offered hereby involves a high
degree of risk, including, among others, risks related to lack of operating
history, integration of assets and personnel and acquisition and operating
strategies. See "Risk Factors."
5
SUMMARY PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
PRO FORMA
AS ADJUSTED
YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
1997(1)
-------------
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
Revenue......................................................... $153,971
Gross profit.................................................... 38,790
Operating income................................................ 8,545
Net earnings.................................................... 893
Net earnings applicable to common shares........................ 779
Net earnings per common share
Basic......................................................... $ 0.10
Diluted....................................................... $ 0.10
OTHER DATA:
EBITDA(2)....................................................... $ 13,991
PRO FORMA
AS ADJUSTED
AS OF
DECEMBER 31,
1997(1)
-------------
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital................................................. $ 17,038
Property, plant and equipment, net.............................. 54,216
Total assets.................................................... 137,294
Long-term debt, including current installments.................. 77,803
Redeemable common stock warrants................................ 2,200
Redeemable preferred stock...................................... 1,350
Shareholders' equity............................................ 34,842
- --------
(1) Pro forma as adjusted financial data as of December 31, 1997 gives effect
to the completed acquisitions, the probable acquisition of McQuiddy, and
financings thereof that are described in Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated
Financial Statements, as if they had occurred at January 1, 1997 for the
Income Statement Data and on December 31, 1997 for the Balance Sheet Data.
The pro forma financial information presents certain information for the
Company, as adjusted for (i) the effects of the acquisitions of the Master
Graphics Companies, (ii) the effects of certain pro forma adjustments to
the historical financial statements of the Master Graphics Companies which
are directly related to these acquisitions, (iii) the exercise of a warrant
by the Selling Shareholder to purchase 266,664 shares of Common Stock for
nominal value, (iv) the issuance of the Series A Preferred Stock, and (v)
the consummation of the Offering and the application of the net proceeds
therefrom. The conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock into 177,776
shares of Common Stock and the exercise of a warrant to purchase 183,333
shares of Common Stock for nominal consideration have not been assumed in
the pro forma balance sheet data; their assumed conversion and exercise,
respectively, have been considered in computing diluted net earnings per
share. The pro forma adjustments reflect, among other things, a reduction
in interest expense and the interest rate as a result of the application of
the net proceeds of the Offering. The pro forma as adjusted financial
information does not purport to represent what the Company's results of
operations or financial position actually would have been had these events,
in fact, occurred on the date or at the beginning of the period indicated,
nor is it intended to project the Company's results of operations or
financial position for any future date or period.
6
(2) Represents earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization
("EBITDA"). Based on its experience in the general commercial printing
industry, the Company believes that EBITDA is an important tool for
measuring the performance of companies in the industry (including potential
acquisition targets) in several areas such as liquidity, operating
performance and leverage. In addition, lenders use EBITDA as a criterion in
evaluating companies in the industry, and the Company's financing
arrangements contain covenants in which EBITDA is used as a measure of
financial performance. The EBITDA measure for the Company may not be
consistent with similarly titled measures for other companies. EBITDA
should not be considered as an alternative to operating or net income (as
determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
("GAAP")) as an indicator of the Company's performance or to cash flow from
operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP) as a measure of
liquidity. See the comparative historical statements of cash flows included
herein and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations" and "--Liquidity and Capital Resources" for a
discussion of other measures of performance determined in accordance with
GAAP and the Company's sources and applications of cash flow.
7
SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE COMPANY AND INDIVIDUAL MASTER GRAPHICS
COMPANIES
(IN THOUSANDS)
FISCAL YEAR
----------------------------
1995 1996 1997
-------- -------- --------
Master Graphics, Inc.(1)
Revenue......................................... $ 11,426 $ 13,243 $ 13,433
Gross profit.................................... 2,498 3,288 2,121
Operating income (loss)......................... (72) 597 (900)
Blackwell Lithographers, Inc.(2)
Revenue......................................... $ 3,715 $ 4,004 $ 4,164
Gross profit.................................... 1,582 1,544 1,526
Operating income................................ 188 745 609
Lithograph Printing Company of Memphis(2)
Revenue......................................... $ 16,659 $ 18,954 $ 20,118
Gross profit.................................... 3,457 4,203 4,574
Operating income................................ 78 694 1,606
Sutherland Printing Company, Inc.(2)
Revenue......................................... $ 7,451 $ 6,704 $ 7,892
Gross profit.................................... 2,048 2,642 1,836
Operating income (loss)......................... (1,366) 295 580
The Argus Press, Inc.(2)
Revenue......................................... $ 18,655 $ 24,662 $ 23,277
Gross profit.................................... 3,755 5,671 4,765
Operating income................................ 831 1,895 1,147
Phoenix Communications, Inc.(3)
Revenue......................................... $ 22,320 $ 20,093 $ 25,859
Gross profit.................................... 6,075 4,805 6,336
Operating income (loss)......................... 767 (403) 248
Jones Printing Company, Inc.(2)
Revenue......................................... $ 6,984 $ 7,952 $ 6,343
Gross profit.................................... 2,174 2,089 1,318
Operating income................................ 702 606 311
Hederman Brothers, Inc.
Revenue......................................... $ 8,556 $ 9,360 $ 10,459
Gross profit.................................... 2,064 2,509 2,354
Operating income................................ 204 478 322
Phillips Litho Co., Inc.
Revenue......................................... $ 12,162 $ 11,661 $ 12,727
Gross profit.................................... 3,386 2,648 4,087
Operating income (loss)......................... 788 (124) 1,216
Harperprints, Inc.
Revenue......................................... $ 10,721 $ 10,428 $ 10,904
Gross profit.................................... 3,529 2,889 2,607
Operating income................................ 1,625 1,168 686
McQuiddy Printing Company(3)
Revenue......................................... $ 15,681 $ 15,574 $ 16,583
Gross profit.................................... 3,505 3,015 3,438
Operating income................................ 915 410 697
Total
Revenue......................................... $134,330 $142,635 $151,759
Gross profit.................................... 34,073 35,303 34,962
Operating income................................ 4,660 6,361 6,522
- --------
(1) Consists primarily of results of operations of B&M Printing, which was the
sole operating entity of the Company prior to the inception of the
Company's acquisition transactions in June 1997. The Company had a fiscal
year end of June 30 until January 1, 1998.
(2) Since these companies were purchased at different times during 1997, these
amounts reflect combined pre- and post-acquisition activity during the
year.
(3) Phoenix Communications, Inc. ("Phoenix") (January 31) and McQuiddy (June
30) had fiscal year ends that differed from December 31, which is the year
end the Company will use effective January 1, 1998.
8
RISK FACTORS
In addition to the other information contained in this Prospectus, the
following risk factors should be considered carefully in evaluating an
investment in the shares of Common Stock offered hereby. The Company believes
that the following risk factors constitute all of the material risks
associated with an investment in the Common Stock. This discussion also
identifies important cautionary factors that could cause the Company's actual
results to differ materially from those projected in forward looking
statements of the Company made by, or on behalf of, the Company.
LIMITED COMBINED OPERATING HISTORY
The Company has acquired nine general commercial printing companies since
June 1997. In addition, the Company has entered into a definitive agreement to
acquire McQuiddy. Moreover, the Company's management team has been assembled
only recently, and several of its members have not worked in the printing
industry prior to joining the Company. There can be no assurance that the
management team will be able to manage effectively the combined operations of
a multiple-division general commercial printing company or that the Company
will be able to integrate the operations of the Master Graphics Companies
successfully and achieve expected operating efficiencies and economies of
scale. The pro forma and combined historical financial results of the Master
Graphics Companies cover periods during which the Master Graphics Companies
were not under common control or management and may not be indicative of the
Company's future financial or operating results. The inability of the Company
to integrate and manage effectively the Master Graphics Companies and
additional acquired businesses as a cohesive, efficient enterprise or to
eliminate unnecessary duplication or achieve other operating efficiencies and
economies of scale may have a material adverse effect on the business,
financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
INABILITY TO INTEGRATE OPERATIONS OR IMPLEMENT OPERATING SYSTEMS AND POLICIES
As a rapidly growing provider of general commercial printing services, the
Company is faced with the development, implementation and integration of
Company-wide policies and systems related to its operations. Prior to their
acquisition by the Company, the Acquired Companies operated as separate
independent businesses. Further, McQuiddy has operated and will continue to
operate prior to acquisition by the Company as a separate independent
business. For the foreseeable future, the Company will rely on the separate
accounting, information and operating systems of the Master Graphics
Companies. The Company eventually plans, however, to implement and integrate
certain information and operating systems, policies and procedures for the
Master Graphics Companies and companies to be acquired in the future
including, but not limited to, accounting systems, employment and human
resources policies, purchasing programs and the Company's Master Central
equipment utilization and marketing process. Each of the Master Graphics
Companies and companies to be acquired in the future may need to modify
certain systems and policies they have utilized historically to conform with
the Company's systems and policies. As a result of the Company's decentralized
operating philosophy, there can be no assurance that the Company's operating
systems and policies will be implemented successfully across each of its
divisions or that the Company will be successful in monitoring the performance
of the divisions. The Company may experience delays, complications and
expenses in implementing, integrating and operating such systems, any of which
could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial
condition and results of operations. See "Business--Operating Strategy" and
"Business--Master Central."
The Company expects that Master Central will enable it to utilize more
effectively its printing capacity and effectively allocate print jobs across
the range of the Company's available production equipment. However, there can
be no assurance that the Company will be able to implement successfully Master
Central or that, once implemented, it will enable the Company to utilize more
efficiently its printing capacity.
SUBSTANTIAL LEVERAGE
At December 31, 1997, on a pro forma basis, the Company's indebtedness was
approximately $77 million, net of $1.8 million of unamortized discount. The
Company currently has an $85 million secured credit facility (the "Senior
Credit Facility") with its senior lender and has received a commitment from
such lender to increase the facility to $90 million upon closing of the
Offering. Currently, the Company has approximately $6.3 million of additional
borrowing capacity available under the Senior Credit Facility and, upon
closing of the Offering, the
9
application of the net proceeds thereof, the acquisition of McQuiddy, and the
increase of the available credit under the Senior Credit Facility, the Company
will have approximately $35 million of additional borrowing capacity under the
Senior Credit Facility. Moreover, the Company has a $7.5 million credit
facility (the "Revolving Credit Facility") through a commercial bank and is
negotiating with the bank to increase the maximum credit amount under the
Revolving Credit Facility to $15 million upon closing of the Offering.
Currently, the Company has approximately $7.2 million of additional borrowing
capacity available under the Revolving Credit Facility and, upon closing of
the Offering, the application of the net proceeds thereof, the acquisition of
McQuiddy, and the increase of the available credit under the Revolving Credit
Facility, the Company will have approximately $11.2 million of additional
borrowing capacity under the Revolving Credit Facility. The Senior Credit
Facility and the Revolving Credit Facility are referred to herein as the
"Credit Facilities." The Company expects to fully utilize available credit
under the Senior Credit Facility and the Revolving Credit Facility, and could
incur additional indebtedness, which amounts could be significant, in
connection with future acquisitions. The level of the Company's indebtedness
could have important consequences to shareholders, including: (i) a
substantial portion of the Company's cash flow from operations could be
dedicated to debt service and will not be available for other purposes; (ii)
the Company's ability to obtain additional equity or debt financing in the
future for working capital, capital expenditures or acquisitions may be
limited; and (iii) the Company's level of indebtedness could limit its
flexibility in reacting to changes in the printing industry and economic
conditions generally. Moreover, Master Graphics, Inc. is dependent upon the
cash flow of and the transfer of funds from its subsidiary, Premier Graphics,
which, under the Credit Facilities, is subject to restrictions on its ability
to pay dividends to Master Graphics, Inc. Certain of the Company's competitors
currently operate on a less leveraged basis and have significantly greater
operating and financing flexibility than the Company.
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH ACQUISITION STRATEGY
A key element of the Company's acquisition strategy is to consummate
numerous acquisitions of independent general commercial printing companies
throughout the United States. The Company's acquisition strategy presents
risks that, singly or in any combination, could have a material adverse effect
on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.
These risks include inattention by management to existing operations of the
Company because of increased management attention and resources to
acquisitions, the possible loss of customers of acquired businesses as a
result of the acquisition by the Company, the loss of key personnel of
acquired businesses, possible adverse effects on earnings resulting from
amortization of goodwill created in purchase transactions and the contingent
and latent risks associated with the past operations and other unanticipated
problems arising in the acquired businesses.
The success of the Company's acquisition strategy will be dependent upon a
number of factors, including (i) the Company's ability to locate existing
general commercial printing companies for acquisitions and to integrate
successfully the operations of printing companies acquired in the future into
the Company's operations and (ii) the availability of adequate financing to
develop or acquire additional general commercial printing companies. There can
be no assurance that the Company's acquisition strategy will be successful,
that modifications to the Company's acquisition strategy will not be required,
that the Company will be able to manage effectively and enhance the
profitability of the Master Graphics Companies or companies to be acquired in
the future or that the Company will be able to obtain adequate financing on
reasonable terms to acquire additional general commercial printing companies.
The failure of the Company to implement its strategy of making additional
acquisitions would have a material adverse effect on the stock price of the
Company. Moreover, there can be no assurance that future acquisitions, if any,
will contribute to the Company's profitability or otherwise facilitate the
successful implementation of the Company's overall strategy. See "Business--
Acquisition Strategy" and "--Operating Strategy."
DEPENDENCE ON ADDITIONAL CAPITAL FOR FUTURE GROWTH
The Company's acquisition strategy will require substantial capital, and the
Company anticipates that it will, in the future, seek to raise additional
funds through equity or debt financing. There can be no assurance that
sufficient funds will be available on terms acceptable to the Company, if at
all. If additional equity securities are issued, dilution to the Company's
shareholders may result, and if additional funds are raised through the
incurrence of debt, the Company may become subject to restrictions on its
operations and finances. Such
10
restrictions may have an adverse effect on, among other things, the Company's
ability to pursue its acquisition strategy. Although the Company has received
a commitment from its senior lender and expects to receive a commitment from
its Revolving Credit Facility lender to increase the maximum credit available
under the Credit Facilities to the aggregate amount of $105 million at the
time the Offering is closed, there can be no assurance that this increase will
be obtained. Moreover, the Company currently intends to finance future
acquisitions in part by using shares of its Common Stock as consideration. If
the Common Stock does not maintain a sufficient market value, or if potential
acquisition candidates are unwilling to accept Common Stock as part of the
consideration for the sale of their businesses, the Company may be required to
utilize more of its cash resources, if available, to initiate and maintain its
acquisition program. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations--Liquidity and Capital Resources."
FLUCTUATION IN QUARTERLY OPERATING RESULTS; PRIOR OPERATING LOSSES
The Company's operating results may fluctuate from quarter to quarter as a
result of a number of factors, including overall trends in the economy, the
timing of acquisitions of new businesses and unpredictable customer buying
patterns. The Company competes primarily in the general commercial printing
sector, which is characterized by individual orders from customers for
specific printing projects rather than long-term contracts. Future engagement
by existing customers is dependent upon the customers' satisfaction with the
services provided by the Company. Therefore, the Company is unable to predict
in advance the number, size and profitability of printing jobs in a given
period. Irregular customer purchasing patterns could result in significant
fluctuations in operating results from quarter to quarter. In addition, direct
costs and timing of acquisitions could cause results of operations to
fluctuate from quarter to quarter.
The Company, Sutherland Printing Company, Inc. ("Sutherland"), Phoenix and
Phillips Litho Co., Inc. ("Phillips") have each experienced operating losses
in the last several years. See "Prospectus Summary--Summary Financial
Information for Individual Master Graphics Companies." There can be no
assurance that such operating losses will not continue. Moreover, Sutherland
was a debtor-in-possession under the protection of a proceeding filed under
Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code at the time of its acquisition
by the Company.
RAW MATERIALS--PAPER
The cost of paper is a principal factor in the Company's pricing to certain
customers. The Company is generally able to pass increases in the cost of
paper to its customers, while decreases in paper costs generally result in
lower prices to customers. In the last three years, paper prices for the
industry have experienced dramatic fluctuations. To the extent that there are
future paper cost increases and the Company is not able to pass such increases
to its customers or its customers reduce the size or number of their orders,
the Company's results of operations could be materially adversely affected.
In recent years, increases or decreases in demand for paper have led to
corresponding pricing changes and, in periods of high demand, to limitations
on the availability of certain paper grades, including grades utilized by the
Company. Any loss of the sources for paper supply or any disruption in such
sources' business or failure by them to meet the Company's product needs on a
timely basis could cause, at a minimum, temporary shortages in needed
materials which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's results
of operations. Although the Company actively manages its paper supply, it does
not maintain large inventories of paper, and there can be no assurance that
the Company's sources of supply for its paper will be adequate or, in the
event that such sources are not adequate, that alternative sources can be
developed in a timely manner.
AVAILABILITY OF TECHNICIANS AND SALESPEOPLE
The Company's ability to provide high-quality finished printed products in a
timely fashion is dependant on the Company's maintaining an adequate staff of
skilled technicians, including prepress personnel, pressmen, bindery operators
and fulfillment personnel. Accordingly, the Company's ability to increase its
productivity and profitability will be limited by its ability to employ, train
and retain the skilled technicians necessary to meet the Company's
commitments. From time-to-time, the printing industry experiences shortages of
qualified technicians, and there can be no assurance that the Company will be
able to maintain an adequate skilled labor
11
force necessary to operate efficiently, that the Company's labor expenses will
not increase from time to time as a result of shortages of skilled technicians
or that the Company will not have to curtail its planned internal growth as a
result of labor shortages. Moreover, the general commercial printing industry
is characterized by personal relationships between individual members of a
company's sales force and customers who order printing services. The inability
of the Company to retain salespeople with large customer bases could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and
results of operations. See "Business--Marketing and Sales."
RAPID TECHNOLOGICAL CHANGE
The technology used by the Company primarily in its prepress operations is
rapidly evolving. The Company could experience delays or difficulties in
adjusting its prepress systems to accommodate changing technology on a timely
basis to address the increasingly sophisticated needs of its customers and to
keep pace with technological developments and emerging industry standards. The
financial investment required to respond to and integrate changing
technologies may be greater than anticipated by the Company. If the Company
does not respond adequately to the need to integrate changing technologies in
a timely manner or the investment required to so respond is greater than
anticipated, the Company's business, financial condition and results of
operations may be materially adversely affected.
FACTORS AFFECTING INTERNAL GROWTH
The Company's ability to increase the revenue of the Master Graphics
Companies and any subsequently acquired company will be affected by various
factors, including the demand for general commercial printing services and
other factors discussed in this Prospectus. Many of these factors are beyond
the control of the Company, and there can be no assurance that the Company's
operating and internal growth strategies will be successful or that it will be
able to generate cash flow adequate for its operation and to support internal
growth. Furthermore, there can be no assurance that management will be able to
integrate successfully acquired businesses and reduce operating expenses. See
"--Inability to Integrate Operations or Implement Operating Systems and
Policies," "--Limited Combined Operating History," "--Risks Associated with
Acquisition Strategy," "Business--Operating Strategy" and "Business--Master
Central."
VALUATION OF ACQUISITIONS
The Company has negotiated acquisitions on an individual, company-by-company
basis, using valuations based on prior and anticipated operating results of
the acquired businesses. There can be no assurance that the consideration paid
by the Company for the Acquired Companies accurately reflects the value of
these companies. Moreover, there can be no assurance that valuations prepared
in connection with the McQuiddy acquisition and subsequent acquisitions will
accurately reflect the values of companies acquired in the future. If the fair
market values of the Acquired Companies, McQuiddy, or companies to be acquired
in the future at the time of acquisition by the Company are materially
different from the amounts paid by the Company, the Company may have overpaid
for such companies, which could result in a material and adverse effect on the
financial performance of the Company and the value of the Common Stock. The
Company will have recorded $41 million of goodwill in connection with its
acquisition of the Master Graphics Companies, and the Company expects to
record additional goodwill in connection with future acquisitions. The Company
intends to evaluate periodically the amount of goodwill on its balance sheet.
In the event the Company determines that the value of goodwill has been
impaired, it may be required to charge earnings for the amount of such
impairment. Any such charge could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.
COMPETITION
The general commercial printing industry is extremely competitive and
fragmented. In spite of the fragmentation of the industry, recent
technological developments in prepress and design and over-capacity in the
printing industry have increased industry consolidation and competitive
pressures. The Company competes with numerous large and small printing
companies, some of which have greater financial resources than the Company.
12
The Company competes on the basis of ongoing customer service, quality of
finished products and price. Moreover, the Company competes for potential
acquisition candidates with other printing industry consolidators, some of
which have greater financial resources than the Company. There can be no
assurance that the Company will be able to compete successfully with such
competitors. See "Business--Competition."
DEPENDENCE UPON KEY PERSONNEL
The Company's operation and implementation of its acquisition and operating
strategies are dependent on the continued efforts of its executive officers
and key managers of the Master Graphics Companies. Furthermore, the Company
will be dependent on the key managers of companies that may be acquired in the
future. The Company currently has employment contracts with its five executive
officers and certain key managers of the divisions. Because of the difficulty
in finding adequate replacements for such personnel, the loss of the services
of any of them or the Company's inability in the future to attract and retain
management and other key personnel could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. See
"Management--Executive Compensation."
GOVERNMENT REGULATION AND ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
The Company's manufacturing operations are subject to numerous federal,
state and local laws and regulations relating to human health and safety and
the environment. These laws and regulations address and regulate, among other
matters, wastewater discharge, air quality and the generation, handling,
storage, treatment, disposal and transportation of solid and hazardous wastes
and releases of hazardous substances into the environment. In addition, third
parties and governmental agencies in some cases have the power under such laws
and regulations to require remediation of environmental conditions and, in the
case of governmental agencies, to impose fines and penalties. The Company
makes capital expenditures from time to time to stay in compliance with
applicable laws and regulations.
The Company has obtained all permits and approvals and filed all
registrations required for the conduct of its business. The Company is in
compliance in all material respects with the numerous federal, state and local
laws and regulations and permits, approvals and registrations relating to
human health and safety and the environment except where noncompliance would
not have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial
condition and results of operations.
In connection with the acquisition of the Master Graphics Companies, each of
the Company's properties has been subjected to a Phase I environmental site
assessment ("ESA") (which does not involve invasive procedures, such as soil
sampling or ground water analysis) by independent environmental consultants.
The ESAs have not revealed any material environmental liability that would
have a material adverse effect on the Company. The Company has not been
notified by any governmental authority of any continuing noncompliance,
liability or other claim in connection with any of its properties, nor is the
Company aware of any other material environmental condition with respect to
any of its properties. However, in connection with the ownership and operation
of its properties and the conduct of its business, the Company potentially may
be liable for damages or cleanup, investigation or remediation costs.
No assurance can be given that all potential environmental liabilities have
been identified or properly quantified or that any prior owner, operator, or
tenant has not created an environmental condition unknown to the Company.
Moreover, no assurance can be given that (i) future laws, ordinances or
regulations will not impose any material environmental liability or (ii) the
current environmental condition of the properties will not be affected by the
condition of land or operations in the vicinity of the properties (such as the
presence of underground storage tanks), or by third parties unrelated to the
Company. Federal, state and local environmental regulatory requirements change
often. It is possible that compliance with a new regulatory requirement could
impose significant compliance costs on the Company. Such costs could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and
results of operations.
13
NO PRIOR MARKET; VOLATILITY OF MARKET PRICE
Prior to the Offering, there has been no public market for the Common Stock.
Although application has been made for quotation of the Common Stock on the
Nasdaq National Market, there can be no assurance that an active public market
for the Common Stock will develop or continue after the Offering. The initial
public offering price for the Common Stock will be determined by negotiations
among the Company and the representative of the Underwriters and may not be
indicative of the market price for the Common Stock after the Offering. See
"Underwriting" for factors to be considered in determining the initial public
offering price. The market price of the Common Stock after the Offering may be
subject to significant fluctuations from time to time in response to numerous
factors, including the depth and liquidity of the market for the Common Stock,
variations in the reported financial results of the Company, investor
perception of the Company, changes in conditions in the economy in general and
the printing industry in particular. The equity markets have from time to time
experienced significant price and volume fluctuations that have affected the
market prices for many companies' securities and that have often been
unrelated to the operating performance of these companies. Any such
fluctuations that occur following completion of the Offering may adversely
affect the market price of the Common Stock.
IMMEDIATE, SUBSTANTIAL DILUTION
The purchasers of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby will experience
immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value of their
shares of Common Stock in the amount of $12.75 per share. See "Dilution." In
the event the Company issues additional shares of Common Stock in the future,
including shares that may be issued in connection with future acquisitions,
purchasers of the Common Stock in the Offering may experience further dilution
in the net tangible book value per share of the Common Stock.
RESTRICTIONS ON DIVIDENDS
The Company has never paid or declared a cash dividend on the Common Stock.
The Company currently intends to retain all future earnings, with the
exception of earnings paid as dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock, to
finance the continuing development of its business and does not anticipate
paying any cash dividends on the Common Stock in the foreseeable future. The
Company's ability to pay dividends on the Common Stock is currently restricted
by the terms of the Credit Facilities, the terms of the Series A Preferred
Stock, and in the future will be restricted by the terms of the Credit
Facilities and could be restricted by the terms of subsequent financings and
series of Preferred Stock that may be issued in the future. See "Description
of Capital Stock--Common Stock" and "--Preferred Stock." Additionally, the
ability of Premier Graphics to pay dividends to Master Graphics, Inc. is
limited by the terms of the Credit Facilities.
POTENTIAL EFFECT OF SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Upon the closing of the Offering, 7,666,664 shares of Common Stock will be
outstanding. The 3,600,000 shares of Common Stock sold in the Offering (other
than shares that may be purchased by "affiliates" of the Company, as that term
is defined under the Securities Act) will be freely tradeable. The remaining
shares outstanding may be resold publicly only following their effective
registration under the Securities Act or pursuant to an available exemption
(such as provided by Rule 144 following a holding period for previously
unregistered shares) from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.
As of the date of this Prospectus, no "restricted" shares of Common Stock are
eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144. The earliest point in time when any
restricted shares of Common Stock are eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144
is June 1998.
Upon the closing of the Offering, the Company will have outstanding 177,776
shares of Series A Preferred Stock which will be immediately convertible, at
the option of the holder thereof, into an identical number of shares of Common
Stock. The holder of Series A Preferred Stock has the right to include its
shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of such Series A Preferred Stock
for offer and sale pursuant to a registration by the Company under the
Securities Act of a subsequent public offering of Common Stock (a "Piggyback
Registration") or to require the Company to effect a registration under the
Securities Act of the offer and sale
14
of all or any part of the number of shares of Common Stock issued upon
conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock (a "Demand Registration"). If a
Piggyback Registration is elected in connection with an underwritten offering,
the number of shares that may be offered and sold by selling shareholders may
be limited or eliminated entirely if the managing underwriter determines
marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be
underwritten. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale--Registration Rights."
Upon the closing of the Offering, the Company also will have outstanding
options to purchase up to a total of 606,914 shares of Common Stock, none of
which will be exercisable within 60 days after the closing of the Offering.
See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale -- Options." The Company intends to
register the shares subject to these options under the Securities Act for
public resale. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale --Options."
In connection with the acquisition of the Master Graphics Companies, the
Company has issued or will issue warrants (the "Seller Warrants") to purchase
1,516,412 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $12.00 per share
(assuming an initial offering price equal to the Mid-Point). All Seller
Warrants may be exercised immediately after the closing of the Offering.
Certain holders of Seller Warrants to purchase an aggregate of 491,666 shares
of Common Stock have Piggyback Registration rights.
In connection with a financing transaction, the Company issued to its senior
lender a warrant to purchase 183,333 shares of Common Stock (assuming an
initial offering price equal to the Mid-Point) for nominal consideration,
which is exercisable immediately after the closing of the Offering. Moreover,
in connection with the acquisition of B&M Printing, the Company granted rights
to purchase 108,333 shares of Common Stock at a price of $12.00 per share
(assuming an initial offering price equal to the Mid-Point) to certain former
shareholders of B&M Printing, which are exercisable immediately after the
closing of the Offering. Pursuant to the Company's deferred compensation plan,
the Company issued rights to purchase 83,333 shares of Common Stock at a price
of $12.00 per share (assuming an initial offering price equal to the Mid-
Point), which are exercisable immediately after the closing of the Offering.
See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale -- Warrants and Rights.").
The Company, its executive officers and directors have agreed that they will
not offer, sell, contract to sell, announce their intention to sell, pledge or
otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the Securities and
Exchange Commission (the "Commission") a registration statement under the
Securities Act relating to any additional shares of Common Stock or securities
convertible or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of Common Stock, without
the prior written consent of Morgan Keegan & Company, Inc. for a period of 180
days after the date of this Prospectus (the "lock-up period"), except (i)
subsequent sales of Common Stock offered in the Offering, (ii) issuances by
the Company of unregistered Common Stock in connection with the acquisition of
printing companies, (iii) issuances by the Company of Common Stock pursuant to
the exercise of stock purchase warrants or stock options outstanding on the
date of this Prospectus, or (iv) issuance or registration of stock options or
other rights granted under the Company's 1998 Equity Compensation Plan or 1998
Non-Employee Director Option Plan.
The effect, if any, of the availability for sale, or sale, of the shares of
Common Stock eligible for future sale on the market price of the Common Stock
prevailing from time-to-time is unpredictable, and no assurance can be given
that the effect will not be adverse.
CONTROL BY EXISTING SHAREHOLDERS
Upon completion of the Offering, the existing shareholders of the Company
will beneficially own in the aggregate approximately 53.0% of the outstanding
Common Stock (or approximately 50.0% if the Underwriters' over-allotment
option is exercised in full). Accordingly, such persons will have substantial
influence on the Company, which influence might not be consistent with the
interests of other shareholders, and on the outcome of any matters submitted
to the Company's shareholders for approval. In addition, although there is no
current
15
agreement, understanding or arrangement for these shareholders to act together
on any matter, these shareholders may have economic and business reasons to
act together, and would be in a position to exert significant influence over
the affairs of the Company if they were to act together in the future. If
these persons were to act in concert, they might, as a practical matter, be
able to exercise control over the Company's affairs, including the election of
the Company's Board of Directors and other matters requiring shareholder
approval. See "Principal and Selling Shareholders."
POTENTIAL ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECTS
The Company's charter (the "Charter") and bylaws (the "Bylaws") provide for
a classified Board of Directors, restrict the ability of shareholders to call
special meetings and contain advance notice requirements for shareholder
proposals and nominations and special voting requirements for the amendment of
the Charter and Bylaws. These provisions could delay or hinder the removal of
incumbent directors and could discourage or make more difficult a proposed
merger, tender offer or proxy contest involving the Company or may otherwise
have an adverse effect on the market price of the Common Stock. There are
certain Tennessee statutes which provide anti-takeover protection for
Tennessee corporations. See "Description of Capital Stock--Certain Provisions
of the Charter, Bylaws and Tennessee Law." The Charter authorizes 10,000,000
shares of Preferred Stock, the rights, preferences, qualifications,
limitations and restrictions of which may be fixed by the Board of Directors
without any further action by shareholders and which could be used by the
Company to deter unwanted merger or acquisition proposals. See "Description of
Capital Stock--Preferred Stock."
USE OF PROCEEDS
The net proceeds to the Company from the sale of the shares of Common Stock
offered hereby, at an assumed initial public offering price of $12.00 per
share (the midpoint of the range indicated on the cover page of this
Prospectus) are estimated to be approximately $37.0 million ($43.1 million if
the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full) after deduction
of the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by the
Company. The Company will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of
the Common Stock by the Selling Shareholder. The Company expects to use $3
million of such net proceeds to pay acquisition advisory fees, payment of
which was deferred until the completion of the Offering, approximately $4.3
million to repay indebtedness owed to the Selling Shareholder which matures in
May 2002 and bears interest at 13.25% per annum, and the balance to repay
indebtedness owed to the Company's senior lender which matures on March 2003
and bears interest at 12% per annum. The proceeds of each of the loans were
used for acquisitions and working capital. The Company expects that the
combination of these proceeds and proceeds available under the Credit
Facilities will enable the Company to obtain financing for its new
acquisitions. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations--Liquidity and Capital Resources."
DIVIDEND POLICY
The Company has never paid or declared a cash dividend on its Common Stock.
The Company currently intends to retain all future earnings, with the
exception of earnings paid as dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock, to
finance the continuing development of its business and does not anticipate
paying cash dividends on the Common Stock in the foreseeable future. Any
payment of cash dividends on the Common Stock in the future will be at the
Board of Directors' discretion and will depend on the Company's earnings,
financial condition, capital needs and other factors deemed pertinent by the
Company's Board of Directors, including the limitations, if any, on the
payment of dividends under state law, any then-existing credit agreement and
any subsequently issued Preferred Stock. The Credit Facilities restrict the
payment of dividends. See "Restriction of Dividends."
16
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth the capitalization of the Company as of
December 31, 1997 (i) on an historical basis including the 40,000 for 1 stock
split to be effected immediately prior to the closing of the Offering; (ii) on
a pro forma basis to reflect the acquisition of companies acquired after
December 31, 1997 and the financing thereof, including the issuance of 177,776
shares of the Series A Preferred Stock on March 31, 1998 and the issuance of a
warrant to acquire 183,333 shares of Common Stock on March 31, 1998; and (iii)
on a pro forma as adjusted basis to reflect the exercise of a warrant to
purchase 266,664 shares of Common Stock on April 8, 1998, and the application
of the net proceeds from the Offering, which are estimated to be approximately
$37 million (after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and
estimated offering expenses). For a description of the adjustments, see Notes
to the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
included elsewhere herein. The following table should be read in conjunction
with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
of Operations" and the Consolidated Financial Statements, historical and pro
forma financial statements of the Company and the related notes thereto
included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
DECEMBER 31, 1997
(IN THOUSANDS)
----------------------------------
PRO FORMA
HISTORICAL PRO FORMA AS ADJUSTED
---------- --------- ------------
(UNAUDITED)
Current portion of long-term debt.......... $ 3,834 $ 3,959 $ 3,959
Long-term debt, net of current portion and
unamortized discount...................... 65,483 104,798 73,844
Redeemable common stock warrants........... 3,376 4,226 2,200
Preferred Stock, $.001 par value per share,
10,000,000 shares authorized, no shares
issued and outstanding (historical),
177,776 of 5% Series A Cumulative
Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock,
$12.81 Liquidation Value per share issued
and outstanding (pro forma) and 177,776
shares of 5% Series A Cumulative
Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock
issued and outstanding (pro forma as
adjusted)................................. -- 1,350 1,350
Shareholders' equity:
Common Stock, $.001 par value per share;
100,000,000 shares authorized; 4,000,000
shares issued and outstanding
(historical); 4,000,000 shares issued and
outstanding (pro forma) and 7,666,664
shares issued and outstanding (pro forma
as adjusted) (1).......................... 4 4 8
Additional paid-in capital................. 3,850 5,124 43,939
Retained earnings (deficit)................ (5,449) (5,449) (9,105)
------- -------- --------
Total shareholders' equity (deficit)....... (1,596) (528) 34,842
------- -------- --------
Total capitalization....................... $74,289 $113,805 $116,195
======= ======== ========
- --------
(1) Does not include (i) 177,776 shares of Common Stock issuable for nominal
consideration upon the conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock; (ii)
183,333 shares of Common Stock (assuming an initial offering price equal
to the Mid-Point) issuable for nominal consideration upon the exercise of
a warrant issued in connection with a financing transaction; (iii)
1,516,412 shares of Common Stock issuable at $12.00 per share (assuming an
initial offering price equal to the Mid-Point) upon the exercise of the
Seller Warrants; (iv) 606,914 shares of Common Stock issuable at $12.00
per share (assuming an initial offering price equal to the Mid-Point) upon
the exercise of outstanding stock options held by employees of the
Company; (v) 108,333 shares of Common Stock issuable at $12.00 per share
(assuming an initial offering price equal to the Mid-Point) upon the
exercise of rights granted to former B&M Printing shareholders; and (vi)
83,333 shares of Common Stock issuable at $12.00 per share (assuming an
initial offering price equal to the Mid-Point) pursuant to the Company's
deferred compensation plan.
17
DILUTION
The pro forma net tangible book value of the Company at December 31, 1997,
after giving effect to the acquisition of the Master Graphics Companies, the
exercise of a warrant to purchase 266,664 shares of Common Stock, the
conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock into 177,776 shares of Common Stock,
and the exercise of a warrant to purchase 183,333 shares of Common Stock as if
each had occurred as of that date, but before giving effect to the Offering,
was $(41.4) million or $(8.95) per share. "Pro forma net tangible book value
per share" before the Offering represents the amount of pro forma total
tangible assets of the Company less pro forma total liabilities divided by the
number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. Net tangible book value dilution
per share represents the difference between the amount per share paid by
purchasers of shares of Common Stock in the Offering and the pro forma as
adjusted net tangible book value per share immediately after completion of the
Offering. After giving effect to the sale by the Company of the 3,400,000
shares of Common Stock offered hereby (assuming an initial public offering
price equal to the Mid Point and after deducting the underwriting discounts and
estimated offering expenses payable by the Company) and the application of the
net proceeds therefrom as discussed under "Use of Proceeds," the pro forma as
adjusted net tangible book value of the Company as of December 31, 1997 would
have been approximately $(6.0 million) or $(0.75) per share. This represents an
immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of approximately $8.20
per share to the existing shareholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma
net tangible book value of approximately $12.75 per share to purchasers of
Common Stock in this Offering. The following table illustrated this per share
dilution.
Assumed initial public offering price per share............ 12.00
Net tangible book value (deficit) per share before the
Offering................................................ $(8.95)
Increase per share attributable to the Offering.......... 8.20
------
Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value deficit after
the Offering.............................................. (0.75)
------
Dilution per share to new investors........................ $12.75
======
The following table shows, after giving effect to the Offering, the
difference between existing shareholders and new investors with respect to the
number of shares purchased from the Company and the total consideration and
average price per share paid to the Company, before deducting the underwriting
discounts and estimated Offering expenses (in thousands, except per share
amounts).
TOTAL
SHARES PURCHASED CONSIDERATION
----------------- ------------- AVERAGE PRICE
NUMBER PERCENT AMOUNT PER SHARE
--------- ------- ------------- -------------
Existing shareholders.......... 4,627,773 57.6% $ 2,200,000 $ .48
New investors.................. 3,400,000 42.4% 40,800,000 $12.00
--------- ------ ----------- ------
Total........................ 8,027,773 100.0% $43,000,000
========= ====== ===========
The foregoing table assumes the conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock
into 177,776 shares of Common Stock and the exercise by the senior lender of
its warrant to purchase 183,333 shares of Common Stock for nominal
consideration. In addition to the foregoing, upon closing of the Offering,
there will be (i) 1,516,412 shares of Common Stock issuable at $12.00 per share
(assuming an initial offering price equal to the Mid-Point) upon the exercise
of the Seller Warrants; (ii) 606,914 shares of Common Stock issuable at $12.00
per share (assuming an initial offering price equal to the Mid-Point) upon the
exercise of outstanding stock options held by employees of the Company; (iii)
108,333 shares of Common Stock issuable at $12.00 per share (assuming an
initial offering price equal to the Mid-Point) issuable upon the exercise of
rights granted to former B&M Printing shareholders; and (iv) 83,333 shares of
Common Stock issuable at $12.00 per share (assuming an initial offering price
equal to the Mid-Point) issuable pursuant to the Company's deferred
compensation plan.
18
SELECTED HISTORICAL, PRO FORMA AND COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA
The following operating data and balance sheet data of the Company and the
Master Graphics Companies combined, and the historical consolidated operating
data and balance sheet data of the Company have been derived from the separate
historical financial statements of the Company and the Master Graphics
Companies and the historical consolidated financial statements of the Company,
respectively. The consolidated financial statements of the Company and certain
of the separate financial statements of the Master Graphics Companies have
been audited by independent auditors to the extent and for the periods
indicated in the respective reports of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP (with respect to
the financial statements of Master Graphics, Inc., Lithograph Printing Company
of Memphis ("Lithograph"), Blackwell Lithographers, Inc. ("Blackwell"), The
Argus Press, Inc. ("Argus"), Jones Printing Company, Inc. ("Jones"), Phoenix,
and Hederman Brothers, Inc. ("Hederman")), Arthur Andersen LLP (with respect
to the financial statements of Phoenix), Marlin and Edmondson, P.C. (with
respect to the financial statements of McQuiddy), Joseph Decosimo and Company,
LLP (with respect to Jones), Thompson Dunavant PLC (with respect to Master
Printing), Becker & Company, P.C. (with respect to Harperprints), and S. F.
Fiser & Company, P.A. (with respect to Phillips), all of which reports are
included elsewhere herein.
The combined historical data for the Company and the Master Graphics
Companies are merely additions of such data for each of the individual
companies and do not purport to represent what the Company's results of
operations or financial position would have been if the operations of such
businesses had actually been combined during the periods or on the dates
indicated or to project the Company's results of operations or financial
position for any period or date. Additionally, the Master Graphics Companies
operated with varying fiscal years, and such data combines information from
those varying fiscal years into single periods and as of single dates. See
Note 1 below.
The pro forma consolidated financial data are derived from the pro forma
consolidated financial statements of the Company as of and for the year ended
December 31, 1997, which statements are included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
Such pro forma financial statements give effect to acquisitions consummated in
1997 and 1998 and the probable acquisition of McQuiddy, and the financing of
all completed and probable acquisitions as if those transactions had occurred
as of January 1, 1997 in the case of the consolidated pro forma operating
data, and give effect to the 1998 acquisitions (including the probable
acquisition of McQuiddy) and financing thereof as if those transactions had
occurred as of December 31, 1997 in the case of the consolidated pro forma
balance sheet data. The pro forma consolidated financial data do not purport
to represent what the Company's results of operations or financial position
would actually have been if such transactions in fact had occurred on such
dates, or to project the Company's results of operations or financial position
for any period or date. Pro forma adjustments are based on the purchase method
of accounting.
Pro forma as adjusted operating and balance sheet data give effect to the
transactions described in the previous paragraph and, in addition, give effect
to the use of proceeds from the Offering, primarily reducing debt and the
related interest expense. The pro forma, as adjusted data are derived from the
pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements of the Company, included
elsewhere in this Prospectus.
The financial information should be read in conjunction with the historical
financial statements of the Company and certain of the Master Graphics
Companies, and the pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements of
the Company, including the related notes thereto, included elsewhere herein.
19
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
(IN THOUSANDS)
PRO FORMA
AS ADJUSTED
YEARS ENDED JUNE 30(1) SIX MONTHS ENDED YEAR ENDED
------------------------------------------- DECEMBER 31 DECEMBER 31
1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1997 (1) 1997(2)
------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ---------------- -----------
COMPANY:
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
Revenue............... $10,514 $10,804 $11,426 $13,243 $13,433 $32,394 $153,971
Cost of revenue....... 8,339 8,098 8,928 9,955 11,312 26,528 115,181
------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- --------
Gross profit......... 2,175 2,706 2,498 3,288 2,121 5,866 38,790
Selling, general and
administrative
expenses............. 2,231 2,587 2,570 2,691 3,021 5,990 29,223
Amortization of
goodwill............. -- -- -- -- -- 98 1,022
------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- --------
Operating income
(loss).............. (56) 119 (72) 597 (900) (222) 8,545
Other income
(expense):
Redeemable warrant
valuation
adjustment.......... -- -- -- -- -- (1,635) --
Interest income...... 102 84 67 68 68 48 135
Interest expense..... (365) (403) (334) (376) (439) (2,181) (6,987)
Other, net........... 85 83 44 44 23 191 (126)
------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- --------
Other income
(expense), net.... (178) (236) (223) (264) (348) (3,577) (6,978)
------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- --------
Income (loss) before
income taxes........ (234) (117) (295) 334 (1,248) (3,799) 1,567
Income tax expense
(benefit)............ (43) (25) (86) 161 25 20 674
------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- --------
Net earnings (loss).. (191) (92) (209) 173 (1,273) (3,819) 893
Net earnings (loss)
applicable to common
shares.............. -- -- -- -- -- -- 779
======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ========
Earnings per share:
Basic................ ($0.05) ($0.02) ($0.05) 0.04 ($0.32) ($0.95) 0.10
======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ========
Diluted.............. ($0.05) ($0.02) ($0.05) 0.04 ($0.32) ($0.95) 0.10
======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ========
OTHER DATA:
EBITDA(3)............ 1,610 1,152 795 1,315 (186) (205) 13,991
Depreciation and
amortization........ 1,480 867 757 605 623 1,413 5,437
HISTORICAL PRO FORMA
------------------------------------------- ---------------------------
AT JUNE 30
------------------------------
AT AT AS ADJUSTED AT
DECEMBER 31 DECEMBER 31 DECEMBER 31,
1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1997 1997 1997
----- ----- ----- ----- ------ ------------ ------------ --------------
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital....... 738 866 765 1,286 3,056 6,691 14,038 17,038
Property, plant and
equipment, net....... 2,458 2,276 1,934 2,007 20,472 29,550 54,216 54,216
Total assets.......... 8,902 6,330 6,102 6,426 37,215 86,384 137,904 137,294
Long-term obligations,
including current
installments......... 5,886 3,566 3,382 2,794 30,612 69,317 108,757 77,803
Redeemable common
stock warrants....... -- -- -- -- 638 3,376 4,226 2,200
Redeemable preferred
stock................ -- -- -- -- -- -- 1,350 1,350
Shareholders' equity
(deficit)............ 1,972 1,880 1,671 1,843 780 (1,596) (528) 34,842
FISCAL YEAR(4)
--------------------------------------------
1993 1994 1995 1996 1997
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
COMBINED HISTORICAL INCOME
STATEMENT DATA OF THE COMPANY
AND THE MASTER GRAPHICS
COMPANIES:
Revenue........................ $115,526 $120,834 $134,330 $142,635 $151,759
Gross profit................... 27,751 30,074 34,073 35,303 34,962
Selling, general and
administrative expenses....... 23,596 25,746 29,412 28,942 28,440
Operating income............... 4,155 4,328 4,660 6,361 6,522
- --------
(1) Effective January 1, 1998, the Company changed its annual accounting period
to a calendar year.
20
(2) Pro forma as adjusted financial data as of December 31, 1997 gives effect
to the completed acquisitions, the probable acquisition of McQuiddy, and
financings thereof that are described in Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated
Financial Statements, as if they had occurred at January 1, 1997 for the
Income Statement Data and on December 31, 1997 for the Balance Sheet Data.
The pro forma financial information presents certain information for the
Company, as adjusted for (i) the effects of the acquisitions of the Master
Graphics Companies, (ii) the effects of certain pro forma adjustments to
the historical financial statements of the Master Graphics Companies which
are directly related to these acquisitions, (iii) the exercise of a
warrant by the Selling Shareholder to purchase 266,664 shares of Common
Stock for nominal value, (iv) the issuance of the Series A Preferred
Stock, and (v) the consummation of the Offering and the application of the
net proceeds therefrom.The conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock into
177,776 shares of Common Stock and the exercise of a warrant to purchase
183,333 shares of Common Stock for nominal consideration have not been
assumed in the pro forma balance sheet data; their assumed conversion and
exercise, respectively, have been considered in computing diluted earnings
per share. The pro forma adjustments reflect, among other things, a
reduction in interest expense and the interest rate as a result of the
application of the net proceeds of the Offering. The pro forma as adjusted
financial information does not purport to represent what the Company's
results of operations or financial position actually would have been had
these events, in fact, occurred on the date or at the beginning of the
period indicated, nor are they intended to project the Company's results
of operations or financial position for any future date or period.
(3) Represents earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization
("EBITDA"). Based on its experience in the general commercial printing
industry, the Company believes that EBITDA is an important tool for
measuring the performance of companies in the industry (including
potential acquisition targets) in several areas such as liquidity,
operating performance and leverage. In addition, lenders use EBITDA as a
criterion in evaluating companies in the industry, and the Company's
financing arrangements contain covenants in which EBITDA is used as a
measure of financial performance. The EBITDA measure for the Company may
not be consistent with similarly titled measures for other companies.
EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to operating or net
income (as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles ("GAAP")) as an indicator of the Company's performance or to
cash flow from operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP) as a
measure of liquidity. See the comparative historical statements of cash
flows included herein and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "--Liquidity and
Capital Resources" for a discussion of other measures of performance
determined in accordance with GAAP and the Company's sources and
applications of cash flow.
(4) In addition to the Company itself which previously had a June 30 year end,
McQuiddy (June 30) and Phoenix (January 31) had fiscal year ends that
differed from December 31, which is the year end the Company will use
effective January 1, 1998.
21
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the historical
and the pro forma financial statements and related notes of the Company, the
financial statements of the Master Graphics Companies presented herein and
Selected Historical, Pro Forma and Combined Financial Data included elsewhere
in this Prospectus.
INTRODUCTION
Since June 1997, the Company has acquired nine high quality, market leading
general commercial printing companies. In addition, the Company has entered
into a definitive agreement to acquire McQuiddy. Each of the Master Graphics
Companies was or will be acquired with a combination of cash, notes and
warrants. The Company financed the cash portion of the purchase price
primarily with debt. As a result, the Company has substantial interest expense
that will be reduced by application of the net proceeds from the Offering.
Each acquisition was accounted for as a purchase, and any purchase price in
excess of the fair value of the assets acquired was allocated to goodwill
which is amortized over 40 years. A substantial portion of this non-cash
expense will likely be non-deductible for tax purposes.
The Master Graphics Companies were all closely-held businesses, and several
were S corporations. In many cases, the tax structure influenced the
historical level of owners' compensation. Many of the owners have agreed to
certain reductions in their compensation and benefits following the
acquisition by the Company.
As a result of the acquisitions and the Company's increased size, the
Company expects to receive volume discounts and rebates from manufacturers and
suppliers of paper, film, printing plates and ink. The Company has in place
agreements with five major paper suppliers which should reduce the Company's
costs. See "Risk Factors--Limited Combined Operating History" and "--Raw
Materials--Paper."
The Company has incurred and will incur various non-cash charges related to
this Offering. In the fourth quarter of 1997, the Company incurred a charge of
$735,000 related to deferred compensation for executives recruited in
connection with the Offering. Also, the Company incurred a charge for an
increase in the value of a redeemable warrant issued to one of the Company's
lenders in the amount of approximately $1.6 million. Upon the closing of the
Offering, the Company will incur a one-time charge related to the write-off of
deferred loan costs of approximately $3.7 million.
COMBINED COMPANIES
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following table sets forth certain unaudited combined financial data for
the periods indicated (dollars in millions) and such results as a percentage
of revenue.
FISCAL YEAR(1)
----------------------------------------
1995 1996 1997(2)
------------ ------------ ------------
Revenue............................. $134.3 100.0% $142.6 100.0% $151.8 100.0%
Gross profit........................ 34.1 25.4 35.3 24.8 35.0 23.1
Selling, general and administrative
expenses........................... 29.4 21.9 28.9 20.3 28.4 18.7
Operating income.................... 4.7 3.5 6.4 4.5 6.6 4.3
- --------
(1) The Company and several of the Master Graphics Companies have fiscal year
ends which differ from December 31, which is the year end the Company will
use effective January 1, 1998. The financial data set forth above reflect
the respective fiscal year ends of the Master Graphics Companies in the
calendar years indicated.
(2) For Blackwell, Lithograph, Sutherland, Argus, and Jones, these amounts
reflect combined pre- and post-acquisition activity during the year.
22
The combined results of operations of the Company and the Master Graphics
Companies for the periods presented do not represent combined results of
operations presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles, but are only a summation of the revenue, gross profit, selling,
general and administrative expenses and operating income of the individual
companies on an historical basis. The combined results of operations assume
that each of the Master Graphics Companies was combined from the beginning of
each period presented. The combined results also exclude the effect of pro
forma adjustments and may not be comparable to, and may not be indicative of,
the Company's post-combination results of operations because (i) the Master
Graphics Companies were not under common control or management during the
periods presented; (ii) the Company will incur incremental costs for its
corporate management and the costs of being a public company; (iii) the
Company will use the purchase method to record the acquisitions of the Master
Graphics Companies at different points in time, resulting in the recording of
goodwill that will be amortized over 40 years; and (iv) the combined data do
not reflect the potential benefits and cost savings the Company expects to
realize when operating as a combined entity.
Fiscal Year 1997 Compared to Fiscal Year 1996
Revenue. Revenue increased 6.5% from $142.6 million for fiscal year 1996 to
$151.8 million for fiscal year 1997. The increase in revenue was primarily
attributable to the Phoenix acquisition of substantially all the operating
assets and business of the Cunningham Group, Inc. in January 1996. The first
complete fiscal year of operations including the results of the Cunningham was
Phoenix's year ended January 31, 1997, resulting in an increase in revenue of
approximately $5.8 million. Further revenue growth was attributable to volume
increases and a continued strong economy. Of the Master Graphics Companies,
eight reported increases in revenues from fiscal 1996 to the corresponding
period in 1997.
Gross Profit. Gross profit decreased 0.8% from $35.3 million for fiscal 1996
to $35.0 million for fiscal 1997. Gross margin decreased from 24.8% to 23.1%
from fiscal year 1996 to the corresponding period in 1997. The decrease in
gross profit was primarily attributable to the increased labor, depreciation
and lease expense associated with operation of new presses at B&M Printing,
Argus and McQuiddy which was partially offset by an increase in revenue during
the period.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, general and
administrative expenses decreased 1.7% from $28.9 million for fiscal year 1996
to $28.4 million for fiscal year 1997. The decrease was attributable to a
reduction in compensation and certain other expenses at three of the Acquired
Companies. This decrease was partially offset by the increase in selling costs
which accompany volume increases seen during the same period.
Fiscal Year 1996 Compared to Fiscal Year 1995
Revenue. Revenue increased 6.2% from $134.3 million for fiscal year 1995 to
$142.6 million for fiscal year 1996. The increase in revenue was primarily
volume driven and attributable to a strong economy in the markets of the
Company and the Master Graphics Companies. The increase in revenue also was
attributable to the acquisition of several large accounts at Argus and
Lithograph, along with increased demand from the existing customer base
throughout the Company.
Gross Profit. Gross profit increased 3.5% from $34.1 million for fiscal 1995
to $35.3 million for fiscal year 1996. The increase in gross profit was
primarily attributable to improved operating leverage from growth in sales
volume. Gross margin decreased from 25.4% to 24.8% from fiscal year 1996 to
fiscal year 1997.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, general and
administrative expenses decreased approximately 1.7% from $29.4 million for
fiscal year 1995 to $28.9 million for fiscal year 1996. The decrease in
expense was attributable to a 1996 corporate restructuring at Sutherland
Printing Company, Inc. which resulted in a decrease of approximately $1.1
million in these expenses during 1997. This decrease was partially offset by
the increase in selling costs which accompany volume increases seen during the
same period.
23
THE COMPANY
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following table sets forth certain financial data for the periods
indicated (dollars in millions) and such results as a percentage of revenue.
FISCAL YEAR(1)
-------------------------------------
1995 1996 1997
----------- ----------- -----------
Revenue................................ 11.4 100.0% 13.2 100.0% 13.4 100.0%
Gross profit........................... 2.5 21.9 3.3 25.0 2.1 15.7
Selling, general and administrative
expenses.............................. 2.6 22.8 2.7 20.5 3.0 22.4
Operating income (loss)................ (.1) .9 .6 4.5 (.9) 6.7
Interest expense....................... (.3) 2.6 (.4) 3.0 (.4) 3.0
- --------
(1) Effective January 1, 1998, the Company changed its annual accounting
period to a calendar year.
Year Ended June 30, 1997 Compared to Year Ended June 30, 1996
Revenue. Revenue increased approximately 1.5% from $13.2 million for the
year ended June 30, 1996 to $13.4 million for the year ended June 30, 1997.
Revenue growth was attributable to the addition of an eight-color heat set web
press and was partially offset by a decrease in the level of sheet fed
business due to market conditions.
Gross Profit. Gross profit decreased 36.4% from $3.3 million for the year
ended June 30, 1996 to $2.1 million for the year ended June 30, 1997. Gross
margin decreased from 20.5% to 22.4% from June 30, 1996 to the corresponding
period in 1997. The decrease in gross profit was primarily attributable to the
increased labor costs associated with operation of the new web press as well
as lease expense. This decrease was partially offset by an increase in
revenue.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, general and
administrative expenses increased 11.1% from $2.7 million for the year ended
June 30, 1996 to $3.0 million for the year ended June 30, 1997. The increase
was attributable to increasing revenue as well as personnel related to the web
press. This increase was partially offset by a reduction in professional fees
and prepayment penalties compared to the previous period.
Interest Expense. Interest expense remained relatively consistent at
approximately $.4 million in the year ended June 30, 1996 and in the year
ended June 30, 1997.
Year Ended June 30, 1996 Compared to Year Ended June 30, 1995
Revenue. Revenue increased 15.8% from $11.4 million for the year ended June
30, 1995 to $13.2 million for the year ended June 30, 1996. The increase in
revenues was primarily volume driven and attributable to a strong economy in
the Company's market. One of the Company's large accounts closed down its in-
house print shop resulting in an increase in business for the Company.
Gross Profit. Gross profit increased 32.0% from $2.5 million for the year
ended June 30, 1995 to $3.3 million for the year ended June 30, 1996. Gross
margin increased from 21.9% to 25.0% from June 30, 1995 to the corresponding
period in 1996. The increase in gross profit was primarily attributable to
efficiencies gained from the sales volume increases.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, general and
administrative expenses increased 3.8% from $2.6 million for the year ended
June 30, 1995 to $2.7 million for the year ended June 30, 1996. The increase
was attributable to the increase in selling costs that accompany the volume
increases during the same period.
Interest Expense. Interest expense increased 33.3% from $0.3 million for the
year ended June 30, 1995 to $0.4 million for the year ended June 30, 1996. The
increase related primarily to an increase in amounts borrowed to fund working
capital associated with increasing sales.
24
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
Historically, the Company and the Master Graphics Companies have financed
their operations and equipment with cash flow from operations, capital leases
and secured loans through commercial banks or other institutional lenders and
credit lines from commercial banks. The Company has financed its acquisitions
primarily with funds from its Senior Credit Facility and, to a lesser extent,
with subordinated notes payable to the former owners of the Acquired
Companies. Upon consummating acquisitions, the Company has repaid or
refinanced a substantial amount of the debt of the Acquired Companies with
funds provided under its Senior Credit Facility.
The Company anticipates that its primary requirement for capital after
completion of the Offering will be for the acquisition of additional general
commercial printing companies. The Company intends to finance its acquisitions
with a combination of borrowings under its Senior Credit Facility and
Revolving Credit Facility, and issuance of Common Stock and subordinated
notes. The Company also requires capital to acquire equipment used in the
operation of its printing divisions. During fiscal years ended June 30, 1996
and 1997, and for the six-month period ended December 31, 1997, the Company's
capital expenditures amounted to an aggregate of approximately $349,000, $4.1
million and $328,000, respectively. The Company generally finances equipment
acquisitions with capital leases, term loans, borrowings under the Credit
Facilities and cash flow from operations.
Presently, the Company's largest source of capital is its Senior Credit
Facility. The Senior Credit Facility closed in June 1997 and has been
periodically increased to provide funding for the acquisitions completed since
that time. The Senior Credit Facility presently provides for a maximum of $85
million of credit. As of March 31, 1998, approximately $78.7 million had been
borrowed by the Company under the Senior Credit Facility. Of the outstanding
borrowings, (i) approximately $30 million is owed pursuant to a term note due
in March 2003, payable in quarterly installments of principal in the amount of
$937,500, plus interest payable monthly at a floating rate equal to the London
Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR") plus 3.25%; (ii) approximately $23.7 million
is owed pursuant to a term note due in March 2003, payable in quarterly
installments of principal in the amount of $25,000, plus interest payable
monthly at an annual rate of 12%, which rate may be converted at the option of
the Company to a floating rate; and (iii) approximately $25 million is owed
pursuant to two separate term notes in the principal amounts of $15 million
and $10 million, respectively, due in March 2003, each payable in quarterly
installments of principal in the amount of $12,500 commencing in July 1998,
plus interest payable monthly at an annual rate of 12%, which may be converted
at the option of the senior lender to a floating rate equal to prime plus
3.5%. The Senior Credit Facility is secured by a first priority security
interest in all assets of Premier Graphics except inventory and accounts
receivable, and by a second priority security interest in inventory and
accounts receivable (junior only to the Revolving Credit Facility), and is
senior in priority of payments to all other debt of the Company. Under the
Senior Credit Facility, the Company is required to maintain certain interest
coverage, fixed charge coverage and leverage ratios. The Senior Credit
Facility also contains covenants limiting capital expenditures and the payment
of dividends and requiring a minimum level of earnings before interest, taxes,
depreciation and amortization. The Senior Credit Facility requires mandatory
prepayment based on 75% of annual excess cash flows. The Senior Credit
Facility may be prepaid with a prepayment penalty of 3% of the amount prepaid
during the first year of a loan, 2% during the second year, 1% during the
third year, and without penalty after the third anniversary of the loan except
that the Senior Credit Facility may be prepaid without penalty with the
proceeds of an initial public offering.
In addition, as of March 31, 1998 the Company had borrowed $4.3 million from
the Selling Shareholder to partially finance its initial acquisitions, which
loan is payable in full in May 2002 and bears interest at an annual rate of
13.25%, payable monthly. The loan is secured by a subordinated lien on all
assets of Premier Graphics and may be prepaid at any time without penalty. The
Company intends to prepay the loan in full out of the net proceeds from the
Offering.
As of March 31, 1998 the Company had financed approximately $13.5 million of
the aggregate amount paid for the Acquired Companies by issuing unsecured
subordinated notes to the sellers. Each of these
25
subordinated notes bears interest at an annual rate of 12%, payable monthly,
and is subject to prepayment at the option of the Company only upon payment of
a penalty which generally equals or exceeds 20% of the amount prepaid. Many of
the subordinated notes may be prepaid out of net proceeds of the Offering,
with the consent of the senior lender, if requested by the holders of the
subordinated notes.
As of March 31, 1998, the Company had approximately $6.3 million of
borrowing capacity under its Senior Credit Facility, which may be utilized to
finance acquisitions with the approval of the senior lender. The Company
intends to use approximately $29.7 million of the net proceeds from the
Offering ($35.8 million if the Underwriters' overallotment option is exercised
in full) to prepay amounts due under the Senior Credit Facility. The Company
has received the commitment of the senior lender to increase the Senior Credit
Facility to $90 million, effective upon the closing of the Offering. Pursuant
to the commitment, the Senior Credit Facility will consist of two term loans,
the maximum principal amounts of which shall be $55 million ("Term Loan A")
and $65 million ("Term Loan B"), respectively, but which will not exceed in
the aggregate the $90 million commitment. The amount of funding under each
term loan will be in the discretion of the Senior Lender. Term Loan A will
bear interest at either the index rate (equal to the higher of prime or the
overnight Federal funds rate plus .5%) or LIBOR plus 2.5%, at the Company's
option. Term Loan B will bear interest at either the index rate (equal to the
higher of prime or the overnight Federal funds rate plus .5%) plus .5% or
LIBOR plus 3%. Term Loan A will be payable in full five years after initial
funding, and principal will be payable in quarterly installments based on an
eight year amortization. Term Loan B will be payable in full on the same date
as Term Loan A, and principal will be payable in annual installments of
$350,000. The security for the Senior Credit Facility will be the same as
presently exists, and the Company's covenants will be adjusted only to take
into account the effect of the Offering. Both loans may be prepaid in whole or
in part, without penalty, out of the net proceeds of any subsequent public
offering of Common Stock, but may otherwise be prepaid only upon payment of
prepayment penalties of 3%, decreasing to 2% during the second year of the
loan, 1% during the third year and without penalty after the third anniversary
of the loan.
The Company also may borrow under the Revolving Credit Facility, which is a
$7.5 million working capital line of credit with a commercial bank. Borrowings
under the Revolving Credit Facility are limited by a borrowing base
calculation equal to 85% of eligible receivables and 50% of eligible
inventory. The Revolving Credit Facility is secured by a first priority
security interest in Premier Graphics' inventory and accounts receivable and a
second priority security interest in certain of the Company's other assets,
and contains various covenants, including the maintenance of certain financial
ratios. The Revolving Credit Facility matures on March 31, 2000, and bears
interest at a floating rate (8.5% at December 31, 1997) based on the bank's
base lending rate. The Company is negotiating with the bank to increase the
amount of the Revolving Credit Facility to $15 million upon completion of the
Offering.
The Company anticipates that its cash flow from operations will provide cash
in excess of its normal working capital needs, debt service requirements and
planned capital expenditures for property and equipment.
The Company believes its exposure to Year 2000 issues is limited to the
purchase of computer hardware at certain locations. Operating and financial
software vendors have certified that current versions of their products are
Year 2000 compliant, or will be by fall 1998. The Company is undertaking an
inventory of its computer hardware to determine equipment age and the
capability to operate Windows based software. Based on the Company's internal
investigation, it does not believe Year 2000 issues will have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of
operations.
26
INDUSTRY OVERVIEW
The printing industry is one of the largest and most fragmented industries
in the United States, with total estimated 1996 sales of $132 billion among an
estimated 50,000 printing companies according to the PIA. The printing
industry includes general commercial printing, financial printing, printing
and publishing of books, newspapers and periodicals, quick printing and
production of business forms and greeting cards. The Company focuses on
providing general commercial printing and related services. According to the
PIA, this segment had approximately $43 billion in revenue in 1996 compared to
$40 billion in 1995. There are approximately 25,000 general commercial
printing companies in the United States according to the PIA.
The general commercial printing industry involves developing a customer's
concept into printable material through the use of design and electronic
prepress services; using printing presses to imprint the printable material
onto paper; cutting, folding, and binding the finished product; and, finally,
storing and distributing the finished product at the customer's direction.
Historically, design and prepress services were performed by advertising
agencies, specialty printing services or the customer, but because of the
decreased cost of and technological advancements in computer-aided design
software and hardware, general commercial printing companies are able to offer
electronic prepress services to their customers on a more efficient and cost-
effective basis.
The primary printing process used by the general commercial printing
industry is offset lithography. Paper is fed into the printing presses
utilized in the offset lithography process either sheet by sheet ("sheet fed
presses") or on continuous rolls ("web presses"). The sheet fed presses are
generally more cost-effective than web presses for jobs of fewer than 50,000
impressions. Web presses are generally used for large printing jobs such as
catalogs and magazines. Sheet fed presses vary in size and are capable of
printing up to 16 pages of letter-sized finished product on a 25 by 38-inch
sheet of paper with eight pages on each side (known as 16-page "signature") at
speeds of up to 15,000 impressions per hour. Web presses print on a continuous
roll of paper and can print on both sides of the paper at the same time, print
32-page signatures at speeds of over 40,000 impressions per hour and fold,
glue and perforate a finished product.
Large printing companies making extensive use of web presses include R.R.
Donnelley, World Color Press and Quebecor. These companies specialize in large
production runs of over 50,000 copies generally pursuant to long-term
contracts. General commercial printing companies relying heavily on sheet fed
presses tend to be smaller, locally owned and operated companies that service
customers predominately on a job-by-job basis. These companies compete by
offering a high level of customer service and rapid turnaround of projects.
Due to the fragmented nature of the general commercial printing industry,
the Company believes an abundance of acquisition opportunities exist. The
general commercial printing business is characterized by a significant number
of locally oriented, privately-held businesses, many of which are viable
acquisition candidates. Owners of these independent companies are often
motivated to sell their printing businesses to increase their personal
financial liquidity, facilitate retirement or access the financial capital and
other operating strengths the Company has to offer to grow the business.
Moreover, consolidators, such as the Company, are motivated to purchase
independent companies because of substantial potential economies of scale to
be achieved from a large multi-plant and geographically diverse organization.
27
BUSINESS
GENERAL
The Company is a rapidly growing provider of general commercial printing
services to customers throughout the United States. Since June 1997, the
Company has acquired nine high quality, market leading general commercial
printing companies, each of which operates as a separate division of the
Company. In addition, the Company has entered into a definitive agreement to
acquire McQuiddy. The Master Graphics Companies have an average operating
history of over 50 years, established customer relationships and strong
reputations for customer service, responsiveness and quality. The Company's
acquisition and operating strategies are focused on continued selective
acquisitions and internal growth. The Company expects that this strategy will
enable each division to offer broader services to existing customers and
attract new customers for existing services. The Company's pro forma
consolidated revenue and operating income for the twelve months ended December
31, 1997 were $154.0 million and $8.5 million, respectively.
The Company provides service in all areas of general commercial printing,
including prepress, printing and postpress services. The Company's products
include annual reports, direct mail pieces, sales literature, point of
purchase materials, market letters, newsletters, training manuals, product
brochures, catalogs and university recruiting materials for customers such as
Federal Express, IBM, Provident Life, W. W. Grainger, Turner Broadcasting and
G. D. Searle. The Company's operating philosophy emphasizes responding rapidly
to customer requirements and producing high quality printed materials.
Responsiveness is essential because of the typically short lead time on most
general commercial printing jobs.
OPERATING STRATEGY
The Company has developed an integrated operating and acquisition strategy
designed to maximize internal and external growth and maintain and expand its
position as a leading provider of general commercial printing services. The
Company's operating strategy is to combine the service and responsiveness of a
locally-oriented, independent general commercial printing company with the
resources and economies of scale of a large company. The key elements of the
Company's operating strategy are as follows:
. Provide Premium, High Quality Service. The Company targets the premium
segment of the general commercial printing market. The Company's
customers generally choose printers primarily based on service, quality
and responsiveness, and not based solely on price.
. Cross-Sell Production Capabilities. In order to maximize "same store"
revenue growth and profitability, the Company has developed its
proprietary Master Central equipment utilization and marketing process.
Master Central is designed to maximize utilization of the Company's
existing printing capacity and capabilities by (i) allocating, on a real
time basis, certain printing projects to a particular division based on
equipment capabilities and availability; and (ii) training the Company's
sales force to market the production capacity and capabilities of all of
the Company's divisions. See "--Master Central."
. Achieve Economies of Scale. As a result of centralized purchasing, the
Company expects to receive volume discounts and rebates from
manufacturers of paper, film, printing plates and ink that would be
unavailable to the Company's divisions on a stand-alone basis. Paper is
generally the largest cost item for general commercial printing
companies, including the Company. The Company's paper costs were
approximately 27% of revenue for the six months ended December 31, 1997.
The Company has pricing agreements with five paper suppliers which
provide discounts and rebates based on volume and is currently discussing
with certain manufacturers purchase terms for film, printing plates and
ink and other printing supplies. In addition, the Company intends to
centralize administrative items such as insurance and employee benefits
to further reduce costs.
. Operate on a Decentralized Basis. The Company intends to retain the key
managers of the businesses it acquires and allow them to maintain
substantial responsibility for the day-to-day operations, profitability
and growth of those businesses as separate divisions. The Company
believes that the operating autonomy provided by the decentralized
structure, together with the implementation of
28
reporting systems and financial controls at the corporate level, will
enable it to combine the service and responsiveness of a locally-oriented,
independent general commercial printing company with the resources and
economies of scale of a large company. Moreover, the Company intends to
motivate its employees and align their interests with those of the
Company's shareholders by using Common Stock as a currency in its
acquisition program and by granting stock options as a part of employee
compensation.
ACQUISITION STRATEGY
The Company's acquisition strategy is to become a leading provider of
general commercial printing services in the United States through the
acquisition of independent general commercial printing companies that are well
managed and market leaders in customer service, responsiveness and quality.
The Company believes that its profile within the industry and its philosophy
of decentralized operations and centralized administration enable to identify
and acquire high quality, market leading independent general commercial
printing companies. The key elements of the Company's acquisition strategy are
as follows:
. Acquire High Quality, Well Managed Companies. The Company evaluates
potential acquisition candidates based on a variety of factors, including
reputation for quality, service, strength of management, competitive
market position, historical financial performance, growth potential,
customer base, equipment capabilities and available capacity. The Company
seeks to acquire only those companies which maintain high levels of
quality and service consistent with the Company's existing divisions. The
Company believes this strategy is essential to enabling each division of
the Company to cross-sell the capacity and capabilities of the other
divisions without concerns about quality and service.
. Retain Existing Management of Companies Acquired. The Company seeks to
acquire successful companies whose key managers will become employees of
the Company and continue to operate acquired businesses as divisions of
the Company. To preserve local market knowledge and customer
relationships, the Company has entered into employment contracts and
agreements not to compete with the key managers at each Acquired Company
and intends to continue to do so in the future.
MASTER GRAPHICS COMPANIES
NUMBER OF NUMBER OF
1997 REVENUES YEAR SHEET FED WEB
MASTER GRAPHICS COMPANY ($ IN 000'S) (1) FOUNDED LOCATION PRESSES PRESSES
----------------------- ---------------- ------- ------------------------ --------- ---------
B&M Printing, Inc....... $ 13,433 1969 Memphis, Tennessee 6 0
Blackwell Lithographers,
Inc.................... 4,164 1932 Jackson, Mississippi
4 0
Lithograph Printing
Company of Memphis..... 20,118 1947 Memphis, Tennessee 3 2
Sutherland Printing
Company, Inc........... 7,892 1940 Montezuma, Iowa 6 0
Ozark, Missouri 1 0
The Argus Press, Inc.... 23,277 1922 Chicago, Illinois 5 0
Phoenix Communications,
Inc.................... 25,859 1960 Atlanta, Georgia 6 2
Jones Printing Company,
Inc.................... 6,343 1942 Chattanooga, Tennessee 8 1
Hederman Brothers,
Inc.................... 10,459 1898 Jackson, Mississippi 7 0
Phillips Litho Co.,
Inc.................... 12,727 1973 Springdale, Arkansas 4 4
Henderson, North
Harperprints, Inc....... 10,904 1974 Carolina 3 0
McQuiddy Printing
Company................ 16,583 1903 Nashville, Tennessee 4 2
--------
Total Combined Revenue.. $151,759
========
- --------
(1) The Company and several of the individual Master Graphics Companies had
fiscal years that differed from December 31, which is the year end the
Company will use effective January 1, 1998.
29
The Master Graphics Companies were or will be acquired using a combination
of cash, promissory notes and warrants. The aggregate consideration that will
have been paid by the Company to acquire the Master Graphics Companies
consists of (i) approximately $51.4 million in cash, (ii) approximately $15.0
million in aggregate principal amount of notes to the former owners of the
Master Graphics Companies and (iii) warrants to purchase 1,516,412 shares of
Common Stock at an exercise price at $12.00 share (assuming an initial public
offering equal to the Mid-Point). Former owners of several Acquired Companies
have the opportunity to receive additional amounts of consideration, payable
in cash, contingent upon meeting certain cash flow targets up to a maximum of
approximately $15 million.
The consideration paid or to be paid by the Company for each Master Graphics
Company was the result of arm's length negotiations between representatives of
the Company and representatives of each Master Graphics Company and was based
generally on the Company's evaluation of such acquired company's operating
results, assets and capitalization. Certain former owners of Acquired
Companies were required to enter into employment agreements containing
confidentiality and non-competition provisions.
MASTER CENTRAL
A successful printing company must have a substantial investment in printing
presses and related equipment and plant facilities. The general commercial
printing industry is characterized by unpredictable demand which affects
equipment utilization. A particular printing facility may at any given time
have either excess capacity or demands from customers which cannot be met.
Further, the size and type of printing jobs a general commercial printing
company is capable of completing is limited by type and number of printing
presses owned by that company. For example, it may not be economically
feasible for one of the Company's divisions which operates only sheet fed
presses to bid on a large printing project which could be produced more
efficiently on a web press.
The Company has established Master Central to utilize more efficiently
printing capacity and effectively allocate print jobs across the range of the
Company's available equipment. Currently, three employees located at the
Company's headquarters and one employee in each division, all under the
direction of the Chief Operating Officer, have been designated as the Master
Central Team. Master Central acts as a clearinghouse whereby a division
submits a job that it cannot print either because of capacity restraints or
because the division does not have necessary equipment. Through Master
Central, this job is routed to the division with the necessary equipment or
available capacity to handle the job. Master Central is an operating process
which focuses on (i) effective marketing of the production capacity and
capabilities of all of the divisions of the Company, (ii) increasing equipment
availability across all divisions, (iii) responsiveness to customer driven
deadlines, and (iv) efficient distribution of finished products to customers.
In connection with Master Central, the Company is training its sales force to
effectively promote and market the production capacity and capabilities of all
of the Company's divisions.
OPERATIONS
The Company provides service in all areas of general commercial printing,
including (i) developing a customer's concept into printable material through
the use of electronic prepress services, (ii) using printing presses to
imprint the printable material onto paper, (iii) cutting, folding, and binding
the finished product and (iv) storing and distributing the finished product.
Design and Prepress Services. One of the most significant technological
advancements in the general commercial printing industry in recent years has
been the computerization of the prepress area. Because of such technological
advances and a decrease in the cost of such technology, the Company is able to
offer design and prepress services to its customers on an efficient and cost-
effective basis. Historically, such design and prepress services were provided
by advertising agencies, specialty printing services or customers in-house.
Prepress services include the development of designs for customers and the
conversion of designs into digitized images. The Company offers commercial
prepress services at all of its facilities, enabling each division to service
customers from inception of the concept through delivery of the finished
product.
30
Printing. Once a project has finished the prepress area, it is moved to the
press area where the image is reproduced on paper. The Company operates 57
sheet fed presses, ranging in size from 11x17 to 28x41, which are capable of
simultaneously printing up to six colors and producing up to 15,000
impressions per hour. The Company also operates 11 web presses which are
capable of producing up to 40,000 impressions per hour, folding, glueing and
perforating a finished product. The Company's web presses are located in five
divisions.
Finishing. The finishing operations provided by the Company include cutting,
folding, binding and other operations to finish the printed product.
Historically, general commercial printing companies outsourced finishing
operations which required substantial capital investments. Because some of the
Master Graphics Companies own such equipment, the Company is able to offer
finishing operations and provide a completely integrated service from design
to fulfillment.
Fulfillment. The fulfillment area provides a wide range of labor intensive
services that combine, package, store and ship the Company's finished
products. The fulfillment area also provides electronic tracing services for
customer inventory and accumulates data for marketing departments that
indicates the effectiveness of print related marketing campaigns. Large
corporations utilize a variety of the Company's fulfillment services
including: custom assembly of binders; gathering information from promotional
mailings; returning premium or incentive items to respondents; and combining
magnetic media with printed media prior to shipment.
CUSTOMERS
Most of the Company's top customers are large companies such as Federal
Express, IBM, Provident Life, W. W. Grainger, Turner Broadcasting and G. D.
Searle. Consistent with the general commercial printing industry as a whole,
the Company has no significant long-term contracts with its customers. Due to
the project-oriented nature of customers' printing requirements, sales to
particular customers may vary significantly from year to year. On a pro forma
basis, the Company's top ten customers in 1997 accounted for 17.9% of sales;
no customer accounted for more than 3%.
SALES AND MARKETING
The Company employs 91 salespeople across all of its divisions, a majority
of which are paid on a commission basis. The Company markets its services
based primarily on quality and responsiveness and, to a lesser degree, on
price. Through its salespeople and other management professionals, the Company
maintains strict control of the printing process from the time a prospective
customer is identified through the scheduling, prepress, printing and
postpress operations. The Company's business is principally service-oriented,
and its operating philosophy emphasizes responding rapidly to customer
requirements and producing high quality products. Responsiveness is essential
because of the typically short lead time on most general commercial printing
jobs. The Company, like general commercial printing companies generally, is
designed to maintain maximum flexibility to meet customer needs both on a
scheduled and an emergency basis.
The Company believes that a well trained, experienced sales force is a vital
component of the Company's internal growth strategy. In addition to the
training provided with respect to Master Central, the Company has implemented
a training program designed to enhance the effectiveness and knowledge of the
Company's sales force. The general commercial printing business requires a
substantial amount of interaction with customers, including personal sales
calls, art work and computer disk reviews, reviews of color and other proofs
and "press checks" (customer approval of the printed piece while it is being
printed).
Each division of the Company employs salespeople who are knowledgeable about
the industry and the printing capabilities of the division they serve. As a
result of the implementation of Master Central, each salesperson will also be
trained in the printing capabilities at each of the other divisions. The
Company's sales philosophy stresses frequent sales calls on existing customers
and constant marketing to prospective new customers. Each division emphasizes
to its customers the breadth and sophistication of the particular division's
printing capacity and the printing capacity of the Company as a whole, the
speed and quality of its service and
31
the personal attention offered by its salespeople. In addition to soliciting
business from existing and prospective customers, the salespeople act as
liaisons between customers and production personnel and provide technical
advice and assistance to customers throughout the printing process.
The general commercial printing industry is characterized by strong
relationships between the purchasers of printing services and the salespeople
who service their accounts. The Company believes that it is important to
retain its existing sales force and attract new salespeople. The Company
believes that its existing compensation structure is competitive with other
companies in the general commercial printing industry. Moreover, because the
Company generally can offer greater capacity and a broader array of
capabilities as compared to smaller, locally-owned general commercial printing
companies, the Company can successfully compete with these other printing
companies to hire additional qualified salespeople.
PURCHASING AND RAW MATERIALS
As a result of centralized purchasing, the Company is able to take advantage
of volume discounts and rebates from manufacturers and suppliers of paper,
film, printing plates and ink that would be unavailable to the divisions on a
stand-alone basis. The Company purchases various materials, including paper,
prepress supplies, printing plates, ink, film, chemicals, solvents, glue and
wire, from a number of national and local suppliers. Paper is generally the
largest cost item for general commercial printing companies, including the
Company. The Company's paper costs were approximately 27% of revenue for the
six months ended December 31, 1997. The Company does not maintain a
significant inventory of paper and is generally able to pass the cost of the
paper through to its customers. The Company has in place agreements with five
major paper suppliers which provide for discounts and rebates based on the
Company achieving certain purchase levels.
The Company is currently in the process of negotiating national purchasing
arrangements with other major suppliers and manufacturers. The Company
anticipates that each division will order the goods and services as needed
either in accordance with the terms set forth in the national purchasing
arrangements, if applicable, or on a local basis. The Company will receive
input from each division on market conditions, local supplier service and
product developments which will enable the Company to continually maximize the
benefits of these master purchasing arrangements.
The Company has not experienced any significant difficulty in obtaining raw
materials necessary for its operations.
COMPETITION
The Company competes with a substantial number of other general commercial
printing companies. Because of the nature of the Company's business, most of
the Company's competition is confined to local printing markets. The major
competitive factors in the Company's business are the quality of customer
service, the quality of finished products and price. The ability of the
Company to compete effectively in providing customer service and quality
finished products is primarily dependent on production and distribution
capabilities, the availability of equipment and the ability to perform the
services with speed and accuracy. The Company believes it competes effectively
in all of these areas.
Although the general commercial printing industry in the United States
remains highly fragmented, recent technological developments and over-capacity
in the industry have increased industry consolidation and competitive
pressures. Moreover, the Company competes for potential acquisition candidates
with other printing industry consolidators, some of which have greater
financial resources than the Company.
EMPLOYEES
On March 31, 1998, the Company had approximately 1,100 employees. Less than
five percent of its employees are members of the Graphic Communications Union.
These employees work under a collective bargaining agreement which expires on
March 31, 2000. The Company believes its relationship with its employees,
including those covered by a collective bargaining agreement, is good.
32
FACILITIES
The Company's principal facilities are described in the table below. All of
the listed facilities contain office, production and storage space. For
additional information, see "Certain Transactions."
APPROXIMATE
BUILDING SPACE
FACILITY AND LOCATION OWNED/LEASED (SQUARE FEET)
- --------------------- ------------ --------------
Master Graphics, Inc.
Memphis, Tennessee.................................. Leased 3,000
B&M Printing Division
Memphis, Tennessee.................................. Leased 70,000
Blackwell Lithographers Division
Ridgeland, Mississippi.............................. Owned 18,000
Lithograph Printing Division
Memphis, Tennessee.................................. Leased 64,000
Sutherland Printing Division
Ozark, Missouri..................................... Owned 15,000
Sutherland Printing Division
Montezuma, Iowa..................................... Owned 33,000
Argus Press Division
Niles, Illinois..................................... Leased 56,000
Phoenix Communications Division
Chamblee, Georgia................................... Leased 67,000
King Mailing Services Division
Chamblee, Georgia................................... Leased 10,400
Jones Printing Division
Chattanooga, Tennessee.............................. Leased 31,000
Jones Printing Division
Chattanooga, Tennessee.............................. Leased 16,500
Hederman Brothers Division
Ridgeland, Mississippi.............................. Leased 72,000
Phillips Litho Division
Springdale, Arkansas................................ Leased 73,800
Harperprints Division
Henderson, North Carolina........................... Leased 55,000
McQuiddy Printing Division
Nashville, Tennessee................................ Owned 83,400
GOVERNMENT AND ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATION
The Company's manufacturing operations are subject to numerous federal,
state and local laws and regulations relating to human health and safety and
the environment. These laws and regulations address and regulate, among other
matters, wastewater discharge, air quality and the generation, handling,
storage, treatment, disposal and transportation of solid and hazardous wastes
and releases of hazardous substances into the environment. In addition, third
parties and governmental agencies in some cases have the power under such laws
and regulations to require remediation of environmental conditions and, in the
case of governmental agencies, to impose fines and penalties. The Company
makes capital expenditures from time to time to stay in compliance with
applicable laws and regulations.
33
The Company has obtained all permits and approvals and filed all
registrations required for the conduct of its business. The Company is in
compliance in all material respects with the numerous federal, state and local
laws and regulations and permits, approvals and registrations relating to
human health and safety and the environment except where noncompliance would
not have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial
condition or results of operations.
In connection with the acquisition of the Master Graphics Companies, each of
the Company's properties has been subjected to an ESA (which does not involve
invasive procedures, such as soil sampling or ground water analysis) by
independent environmental consultants. The ESAs have not revealed any
environmental liability that would have a material adverse effect on the
Company. The Company has not been notified by any governmental authority of
any continuing noncompliance, liability or other claim in connection with any
of its properties, nor is the Company aware of any other material
environmental condition with respect to any of its properties. However, in
connection with the ownership and operation of its properties and the conduct
of its business, the Company potentially may be liable for damages or cleanup,
investigation or remediation costs.
No assurances can be given that all potential environmental liabilities have
been identified or properly quantified or that any prior owner, operator, or
tenant has not created an environmental condition unknown to the Company.
Moreover, no assurances can be given that (i) future laws, ordinances or
regulations will not impose any material environmental liability or (ii) the
current environmental condition of the properties will not be affected by the
condition of land or operations in the vicinity of the properties (such as the
presence of underground storage tanks), or by third parties unrelated to the
Company. Federal, state and local environmental regulatory requirements change
often. It is possible that compliance with a new regulatory requirement could
impose significant compliance costs on the Company. Such costs could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and
results of operations.
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
From time to time the Company is involved in litigation relating to claims
arising in the normal course of business. The Company maintains insurance
coverage against potential claims in an amount which it believes to be
adequate. While the outcome of lawsuits or other proceedings against the
Company cannot be predicted with certainty, the Company does not believe these
matters whether or not covered by insurance will have a material adverse
effect on its business or financial position, individually or in the
aggregate.
34
MANAGEMENT
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
The following table sets forth certain information concerning the directors
and executive officers of the Company.
NAME AGE POSITION
- ---- --- --------
John P. Miller............ 44 Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer
and President
Lance T. Fair............. 35 Senior Vice President--Acquisitions; Chief
Financial Officer
Robert J. Diehl........... 56 Chief Operating Officer
P. Melvin Henson, Jr...... 40 Senior Vice President--Finance and
Administration; Chief Accounting Officer
James B. Duncan........... 55 Senior Vice President--Sales and Marketing
H. Henry (Hap) Hederman, 52
Jr. ..................... Director, President Hederman Brothers Division
Walter P. McMullen........ 73 Director, Chairman Lithograph Printing Division
Cary Rosenthal............ 58 Director, President Phoenix Division
Frederick F. Avery........ 67 Director
Donald L. Hutson.......... 52 Director
John P. Miller has been Chairman of the Board of Directors, Chief Executive
Officer and President of the Company since its inception. Prior to assuming
his position with the Company, Mr. Miller was the Chairman of the Board of
Directors and Chief Executive Officer of B&M Printing from December 1992 to
June 1997.
Lance T. Fair has been the Senior Vice President--Acquisitions and Chief
Financial Officer of the Company since September 1997. From July 1995 until he
joined the Company, Mr. Fair was Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of
Warterfield Holdings, Inc. From June 1989 to July 1995, Mr. Fair was a
principal at Asset Services, L.P., a Memphis, Tennessee-based mergers and
acquisition advisory firm.
Robert J. Diehl has been the Chief Operating Officer of the Company since
January 1998. Mr. Diehl has over 25 years of experience in the general
commercial printing industry. From January 1994 to December 1997, Mr. Diehl
was President of Hollis Digital Imaging Systems, Inc., a digital printing
company located in Tucson, Arizona. From 1989 to December 1993, Mr. Diehl was
Managing Director of R.H. Rosen Associates, Inc., a printing industry
consulting firm.
P. Melvin Henson, Jr. has been the Senior Vice President--Finance and
Administration and Chief Accounting Officer of the Company since December
1997. From July 1979 to December 1997, Mr. Henson was employed in a variety of
financial management positions with International Paper Company including
Manager--Finance for International Paper's business process redesign project
and controller for International Paper's pulp and paper manufacturing facility
in Erie, Pennsylvania.
James B. Duncan has been the Senior Vice President--Sales and Marketing of
the Company since October 1997. From November 1996 to September 1997, Mr.
Duncan operated a consulting practice focused on sales training and
management. From April 1989 to October 1996, Mr. Duncan was a Division
President for Smith & Nephew PLC, where he directed global operations for the
Center of Excellence for Smith & Nephew's ear, nose and throat products.
H. Henry Hederman, Jr. has been a Director of the Company since March 1998
and has served as the President of the Hederman Brothers Division since March
1998. Mr. Hederman has over 30 years of experience in the general commercial
printing industry. From 1982 through March 1998, Mr. Hederman served as the
35
President and Chief Executive Officer of Hederman (which was acquired by the
Company in March 1998). Mr. Hederman currently serves as a member of the board
of directors and a member of the executive committee of the board of directors
of MS Diversified Corp.
Walter P. McMullen has been a Director of the Company since March 1998 and
has served as the Chairman of the Lithograph Printing Company Division since
June 1997. Mr. McMullen has over 50 years of experience in the general
commercial printing industry. From March 1973 to June 1997, Mr. McMullen
served as the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Lithograph (which was
acquired by the Company in June 1997).
Cary Rosenthal has been a Director of the Company since March 1998 and has
served as the President of the Phoenix Division since December 1997. Mr.
Rosenthal has over 30 years of experience in the general commercial printing
industry. From September 1979 to December 1997, Mr. Rosenthal served as
President and Chief Executive Officer of Phoenix and King Mailing Services,
Inc. (both of which were acquired by the Company in December 1997). Mr.
Rosenthal currently serves as a member of the board of directors and serves on
the audit and option committees of the board of directors of SED International
Holdings, Inc. Additionally, Mr. Rosenthal serves as a member of the board of
directors of Printing Industries Association of Georgia, a trade organization.
Frederick F. Avery has been a Director of the Company since March 1998. Mr.
Avery has been a business consultant since April 1994. From July 1987 to March
1994, Mr. Avery served in a variety of roles with Kraft Foods, including
President of Kraft Food Ingredients and Group Vice President.
Donald L. Hutson has been a Director of the Company since March 1998. Since
September 1966, Mr. Hutson has been a business trainer, professional speaker
and consultant to corporations and trade associations on employee development
issues.
There are no family relationships among any of the executive officers or
directors of the Company.
The Company's Charter divides the Board into three classes of as equal size
as possible, with the terms of each class expiring in consecutive years so
that only one class is elected in any given year. The terms of Messrs.
Hederman and Hutson will expire at the 1999 annual meeting of shareholders;
the terms of Messrs. McMullen and Avery will expire at the 2000 annual meeting
of shareholders; and the terms of Messrs. Miller and Rosenthal will expire at
the 2001 annual meeting of shareholders. The executive officers of the Company
are elected annually by the Board following the annual meeting of shareholders
and serve at the discretion of the Board, subject to the terms of their
respective employment agreements, until their successors are elected and
qualified.
COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
The Board of Directors of the Company has established an Audit Committee, an
Acquisition Committee, an Options and Benefits Committee and a Compensation
Committee. Pursuant to resolutions of the Board, these committees have the
following described responsibilities and authority.
The Audit Committee has the responsibility, among other things, of (i)
recommending the selection of the Company's independent public accountants,
(ii) reviewing and approving the scope of the independent public accountants'
audit activity and the extent of non-audit services, (iii) reviewing with
management and such independent public accountants the adequacy of the
Company's basic accounting systems and the effectiveness of the Company's
internal audit plan and activities, (iv) reviewing with management and the
independent public accountants the Company's financial statements and
exercising general oversight of the Company's financial reporting process, and
(v) reviewing with the Company litigation and other legal matters that may
affect the Company's financial condition. The members of the Audit Committee
are Messrs. Avery, Hutson and Miller.
The Compensation Committee has the responsibility, among other things, of
(i) establishing the salary rates of executive officers of the Company, and
(ii) examining periodically the compensation structure of the Company. The
members of the Compensation Committee are Messrs. Miller, Avery and Hutson.
36
The Options and Benefits Committee has the responsibility to administer the
1998 Equity Compensation Plan and to supervise the welfare and pension plans
of the Company. The members of the Options and Benefits committee are Messrs.
Avery and Hutson.
The Acquisition Committee has the authority to approve the terms and
conditions of acquisitions of businesses by the Company, including the
authority to approve the issuance of debt and equity securities of the Company
in connection with such acquisitions, provided that the consideration paid by
the Company for each business is less than $10 million. The members of the
Acquisition Committee are Messrs. Miller, Hederman and Rosenthal.
The Company's Board of Directors may also establish other committees.
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
Each director who is not an employee of the Company is paid $1,000 for each
meeting attended. All directors are reimbursed for expenses incurred in
attending meetings of the Board of Directors and committee meetings of the
Board of Directors. Non-employee Directors are eligible to receive grants
under the Company's 1998 Non-Employee Director Option Plan. Each non-employee
Director received a grant of an option to purchase 833 shares of Common Stock
at a purchase price of $12.00 per share (assuming an initial public offering
equal to the Mid-Point).
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
Prior to April 1998, the Company did not have a Compensation Committee of
the Board of Directors. The compensation of the Company's executive officers
has been determined by negotiations between Mr. Miller, the Company's Chief
Executive Officer, and such individuals.
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
Summary Compensation Table. The following table sets forth certain
information concerning the compensation paid by the Company to the Chief
Executive Officer of the Company and the two other most highly paid executive
officers earning in excess of $100,000 during 1997 (collectively, the "Named
Executive Officers").
ANNUAL COMPENSATION
------------------------------
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION FISCAL YEAR SALARY BONUS (1)
--------------------------- ----------- -------- ---------
John P. Miller.................................. 1997 $145,833 --
Chairman of the Board, President and Chief
Executive Officer
Lance T. Fair................................... 1997 $ 34,153 $600,000
Senior Vice President--Acquisitions and Chief
Financial Officer
Robert J. Diehl................................. 1997 -- $300,000
Chief Operating Officer
- --------
(1) Includes deferred compensation payments to the Named Executive Officers as
indicated. The amount indicated is payable in cash on December 31, 2002
or, at the option of the applicable Named Executive Officer, in Common
Stock on or before December 31, 2002. The Company may prepay the full
deferred compensation obligation at any time. If the Named Executive
Officer elects to receive Common Stock in lieu of cash, he is entitled to
receive the number of shares of Common Stock equal to the quotient of (i)
the deferred compensation amount owed to such Named Executive Officer
divided by (ii) the initial public offering price of a share of Common
Stock.
The Company has employment agreements with each of the above Named Executive
Officers and P. Melvin Henson, Jr. and James B. Duncan dated as of March 1,
1998. Each agreement has an initial term of three years and is renewable
automatically for one year periods unless terminated by one of the parties.
The agreements provide for the following annual salaries: Mr. Miller--
$250,000; Mr. Diehl--$175,000; Mr. Fair--$120,000; Mr. Henson--$100,000; and
Mr. Duncan--$100,000. The annual salaries are subject to adjustment at the
discretion of the Compensation Committee of the Board, but may not be
decreased more than 5% from the previous years' salary. In addition, the
agreements provide for annual incentive compensation to each officer
37
equal to up to 100% of his base salary based on performance targets
established by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. In the
event that the officer is terminated without cause or suffers a constructive
termination and there has been no change of control of the Company, the
Company will pay such officer a lump sum severance payment equal to 200% of
the sum of such officer's combined (i) base salary in effect at the time of
termination and (ii) the average of the annual incentive award for the two
immediately preceding calendar year. In the event the officer is terminated
with cause, regardless of whether there has been a change of control of the
Company, the Company will pay such officer only accrued but unpaid base salary
through the date of termination. If the officer is terminated without cause or
suffers a constructive termination upon a change of control of the Company, he
is entitled to receive a lump sum upon such termination of an amount equal to
the sum of (i) 299% of such officer's combined (A) base salary in effect at
the time of termination and (B) the average of the annual incentive award for
the two immediately preceding completed calendar years and, (ii) to the extent
that such payment constitutes an "excess parachute payment" within the meaning
of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"),
an amount equal to any tax incurred by such officer pursuant to Section 280G
of the Code. Each agreement contains certain confidentiality and non-
competition covenants.
OPTION GRANTS
The following table sets forth the number of options to purchase shares of
Common Stock that have been granted to the Named Executive Officers of the
Company.
POTENTIAL
REALIZABLE
VALUE AT ASSUMED
ANNUAL RATES
OF STOCK PRICE
APPRECIATION FOR
INDIVIDUAL GRANTS OPTION TERM (3)(4)
---------------------------------------------------------- ------------------
% OF TOTAL
OPTIONS
OPTIONS GRANTED GRANTED TO EXERCISE PRICE EXPIRATION
(NO. OF SHARES (1) EMPLOYEES (2) PER SHARE(3) DATE 5% 10%
------------------ ------------- -------------- ---------- -- ---
John P. Miller.......... -- -- -- --
Lance T. Fair........... 83,333 13.7% $12.00 March 2008 $628,892 $1,593,694
Robert J. Diehl......... 25,000 4.1 $12.00 March 2008 188,668 478,122
- --------
(1) The options reported in this column consist of options granted under the
Company's 1998 Equity Compensation Plan. The options will become
exercisable on each of the first, second, and third anniversaries of the
date of grant with respect to 25%, 25% and 50%, respectively, of the
shares subject to the option.
(2) Based on outstanding options to purchase an aggregate of 606,914 shares of
Common Stock.
(3) Assumes an initial offering price equal to the Mid-Point.
(4) The dollar amounts under these columns are the result of calculations at
the 5% and 10% appreciation rates set by the Commission and, therefore,
are not intended to forecast possible future appreciation, if any, in the
price of the Common Stock. In order to realize the potential values set
forth in the 5% and 10% columns of this table, the per share price of the
Common Stock would be $19.55 and $31.12 respectively, or 62.9% and 159.3%,
respectively, above the base exercise price. Because the Common Stock was
not publicly traded prior to the Offering, these amounts were calculated
based on the assumption that the fair market value of one share of Common
Stock on the date of grant was equal to the exercise price.
The following table sets forth the number of options to purchase shares of
Common Stock held, as of March 31, 1998, by the Named Executive Officers.
NUMBER OF SECURITIES
UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED
OPTIONS AT
MARCH 31, 1998
-------------------------
EXERCISABLE UNEXERCISABLE
----------- -------------
John P. Miller........................................ -- --
Lance T. Fair......................................... -- 83,333
Robert J. Diehl....................................... -- 25,000
- --------
(1) Based on an initial offering price equal to the Mid-Point.
38
EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN
The Company's 1998 Equity Compensation Plan (the "Plan") provides for grants
of (i) stock options, (ii) stock appreciation rights and (iii) restricted
stock (collectively, "Awards") to selected employees, officers, directors,
consultants and advisers of the Company. By encouraging stock ownership, the
Company seeks to attract, retain and motivate such persons and to encourage
them to devote their best efforts to the business and financial success of the
Company.
The Plan authorizes up to 750,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock
(subject to adjustment in certain circumstances) for issuance pursuant to the
terms of the Plan. If Awards expire or are terminated for any reason without
being exercised, the shares of Common Stock subject to such Awards again will
be available for purposes of the Plan. As of the date of this Prospectus, the
Company has granted options to purchase 605,248 shares of Common Stock under
the Plan.
The Plan may be administered by the Board of Directors (the "Board") or by a
committee of the Board (references to the "Committee" refers to the committee,
if one is appointed, and otherwise to the Board). Awards under the Plan may
consist of (i) options intended to qualify as incentive stock options ("ISOs")
within the meaning of section 422 of the Code, (ii) "non-qualified stock
options" that are not intended so to qualify ("NQSOs"), (iii) stock
appreciation rights, or (iv) shares of restricted stock. Awards may be granted
to any employee (including officers and directors) of the Company and
consultants and advisers who perform services for the Company.
The option price of any ISO granted under the Plan will not be less than the
fair market value of the underlying shares of Common Stock on the date of
grant. The option price of a NQSO will be determined by the Committee, in its
sole discretion, and may be greater than, equal to or less than the fair
market value of the underlying shares of Common Stock on the date of grant.
The Committee will determine the term of each option, provided that the
exercise period may not exceed ten years from the date of grant. The option
price of an ISO granted to a person who owns more than 10% of the total
combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company must be at least
equal to 110% of the fair market value of Common Stock on the date of grant,
and the ISO's term may not exceed five years. A grantee may pay the option
price (i) in cash, (ii) by delivering shares of Common Stock already owned by
the grantee and having a fair market value on the date of exercise equal to
the option price, or (iii) by such other method as the Committee may approve.
The Committee may impose on options such vesting and other conditions as the
Committee deems appropriate. The terms and conditions of NQSOs, stock
appreciation rights and restricted stock relating to the effect of termination
of the participant's employment or the participant's death or disability are
specified by the Committee. Each ISO terminates upon the termination of the
employment of the participant holding the ISO for cause or voluntary
termination. Upon a participant's death or disability, ISOs previously granted
to such participant may be exercised within the period ending on the earlier
of the expiration date of the ISO or the one year anniversary of the date of
such participant's death or termination of employment.
Stock appreciation rights may be granted under the Plan in conjunction with
all or part of a stock option and will be exercisable only when the underlying
stock option is exercisable. Once a stock appreciation right has been
exercised, the related portion of the stock option underlying the stock
appreciation right will terminate. Upon the exercise of a stock appreciation
right, the Company will pay to the employee or consultant in cash, Common
Stock or a combination thereof (the method of payment to be at the discretion
of the Committee), an amount equal to the excess of the fair market value of
the Common Stock on the exercise date over the option price, multiplied by the
number of stock appreciation rights being exercised.
Restricted stock awards may be granted alone, or in addition to, or in
tandem with, other awards under the Plan or cash awards made outside the Plan.
The provisions attendant to a grant of restricted stock may vary from
participant to participant. In making an award of restricted stock, the
Committee will determine the periods during which the restricted stock is
subject to forfeiture and may provide for such other awards designed to
guarantee a minimum of value for such stock. During the restricted period, the
employee or consultant may not sell, transfer, pledge, assign, or otherwise
encumber the restricted stock but will be entitled to vote the restricted
stock and to receive, at the election of the Committee, cash or deferred
dividends.
39
In the event of a change of control (as defined in the Plan), all
outstanding Awards will become fully exercisable, unless the Committee
determines otherwise. Except as provided below, unless the Committee
determines otherwise, in the event of a merger where the Company is not the
surviving corporation, all outstanding Awards will be assumed by or replaced
with comparable options by the surviving corporation. The Committee may
require that grantees surrender their outstanding Awards in the event of a
change of control and receive a payment in cash or Common Stock equal to the
amount by which the fair market value of the shares of Common Stock subject to
the Awards exceeds the exercise price of the Awards.
All Awards issued under the Plan will be granted subject to any applicable
federal, state and local withholding requirements; the Company can deduct from
wages paid to the grantee any such taxes required to be withheld with respect
to the options. If the Company so permits, a grantee may choose to satisfy the
Company's income tax withholding obligation with respect to an option by
having shares withheld up to an amount that does not exceed the grantee's
maximum marginal tax rate for federal, local and state taxes.
The Board may amend or terminate the Plan at any time; provided that, if the
Common Stock becomes publicly traded, the Board may not make any amendment
without shareholder approval if such approval is required by Section 162(m) of
the Code. As of December 31, 1997, no options to purchase shares of Common
Stock were outstanding under the Plan. The Plan will terminate on April 1,
2008, unless terminated earlier by the Board or extended by the Board with
approval of the shareholders.
1998 NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR STOCK OPTION PLAN
The Company has adopted the 1998 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan
(the "Director Option Plan"). The purposes of the Director Option Plan are to
(i) promote a greater identity of interest between the Company's non-employee
Directors and its shareholders, (ii) provide non-employee Directors with an
additional incentive to manage the Company effectively and contribute to its
success, and (iii) provide a form of compensation which will attract and
retain highly qualified individuals as members of the Board of Directors.
The Director Option Plan is administered by the Board of Directors. Pursuant
to the terms of the Director Option Plan, non-employee Directors of the
Company (each an "Eligible Director") will be eligible to participate in the
Director Option Plan. A maximum of 50,000 shares of Common Stock is available
for issuance and available for grants under the Director Option Plan. As of
the date of this Prospectus, the Company has granted options to purchase 1,666
shares of Common Stock under the Director Option Plan.
In the event of any change in corporate capitalization (such as a stock
split), the number of shares of Common Stock covered by each outstanding
option and the purchase price thereof will be proportionately adjusted from
any increase or decrease in the number of issued and outstanding shares of
Common Stock. If the Company undergoes a "change in control" as defined in the
Director Option Plan, to the extent provided in the instrument granting the
option, all options shall immediately vest and become exercisable. The Board
of Directors, in its sole discretion, may direct the Company to cash out all
outstanding options at the highest price per share of Common Stock paid in any
transaction reported on The Nasdaq National Market or paid or offered in any
bona fide transaction related to a change in control at any time during the 60
day period immediately preceding the occurrence of the change in control.
Grants and awards under the Director Option Plan are nontransferable other
than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, on a case-by-case basis
as may be approved by the Board in its discretion, in accordance with the
terms of the Director Option Plan.
40
CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
Premier Graphics, through the B&M Printing division, has loaned Mr. Miller
$950,000, which bears interest at a rate of 7% per annum and matures on
December 10, 2002. Mr. Miller will repay this amount in full within 30 days of
the closing of the Offering.
The Company leases the facilities in which the B&M Printing division is
located from Mr. Miller. The lease expires on November 30, 2002. The annual
base rent to be paid under this lease is approximately $140,000. The Company
believes that the terms of the lease are no less favorable to the Company than
could have been negotiated by the Company with unaffiliated third parties.
On December 31, 1997, Mr. Miller purchased from the Company a web press for
total consideration of $2,774,706, which is represented by a promissory note
from Mr. Miller to the Company in the principal amount of $2,774,706. The note
matures on the earlier of (i) December 31, 2002, (ii) Mr. Miller's sale of the
press (which is his intention) or (iii) 30 days after an initial public
offering of the Common Stock, and bears interest at an annual rate of interest
equal to LIBOR plus 3.25%. Mr. Miller will repay this amount in full within 30
days of the closing of the Offering. Net proceeds realized from a sale of the
press by Mr. Miller that are in excess of the principal amount of the note
will be paid to the Company. B&M Printing acquired the web press pursuant to a
lease in March, 1996 and purchased it in June, 1997 for total consideration of
$2,623,891.
Sirrom Capital Corporation, the Selling Shareholder and beneficial owner of
6% of the Common Stock, entered into a $4.3 million loan agreement with the
Company on June 19, 1997. The loan bears interest at a rate of 13.25% per
annum and matures in May 2002. In connection with this financing transaction,
the Company granted to Sirrom Capital Corporation a warrant to purchase
266,664 shares of the Common Stock for nominal consideration which was
exercised on April 8, 1998.
In the Company's acquisition of Hederman, Mr. Hederman received
consideration in the form of $1.5 million cash. Mr. Hederman and members of
his immediate family (or trusts for the benefit of such individuals) received
warrants to purchase a total of 166,666 shares of Common Stock at a price per
share of $12.00 (assuming an initial public offering price equal to the Mid-
Point). Mr. Hederman and members of his immediate family (or trust for the
benefit of such individuals) received promissory notes in the aggregate
principal amount of $2,000,000 which mature on February 28, 2005 and bear
interest at a rate of 12% per annum. Moreover, the Company currently leases
its Hederman Brothers division facility from Mr. Hederman for annual rental of
$300,000 per annum. The Company believes that the terms of such lease are no
less favorable to the Company than could have been negotiated by the Company
with unaffiliated third parties.
In the Company's acquisition of Phoenix and King Mailing Services, Inc.,
Mr. Rosenthal received consideration in the form of approximately $3.3 million
cash, a warrant to purchase 193,750 shares of Common Stock at a price per
share of $12.00 (assuming an initial public offering price equal to the Mid-
Point), and a promissory note in the principal amount of $557,750 which
matures on December 16, 2004 and bears interest at a rate of 12% per annum.
Moreover, the acquisition documents provide up to $611,111 in contingent
consideration to be paid to Mr. Rosenthal in the event certain conditions are
satisfied. Mr. Rosenthal owns 50% of RFTA Associates, LLC, which leases the
Phoenix Communications division facilities to the Company for an annual rent
of approximately $252,000 per year subject to annual adjustment based upon
changes in the consumer price index. The Company believes that the terms of
such leases are no less favorable to the Company than could have been
negotiated by the Company with unaffiliated third parties.
In the Company's acquisition of Lithograph, Mr. McMullen received
consideration in the form of approximately $5.9 million cash, property valued
at approximately $374,000, a warrant to purchase 312,500 shares of Common
Stock at a price per share of $12.00 (assuming an initial public offering
price equal to the Mid-Point), and a promissory note in the principal amount
of $3.75 million which matures on June 18, 2004 and bears interest at a rate
of 12% per annum. Mr. McMullen's wife is the general partner of Graphic
Development Company, L.P., which leases the Lithograph Printing Company
division facilities to the Company for an annual rent of approximately
$272,400 per year. The Company believes that the terms of such lease are no
less favorable to the Company than could have been negotiated by the Company
with unaffiliated third parties.
41
On March 30, 1998, GECC exercised two warrants to purchase an aggregate of
177,776 shares of Common Stock. The shares of Common Stock were issued to a
wholly-owned subsidiary of GECC (the "GECC Subsidiary"). On March 31, 1998,
the GECC Subsidiary entered into an exchange agreement with the Company
pursuant to which the 177,776 shares of Common Stock were converted into
177,776 shares of Series A Preferred Stock. See "Description of Capital
Stock--Series A Preferred Stock." On April 1, 1998, the Company issued to GECC
a warrant to purchase 183,333 shares of Common Stock (assuming an initial
offering price equal to the Mid-Point) for nominal consideration. In addition,
GECC is the Senior Credit Facility lender. See "Management Discussion and
Analysis--Liquidity and Capital Resources."
42
PRINCIPAL AND SELLING SHAREHOLDERS
The following table sets forth, as of the date of this Prospectus, certain
information known by the Company with respect to the beneficial ownership of
shares of the Common Stock by (i) each director of the Company; (ii) each
Named Executive Officer; (iii) each person known by the Company to own
beneficially more than 5% of the Common Stock; (iv) the Selling Shareholder;
and (v) all directors and executive officers of the Company as a group, both
before and after giving effect to the Offering. Information set forth in the
table with respect to the beneficial ownership of the Common Stock has been
provided to the Company by such holders. Unless otherwise indicated, each
person's address is c/o the Company's principal executive offices at 6075
Poplar Avenue, Suite 401, Memphis, Tennessee 38119.
SHARES BENEFICIALLY SHARES BENEFICIALLY
OWNED PRIOR OWNED SUBSEQUENT
TO OFFERING (1) SHARES TO OFFERING (1)
-------------------------- BEING --------------------------
NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER NUMBER PERCENT OFFERED NUMBER PERCENT
- ------------------------ ------------ ---------- ------- ------------ ----------
John P. Miller.......... 4,000,000 95.2% -- 4,000,000 52.2%
Sirrom Capital 266,664 6.2 200,000 66,664 *
Corporation............
P. O. Box 30378
Nashville, Tennessee
37241-0378
Walter P. McMullen...... 312,500(2) 6.8 -- 312,500(2) 3.9
4222 Pilot Drive
Memphis, Tennessee
38118
General Electric Capital 361,109(3) 7.8 -- 361,109(3) 4.5
Corporation............
977 Long Ridge Road
Building B, First Floor
Stanford, Connecticut
06927
H. Henry (Hap) Hederman,
Jr..................... 158,625(4) 3.6 -- 158,625(4) 2.0
Cary Rosenthal.......... 193,750(5) 4.3 -- 193,750(5) 2.5
Frederick F. Avery...... -- -- -- -- --
Donald L. Hutson........ -- -- -- -- --
Lance T. Fair........... 50,000(6) 1.2 -- 50,000(6) *
Robert J. Diehl......... 25,000(7) * -- 25,000(7) *
P. Melvin Henson, Jr.... 4,166(8) * -- 4,166(8) *
James B. Duncan......... 4,166(9) * -- 4,166(9) *
All Named Executive
Officers and directors
of the Company as a
group (10 persons)..... 4,748,207 94.7 -- 4,748,207 56.4
- --------
* Less than 1%
(1) Applicable percent of ownership is based on 4,266,664 shares of Common
Stock outstanding as of the date of this Prospectus and 7,666,664 shares
of Common Stock outstanding upon consummation of this Offering. Beneficial
ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the Commission and
include voting or investment power with respect to securities. Shares of
Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options, warrants or
other rights to acquire Common Stock, currently exercisable or
convertible, or exercisable or convertible within 60 days of the date of
this Prospectus are deemed outstanding and to be beneficially owned by the
person holding such option, warrant or other right for purposes of
computing such person's percentage ownership, but are not deemed
outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any
other person. Except for shares held jointly with a person's spouse or
subject to applicable community property laws, or indicated in the
footnotes to this table, each shareholder identified in the table
possesses sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of
Common Stock shown as beneficially owned by such shareholder.
(2) Includes 312,500 shares of Common Stock (assuming an initial public
offering price equal to the Mid-Point) issuable upon exercise of a warrant
held by Mr. McMullen.
(3) Includes 177,776 shares of Series A Preferred Stock owned by the GECC
Subsidiary which are convertible into 177,776 shares of Common Stock and a
warrant to purchase 183,333 shares of Common Stock.
43
(4) Includes 58,625 shares of Common Stock (assuming an initial public
offering price equal to the Mid-Point) issuable upon exercise of a warrant
held by Mr. Hederman and 100,000 shares of Common Stock held by the H.
Henry Hederman, Jr. Trust of which Mr. Hederman is a trustee.
(5) Includes 193,750 shares of Common Stock (assuming an initial public
offering price equal to the Mid-Point) issuable upon exercise of a warrant
held by Mr. Rosenthal.
(6) Includes 50,000 shares of Common Stock (assuming an initial public
offering price equal to the Mid-Point) issuable to Mr. Fair in connection
with the Company's deferred compensation plan.
(7) Includes 25,000 shares of Common Stock (assuming an initial public
offering price equal to the Mid-Point) issuable to Mr. Diehl, in
connection with the Company's deferred compensation plan.
(8) Includes 4,166 shares of Common Stock (assuming an initial public offering
price equal to the Mid-Point) issuable to Mr. Henson in connection with
the Company's deferred compensation plan.
(9) Includes 4,166 shares of Common Stock (assuming an initial public offering
price equal to the Mid-Point) issuable to Mr. Duncan in connection with
the Company's deferred compensation plan.
44
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 100,000,000 shares
of Common Stock, $.001 par value per share and 10,000,000 shares of Preferred
Stock, $.001 par value per share (the "Preferred Stock"). As of the date of
this Prospectus, there were 4,266,664 shares of Common Stock outstanding
(assuming no conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock and exercise of
warrants) held of record by two shareholders and 177,776 shares of Series A
Preferred Stock outstanding. No other shares of Preferred Stock are currently
outstanding.
COMMON STOCK
Voting Rights. The holders of Common Stock are entitled to one vote per
share on each matter to be decided by the shareholders and do not have
cumulative voting rights. Accordingly, the holders of a majority of Common
Stock entitled to vote in any election of Directors may elect all of the
Directors standing for election. The holders of Common Stock have no
preemptive, redemption or conversion rights.
Dividends. Subject to the preferential rights of any outstanding Preferred
Stock that may be created by the Board of Directors under the Charter,
dividends may be paid to holders of the Common Stock when, as and if declared
by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available for such purpose. The
Company does not intend to pay dividends at the present time. See "Dividend
Policy."
Liquidation. In the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the
affairs of the Company, after payment or provision for payment of all of the
Company's debts and obligations and any preferential distributions to holders
of Preferred Stock and any series or class of the Company's stock hereafter
issued that ranks senior as to liquidation rights to the Common Stock, if any,
the holders of the Common Stock will be entitled to share ratably in the
Company's remaining assets.
Miscellaneous. All outstanding shares of Common Stock are, and the Common
Stock offered hereby will be, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.
There is no established public trading market for the Common Stock.
The transfer agent and registrar for the Common Stock is Union Planters
Bank, N.A.
SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK
The following summary of the terms and provisions of the Series A Preferred
Stock does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by
reference to the pertinent sections of the Company's Charter and Charter
Amendment creating the Series A Preferred Stock, each of which is available
from the Company.
Maturity. The Series A Preferred Stock has no stated maturity but will be
subject to mandatory redemption on March 30, 2005.
Rank. The Series A Preferred Stock, with respect to dividend rights and
rights upon liquidation, dissolution and winding up of the Company, ranks (i)
senior to all classes or series of Common Stock of the Company, and to all
equity securities ranking junior to the Series A Preferred Stock with respect
to dividend rights or rights upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of
the Company; (ii) on parity with all equity securities issued by the Company
the terms of which specifically provide that such equity securities rank on a
parity with the Series A Preferred Stock with respect to dividend rights or
rights upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company and have
been consented to by the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock; and (iii)
junior to all existing and future indebtedness of the Company. The term
"equity securities" does not include convertible debt securities, which will
rank senior to the Series A Preferred Stock prior to conversion.
Dividends. Holders of the Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to receive,
when and as declared by the Board of Directors, out of funds legally available
for the payment of dividends, preferential cumulative cash
45
dividends at the rate of 5% per annum of the $12.81 liquidation preference per
share, payable upon the earlier of the redemption of the Series A Preferred
Stock or upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock.
Liquidation Preference. Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of
the Company, the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock will be entitled to
be paid out of the funds of the Company legally available for distribution to
its shareholders a liquidation preference in cash of $12.81 per share, plus
all accrued and unpaid dividends, but without interest, before any
distribution of assets to holders of Common Stock or any other class or series
of capital stock of the Company that ranks junior to the Series A Preferred
Stock as to dividends or liquidation.
Mandatory Redemption. The Company will redeem all of the issued and
outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock on March 30, 2005 at a price
per share equal to the difference of (a) the greater of (i) $12.81 per share
plus all accrued and unpaid dividends or (ii) the fair value thereof
calculated as if such shares had been converted into Common Stock, minus (b)
an amount equal to 5% of the $12.81 per share liquidation preference
calculated on a per annum basis for the period commencing on the date of
issuance and ending on the redemption date. The redemption price is subject to
equitable adjustment upon the occurrence of certain events affecting the
capital structure of the Company or the issuance of shares for below market
value. If for any reason the Company defaults in its obligation to pay all or
any portion of the redemption price, in addition to any other rights or
remedies of the redeeming holder of Series A Preferred Stock, the unpaid
portion thereof will bear interest at a rate per annum of 14%.
Redemption Upon Material Event. If any of the following events occurs (i) a
change in control, (ii) a payment or prepayment of all or substantially all of
the indebtedness of the Company to an affiliate of the holder of the Series A
Preferred Stock, (iii) a merger, consolidation, share exchange or similar
transaction, (iv) the Company disposes of all or a substantial portion of its
assets or (v) a substantial change in the type of business conducted by the
Company, the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock may require the Company
to purchase the Series A Preferred Stock at a price per share equal to the
difference of (a) the greater of (i) $12.81 per share plus all accrued and
unpaid dividends or (ii) the fair value thereof calculated as if such shares
had been converted into Common Stock, minus (b) an amount equal to 5% of the
$12.81 per share liquidation preference calculated on a per annum basis for
the period commencing on the date of issuance and ending on the redemption
date. The redemption price is subject to equitable adjustment upon the
occurrence of certain events affecting the capital structure of the Company or
the issuance of shares for below market value. If for any reason the Company
defaults in its obligation to pay all or any portion of the redemption price,
in addition to any other rights or remedies of the redeeming holder of Series
A Preferred Stock, the unpaid portion thereof will bear interest at a rate per
annum of 14%.
Voting Rights. Holders of Series A Preferred Stock generally will have no
voting rights except as required by law. However, the consent of the holders
of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock
is necessary in order for the Company to increase the authorized number of
shares of Series A Preferred Stock or authorize or issue any shares of stock
or any securities convertible into shares of stock which shall rank in any
respect on a parity with the Series A Preferred Stock. In addition, the
holders of at least 80% of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock
must consent before the Company may amend or alter any of the express terms
and provisions of the Series A Preferred Stock in a manner which would
materially adversely affect the rights or preferences of the Series A
Preferred Stock or authorize or issue any shares of stock or any securities by
their terms convertible into shares of stock which rank in any respect prior
to shares of Series A Preferred Stock. Such special voting provisions shall be
inapplicable in the event no shares of Series A Preferred Stock are
outstanding.
Conversion. Any holder of Series A Preferred Stock may convert into Common
Stock all or any portion of the Series A Preferred Stock at any time and from
time to time upon payment of a conversion fee equal to 5% of the $12.81 per
share liquidation preference, calculated on a per annum basis for the period
commencing on the date of issuance of such share and ending on the date such
share is converted into Common Stock. The Series A Preferred Stock is
convertible into Common Stock at the holder's option at a ratio of one share
of Common Stock for each share of Series A Preferred Stock.
46
The conversion price is subject to equitable adjustment upon the occurrence of
certain events affecting the capital structure of the Company or the issuance
of shares for below market value.
PREFERRED STOCK
The Board of Directors is authorized, without further action by the
shareholders, to provide for the issuance of shares of Preferred Stock as a
class without series or in one or more series, to establish the number of
shares in each class or series and to fix the designation, powers, preferences
and rights of each such class or series and the qualifications, limitations or
restrictions thereof. Because the Board of Directors has the power to
establish the preferences and rights of each class or series of Preferred
Stock, the Board of Directors may afford the holders of any class or series of
Preferred Stock preferences, powers and rights, voting or otherwise, senior to
the rights of holders of Common Stock. The issuance of Preferred Stock could
have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of the Company.
CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE CHARTER, BYLAWS AND TENNESSEE LAW
General. The provisions of the Charter, the Bylaws and Tennessee corporate
law described in this section may delay or make more difficult acquisitions or
changes of control of the Company that are not approved by the Board of
Directors. Such provisions have been implemented to enable the Company,
particularly (but not exclusively) in the initial years of its existence as an
independent, publicly-owned company, to develop its business in a manner that
will foster its long-term growth without the disruption of the threat of a
takeover not deemed by the Board of Directors to be in the best interests of
the Company and its shareholders.
Directors and Officers. Pursuant to the Company's Charter, the members of
the Board of Directors are divided into three classes, each of which serves a
term of three years. The Bylaws provide that the number of directors shall be
no fewer than three or more than 15, with the exact number to be established
by the Board of Directors and subject to change from time to time as
determined by the Board of Directors. Vacancies on the Board of Directors
(including vacancies created by an increase in the number of directors) may be
filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors.
Generally, officers are elected annually by and serve at the pleasure of the
Board of Directors.
The Charter provides that directors may be removed only for cause and only
by (i) the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power
of all the shares of the Company's capital stock then entitled to vote in the
election of directors, voting together as a single class, unless the vote of a
special voting group is otherwise required by law, or (ii) the affirmative
vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors then in office. This
provision, in conjunction with the provision of the Charter authorizing the
Board of Directors to fill vacant directorships, could prevent shareholders
from removing incumbent directors without cause and filling the resulting
vacancies with their own nominees.
Advance Notice for Shareholder Proposals or Making Nominations for
Meetings. The Bylaws establish an advance notice procedure for shareholder
proposals to be brought before a shareholders meeting of the Company and for
nominations by shareholders of candidates for election as directors at an
annual meeting or a special meeting at which directors are to be elected.
Subject to any other applicable requirements, only such business may be
conducted at a shareholders meeting as has been brought before the meeting by,
or at the direction of, the Board of Directors, or by a shareholder who has
given to the Secretary of the Company timely written notice in proper form of
the shareholder's intention to bring that business before the meeting. The
presiding officer at such meeting has the authority to make determinations
regarding the shareholder proposals or nominees. Only persons who are selected
and recommended by the Board of Directors, or the committee of the Board of
Directors designated to make nominations, or who are nominated by a
shareholder who gives the required notice will be eligible for election as
directors of the Company.
To be timely, notice of nominations or other business to be brought before
any meeting must be received by the Secretary of the Company not later than
120 days in advance of the anniversary date of the Company's
47
proxy statement for the previous year's annual meeting or, in the case of
special meetings, at the close of business on the tenth day following the date
on which notice of such meeting is first given to shareholders.
The notice of any shareholder proposal or nomination for election as
director must set forth various information required under the Bylaws. The
person submitting the notice of nomination and any person acting in concert
with such person must provide, among other things, the name and address under
which they appear on the Company's books (if they so appear) and the class and
number of shares of the Company's capital stock that are beneficially owned by
them.
Amendment of the Bylaws and Charter. The Bylaws provide that a majority of
the members of the Board of Directors or the holders of not less than sixty-
six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the outstanding shares of stock of
each class and series entitled to vote upon the matter have the power to
amend, alter or repeal the Bylaws.
Except as may be set forth in resolutions providing for any class or series
of Preferred Stock and except for provisions in the Charter establishing (i)
the number of directors and the designation of three classes of directors;
(ii) the procedure for filling vacancies in the Board of Directors; (iii) the
allowance of the removal of directors only for cause; (iv) the requirements to
call a special meeting of shareholders; (v) the liability and indemnification
of directors; and (vi) the procedures for amending the Charter and Bylaws,
each of which require the affirmative vote of holders of two-thirds of the
voting power of the shares entitled to vote at an election of directors, any
proposal to amend any other provision of the Charter requires approval by the
affirmative vote of both a majority of the members of the Board of Directors
then in office and the holders of a majority of the voting power of all of the
shares of the Company's capital stock entitled to vote on the amendments, with
shareholders entitled to dissenters' rights as a result of the Charter
amendment voting together as a single class. Shareholders entitled to
dissenters' rights as a result of a Charter amendment are those whose rights
would be materially and adversely affected because the amendment (i) alters or
abolishes a preferential right of the shares; (ii) creates, alters, or
abolishes a right in respect of redemption; (iii) alters or abolishes a
preemptive right; (iv) excludes or limits the right of the shares to vote on
any matter, or to cumulate votes, other than a limitation by dilution through
issuance of shares or other securities with similar voting rights; or (v)
reduces the number of shares held by such holder to a fraction if the
fractional share is to be acquired for cash. In general, however, no
shareholder is entitled to dissenter's rights if the security he or she holds
is listed on a national securities exchange or the Nasdaq National Market.
Anti-Takeover Legislation. The Tennessee Investor Protection Act (the
"Investor Protection Act") applies to "takeover offers" directed at an
"Offeree Company." The Investor Protection Act defines a "takeover offer" as
an offer to acquire or the acquisition of any equity security of an Offeree
Company, pursuant to a tender offer or a request or invitation for tenders if,
after the acquisition thereof, the Offeror would be directly or indirectly a
beneficial owner of more than 10% of any class of equity security of the
Offeree Company. The Investor Protection Act defines the term "Offeree
Company" as any corporation or other issuer incorporated in Tennessee or
having its principal place of business in the State of Tennessee. The Investor
Protection Act prohibits an Offeror from making a "takeover offer" if the
Offeror beneficially owns 5% or more of the stock of the "Offeree Company,"
any of which was purchased within one year before the proposed "takeover
offer" unless the Offeror (i) has made a public announcement of the "takeover
offer" and announces its intentions with respect to the management and control
of the "Offeree Company"; (ii) has made full, fair and adequate disclosure to
the holders of the securities to be acquired; and (iii) has filed with the
Commissioner of Commerce and Insurance (the "Commissioner") a Registration
Statement which contains information similar to that which federal law
requires to be disclosed on Schedule 13D (which must be filed within 10 days
of the acquisition of 5% of any class of equity security). After the
Registration Statement is filed with the Commissioner, he may request
additional information material to the "takeover offer" and may call for
hearings. The Investor Protection Act requires a seven day right of rescission
for any shareholder who tenders his shares and additionally provides that if
the "takeover offer" lasts more than 60 days, an Offeree may rescind his
tender. The Offeror must deliver to the Commissioner all solicitation
materials used in connection with the tender offer. The Investor Protection
Act prohibits "fraudulent, deceptive or manipulative acts or practices" by
either side.
48
The Tennessee Greenmail Act (the "Greenmail Act") prohibits the Company from
purchasing or agreeing to purchase any of its securities, at a price in excess
of fair market value, from a holder of 3% or more of any class of such
securities who has beneficially owned such securities for less than two years,
unless such purchase has been approved by the affirmative vote of a majority
of the outstanding shares of each class of voting stock issued by the Company
or the Company makes an offer of at least equal value per share to all holders
of shares of such class.
The Investor Protection Act and the Greenmail Act may render a change of
control of the Company more difficult.
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Upon completion of the Offering, the Company will have outstanding 7,666,664
shares of Common Stock (8,206,664 shares if the Underwriters' over-allotment
option is exercised in full). Moreover, the Company has outstanding 177,776
shares of Series A Preferred Stock which will be immediately convertible, at
the option of the holder thereof, into an identical number of shares of Common
Stock after the closing of the Offering. Of the shares of Common Stock
outstanding, the 3,600,000 shares (4,140,000 if the Underwriters' over-
allotment option is exercised in full) sold in the Offering will be freely
tradeable in the public market without restriction or limitation under the
Securities Act, except for any shares held by an "affiliate" (as defined in
the Securities Act) of the Company. The remaining shares of Common Stock
outstanding may be resold publicly only following their effective registration
under the Securities Act or pursuant to an available exemption (such as
provided by Rule 144 following a holding period for previously unregistered
shares) from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.
In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, a person (or persons
whose shares are required to be aggregated) who has beneficially owned, for at
least one year, shares of Common Stock that have not been registered under the
Securities Act or that were acquired from an "affiliate" of the Company is
entitled to sell within any three-month period the number of shares of Common
Stock that does not exceed the greater of (i) one percent of the number of the
then outstanding shares or (ii) the average weekly reported trading volume of
the Common Stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the sale. Sales
under Rule 144 are also subject to certain notice requirements and to the
availability of current public information about the Company and must be made
in unsolicited brokers' transactions or to a market maker. A person (or
persons whose shares are aggregated) who is not an "affiliate" of the Company
under the Securities Act during the three months preceding a sale and who has
beneficially owned such shares for at least two years is entitled to sell such
shares under Rule 144(k) without regard to the information, volume, manner of
sale and notice provisions of Rule 144. As of the date of this Prospectus, no
"restricted" shares of Common Stock are eligible for resale pursuant to
Rule 144. On June 19, 1998, 4,000,000 "restricted" shares will be eligible for
resale pursuant to Rule 144, subject to the volume, manner of sale and other
limitations thereof. The remaining "restricted" shares will become eligible
for resale pursuant to Rule 144 from time-to-time thereafter.
Prior to this Offering, there has been no active trading market for the
Common Stock. No predictions can be made of the effect, if any, that market
sales of shares of Common Stock or the availability of such shares for sale
will have on the market price prevailing from time-to-time. Nevertheless,
sales of significant amounts of Common Stock could adversely affect the
prevailing market price of Common Stock, as well as impair the ability of the
Company to raise capital through the issuance of additional equity securities.
OPTIONS
Upon the closing of the Offering, the Company will have outstanding options
to purchase up to a total of 606,914 shares of Common Stock (assuming an
initial public price equal to the Mid-Point), of which no options will be
exercisable within 60 days after the consummation of the Offering. The Company
expects to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act
to register shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options granted
under the Plan.
49
Accordingly, such shares will be freely tradeable by holders who are not
affiliates of the Company and, subject to the volume and manner of sale
limitations of Rule 144, by holders who are affiliates of the Company.
WARRANTS AND RIGHTS
In connection with the acquisition of the Master Graphics Companies, the
Company has issued or will issue the Seller Warrants, which may be exercised
immediately afer the closing of the Offering, to purchase 1,516,412 shares of
Common Stock at a price of $12.00 per share (assuming an initial public
offering equal to the Mid-Point).
In connection with a financing transaction, the Company issued to its senior
lender a warrant, which is exercisable immediately after the closing of the
Offering, to purchase 183,333 shares of Common Stock (assuming an initial
public offering price equal to the Mid-Point) for nominal consideration.
The Company granted rights, which are exercisable immediately after the
closing of the Offering, to purchase 108,333 shares of Common Stock at a price
of $12.00 per share (assuming an initial offering price equal to the Mid-
Point) to certain former B&M Printing shareholders in return for their
modification of certain terms of their notes with the Company.
Pursuant to the Company's deferred compensation plan, the Company issued
rights, which are exercisable immediately after the closing of the Offering,
to purchase 83,333 shares of Common Stock at a price of $12.00 per share
(assuming an initial offering price equal to the Mid-Point).
REGISTRATION RIGHTS
The holder of Series A Preferred Stock has the right to require the Company
to register its shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of such Series A
Preferred Stock under the Securities Act in connection with a registration of
shares of Common Stock subsequent to this Offering which is initiated by the
Company under the Securities Act or to require the Company to effect a Demand
Registration. In connection with a registration of shares of Common Stock
subsequent to this offering which is initiated by the Company under the
Securities Act involving an underwritten offering, the number of shares to be
registered by selling shareholders may be limited or eliminated entirely if
the managing underwriter determines marketing factors require a limitation on
the number of shares to be underwritten.
The Selling Shareholder, subject to certain limitations, has the right to
require the Company to register 66,664 shares of Common Stock in a
registration of shares of Common Stock subsequent to this Offering which is
initiated by the Company under the Securities Act.
Certain holders of Seller Warrants to purchase an aggregate of 491,666
shares of Common Stock at a price of $12.00 per share (assuming an initial
public offering price equal to the Mid-Point), subject to certain limitations,
have the right to require the Company to register such shares in a
registration of shares of Common Stock subsequent to this Offering which is
initiated by the Company under the Securities Act. The holder of a warrant to
purchase 183,333 shares of Common Stock (assuming an initial public offering
price equal to the Mid-Point) has Piggy Back Registration and Demand
Registration rights.
The registration rights agreements and warrants which contain registration
rights, as applicable, contain customary provisions whereby the Company and
the other parties party thereto agree to indemnify and contribute to the other
with regard to losses caused by the misstatement of any information or the
omission of any information required to be provided in a registration
statement filed under the Securities Act. The registration rights require the
Company to pay the expenses associated with any registration other than sales
discounts, commissions, transfer taxes and amounts to be borne by underwriters
or as otherwise required by law.
The summary herein of certain provisions of the registration rights does not
purport to be complete and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by
reference to, all of the provisions of the warrants, copies of which are filed
as exhibits to the Registration Statement.
50
UNDERWRITING
Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement (the
"Underwriting Agreement") among the Company and the Underwriters named below
for whom Morgan Keegan & Company, Inc. is acting as representative (the
"Representative"), the Company has agreed to sell to each of such Underwriters
named below, and each of such Underwriters has severally agreed to purchase
from the Company, the respective number of shares of Common Stock set forth
opposite its name below.
NUMBER OF
NAME OF UNDERWRITER SHARES
------------------- ----------
Morgan Keegan & Company, Inc....................................
---
Total.........................................................
===
The Underwriting Agreement provides that the obligations of the Underwriters
are subject to certain conditions precedent and that the Underwriters will be
obligated to purchase all of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby (other
than those shares covered by the over-allotment option described below), if
any are purchased. The Underwriting Agreement provides that, in the event of a
default by an Underwriter, in certain circumstances the purchase commitments
of the non-defaulting Underwriter may be increased or the Underwriting
Agreement may be terminated.
The Company and the Selling Shareholder have granted the Underwriters an
over-allotment option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this
Prospectus, to purchase up to 540,000 additional shares of Common Stock from
the Company on the same terms and conditions as set forth above. Such option
may be exercised only to cover over-allotments in the sale of the shares of
Common Stock. To the extent such option is exercised, each Underwriter will
become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase approximately the
same percentage of the additional shares of Common Stock as it was obligated
to purchase pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement.
The Company and the Selling Shareholder have agreed to indemnify the several
Underwriters or to contribute to losses arising out of certain liabilities,
including liabilities under the Securities Act.
Prior to this Offering, there has been no public market for the Common
Stock. The initial price to the public for the shares of Common Stock will be
determined by negotiation among the Company and the Representative and will be
based on, among other things, the Company's financial and operating history
and condition, its prospects and the prospects for its industry in general,
the management of the Company and the market prices for the securities of
companies in businesses similar to that of the Company.
The Company has been advised by the Representative that the Underwriters
propose to offer the shares offered hereby to the public initially at the
public offering price set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus and to
certain dealers at such price less a concession of $ per share, and the
Underwriters and such dealers may allow a discount of $ per share on sales
to certain other dealers. After the initial public offering, the public
offering price and concession and discount to dealers may be changed by the
Representative.
The Representative has advised the Company that the Underwriters do not
intend to confirm sales to any account over which they exercise discretionary
authority.
The Company, its officers and directors and certain other shareholders of
the Company have agreed that they will not offer, sell, contract to sell,
announce their intention to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or
indirectly, or file with the Commission a registration statement under the
Securities Act relating to any additional shares of Common Stock or securities
convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of Common Stock
without the prior written consent of Morgan Keegan & Company, Inc. for a
period of 180 days from the date of this Prospectus, except (i) subsequent
sales of Common Stock offered in this Offering,
51
(ii) issuances of unregistered Common Stock by the Company issued in
connection with acquiring printing companies, (iii) issuances of Common Stock
by the Company pursuant to the exercise of stock purchase warrants or stock
options outstanding on the date of this Prospectus or (iv) issuances or
registration of options or other rights granted under the Plan or the Director
Option Plan.
The Company has agreed to indemnify the Selling Shareholder against certain
liabilities, including civil liabilities under the Securities Act, or
contribute to payments which the Selling Shareholder may be required to make
in respect thereof.
In connection with this Offering, the Underwriters may engage in
transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of
the Common Stock. Such transactions may include stabilization transactions
pursuant to which the Underwriters may bid for or purchase Common Stock for
the purpose of stabilizing its market price. The Underwriters also may create
a short position for the account of the Underwriters by selling more Common
Stock in connection with the Offering than they are committed to purchase from
the Company, and in such case the Underwriters may purchase Common Stock in
the open market following completion of the Offering to cover all or a portion
of such short position. The Underwriters may also cover all or a portion of
such short position by exercising the Underwriters' over-allotment option
referred to above. In addition, the Underwriters may impose "penalty bids"
whereby selling concessions allowed to syndicate members or other broker-
dealers for the shares of Common Stock sold in the Offering for their account
may be reclaimed by the syndicate if such shares are repurchased by the
syndicate in stabilizing or covering transactions. Any of the transactions
described in this paragraph may result in the maintenance of the price of the
Common Stock at a level above that which might otherwise prevail in the open
market. The imposition of a penalty bid might also affect the price of the
Common Stock to the extent that it could discourage resales of the Common
Stock. Neither the Company nor any of the Underwriters make any representation
or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the
transactions described above may have on the price of the Common Stock. In
addition, neither the Company nor any of the Underwriters make any
representation that the Underwriters will engage in such transactions or that
such transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.
The Company has been advised by the Representative that it presently intends
to make a market in the Common Stock offered hereby; the Representative is not
obligated to do so, however, and any market making activity may be
discontinued at any time. There can be no assurance that an active public
market for the Common Stock will develop and continue after the Offering.
LEGAL MATTERS
The validity of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby will be passed
upon for the Company and the Selling Shareholder by Baker, Donelson, Bearman &
Caldwell, Memphis, Tennessee. Certain legal matters in connection with this
Offering will be passed upon for the Underwriters by King & Spalding, Atlanta,
Georgia.
52
EXPERTS
The financial statements of Master Graphics, Inc., Blackwell, Lithograph,
Argus, Jones, Phoenix, and Hederman, to the extent and for the periods
indicated in their reports, have been included herein and in the registration
statement in reliance upon the reports of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, independent
certified public accountants, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the
authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
The consolidated statements operations, shareholder's equity, and cash flows
of Master Printing (predecessor of Master Graphics, Inc.) for the year ended
June 30, 1995 have been included herein and in the registration statement in
reliance upon the report of Thompson Dunavant, P.L.L.C., independent certified
public accountants, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said
firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
The financial statements of Jones Printing Company, Inc. as of December 31,
1996, and for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31,
1996, have been included herein and in the registration statement in reliance
upon the report of Joseph Decosimo and Company, LLP, independent certified
public accountants, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said
firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
The financial statements of Phoenix as of January 31, 1997, and for each of
the years in the two-year period ended January 31, 1997, included in this
Prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement have been audited by
Arthur Andersen LLP, independent certified public accountants, as indicated in
their report with respect thereto and are included herein, in reliance upon
the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
The financial statements of McQuiddy as of June 30, 1996 and 1997, and for
each of the years in the three-year period ended June 30, 1997, have been
included herein and in the registration statement in reliance upon the report
of Marlin & Edmondson, P.C., independent certified public accountants,
appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in
accounting and auditing.
The financial statements of Phillips as of December 31, 1996 and 1997, and
for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1997, have
been included herein and in the registration statement in reliance upon the
report of S. F. Fiser & Company, P.A. independent certified public
accountants, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm
as experts in accounting and auditing.
The financial statements of Harperprints as of December 31, 1996 and 1997,
and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1997,
have been included herein and in the registration statement in reliance upon
the report of Becker & Company, P.C., independent certified public
accountants, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm
as experts in accounting and auditing.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
The Company has filed with the Commission a Registration Statement on Form
S-1 (the "Registration Statement") under the Securities Act with respect to
the shares of Common Stock offered by this Prospectus. This Prospectus, which
is a part of the Registration Statement, does not contain all of the
information set forth in the Registration Statement or the exhibits or
schedules thereto, certain portions having been omitted pursuant to the rules
and regulations of the Commission. For further information with respect to the
Company and the Common Stock, reference is made to the Registration Statement,
including the exhibits and schedules thereto. Statements contained in this
Prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document are not
necessarily complete and in each instance reference is made to the copy of
such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the Registration
Statement, each such statement being qualified in all respects by such
reference.
53
The Registration Statement, including the exhibits and schedules thereto,
may be inspected without charge at the principal office of the Commission at
Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, and the
Commission's Regional Offices at Seven World Trade Center, Suite 1300, New
York, New York 10048, and Northwest Atrium Center, 500 West Madison Street,
Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661, and copies may be obtained at prescribed
rates from the Public Reference Section of the Commission at 450 Fifth Street,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. In addition, the registration statement and
certain other filings made with the Commission through its Electronic Data
Gathering Analysis and Retrieval ("EDGAR") system are publicly available
through the Commission's site on the Internet's World Wide Web, located at
http://www.sec.gov. The Registration Statement, including all exhibits thereto
and amendments thereof, has been filed with the Commission through EDGAR.
54
MASTER GRAPHICS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
PRO FORMA:
Master Graphics, Inc. and subsidiaries:
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 1997.. F-4
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year
ended December 31, 1997................................................ F-5
Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial
Statements............................................................. F-6
HISTORICAL:
Master Graphics, Inc. and subsidiary:
Reports of Independent Public Accountants............................... F-13
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 1996 and 1997 and December
31, 1997............................................................... F-15
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended June 30, 1995,
1996, and 1997, and the six months ended December 31, 1997............. F-16
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for the years ended June
30, 1995, 1996, and 1997, and the six months ended December 31, 1997... F-17
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended June 30, 1995,
1996, and 1997, and the six months ended December 31, 1997............. F-18
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.............................. F-19
1997 ACQUISITIONS:
Lithograph Printing Company of Memphis:
Report of Independent Public Accountants................................ F-30
Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1995 and 1996, and June 19, 1997...... F-31
Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1996, and
the period from January 1, 1997 through June 19, 1997.................. F-32
Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the years ended December 31, 1995
and 1996, and the period from January 1, 1997 through June 19, 1997.... F-33
Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1996,
and the period from January 1, 1997 through June 19, 1997.............. F-34
Notes to Financial Statements........................................... F-35
Blackwell Lithographers, Inc.:
Report of Independent Public Accountants................................ F-38
Balance Sheet as of June 19, 1997....................................... F-39
Statement of Operations for the period from January 1, 1997 through June
19, 1997............................................................... F-40
Statement of Stockholders' Equity for the period from January 1, 1997
through June 19, 1997.................................................. F-41
Statement of Cash Flows for the period from January 1, 1997 through June
19, 1997............................................................... F-42
Notes to Financial Statements........................................... F-43
The Argus Press, Inc.:
Report of Independent Public Accountants................................ F-46
Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1996, and September 22, 1997.......... F-47
Statements of Operations for the year ended December 31, 1996, and the
period from January 1, 1997 through September 22, 1997................. F-48
Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the year ended December 31, 1996,
and the period from January 1, 1997 through September 22, 1997......... F-49
Statements of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 1996, and the
period from January 1, 1997 through September 22, 1997................. F-50
Notes to Financial Statements........................................... F-51
F-1
Phoenix Communications, Inc.:
Reports of Independent Public Accountants.............................. F-54
Balance Sheets as of January 31, 1997, and December 16, 1997........... F-56
Statements of Operations and Retained Earnings for the years ended
January 31, 1996 and 1997, and the period from February 1, 1997
through December 16, 1997............................................. F-57
Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended January 31, 1996 and 1997,
and the period from February 1, 1997 through December 16, 1997........ F-58
Notes to Financial Statements.......................................... F-59
Jones Printing Company, Inc.:
Reports of Independent Public Accountants.............................. F-65
Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1996, and December 16, 1997.......... F-67
Statements of Income and Retained Earnings for the years ended December
31, 1995 and 1996, and the period from January 1, 1997 through
December 16, 1997..................................................... F-68
Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 1995 and
1996, and the period from January 1, 1997 through December 16, 1997... F-69
Notes to Financial Statements.......................................... F-70
1998 ACQUISITIONS:
McQuiddy Printing Company:
Report of Independent Public Accountants............................... F-74
Balance Sheets as of June 30, 1996 and 1997 and December 31, 1997
(unaudited)........................................................... F-75
Statements of Earnings for the years ended June 30, 1995, 1996 and 1997
and the six months ended December 31, 1996 and 1997 (unaudited)....... F-76
Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the years ended June 30, 1995,
1996 and 1997 and the six months ended December 31, 1996 and 1997
(unaudited)........................................................... F-77
Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended June 30, 1995, 1996 and
1997 and the six months ended December 31, 1996 and 1997 (unaudited).. F-78
Notes to Financial Statements.......................................... F-79
Phillips Litho Co., Inc.:
Report of Independent Public Accountants............................... F-86
Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1996 and 1997........................ F-87
Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1996
and 1997.............................................................. F-88
Statements of Retained Earnings for the years ended December 31, 1995,
1996 and 1997......................................................... F-89
Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1996
and 1997.............................................................. F-90
Notes to Financial Statements.......................................... F-91
Hederman Brothers, Inc.:
Report of Independent Public Accountants............................... F-96
Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1996 and 1997........................ F-97
Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1996
and 1997.............................................................. F-98
Statements of Shareholders' Equity for the years ended December 31,
1995, 1996 and 1997................................................... F-99
Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1996
and 1997.............................................................. F-100
Notes to Financial Statements.......................................... F-101
Harperprints, Inc.:
Report of Independent Public Accountants............................... F-105
Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1996 and 1997........................ F-106
Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1996 and
1997.................................................................. F-107
Statements of Changes In Stockholders' Equity for the years ended
December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997...................................... F-108
Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1996
and 1997.............................................................. F-109
Notes to Financial Statements.......................................... F-110
F-2
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet of the Company
as of December 31, 1997 gives effect to the acquisitions of the Acquired
Companies acquired in 1998 (Harperprints, Hederman, and Phillips), the
probable acquisition of McQuiddy and the financings thereof as if such
transactions had occurred on December 31, 1997. The unaudited pro forma
condensed consolidated statement of operations of the Company for the year
ended December 31, 1997 gives effect to the acquisitions of the Acquired
Companies acquired in 1997 (Lithograph, Blackwell, Sutherland, Argus, Phoenix
and Jones) and the Acquired Companies acquired in 1998 (Harperprints,
Hederman, and Phillips), the probable acquisition of McQuiddy and the
financings thereof as if such transactions had occurred on January 1, 1997.
Share amounts reflect an assumed stock split of 40,000 to 1. The pro forma, as
adjusted, financial data gives effect to the acquisitions and related
financings, and additionally gives effect to (1) the exercise by the Selling
Shareholder of a warrant to acquire 266,664 shares of Common Stock 200,000
shares of which are being offered by the Selling Shareholder in the Offering),
and (2) the Offering and the uses of proceeds thereof. The pro forma data
presented herein do not purport to represent what the Company's financial
position or results of operations would have been had such transactions in
fact occurred on such dates or to project the Company's results of operations
for any future period. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial
statements should be read in conjunction with the historical audited financial
statements of the Company and of the acquired companies, and "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of financial Condition and Results of Operations"
which are included elsewhere in this Prospectus, except for the historical
financial statements of Sutherland which have not been included.
F-3
MASTER GRAPHICS, INC.
PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1997
(IN THOUSANDS)
1998 PRO FORMA PRO FORMA
ACQUISITIONS ACQUISITION OFFERING PRO FORMA
(NOTES ADJUSTMENTS PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENTS CONSOLIDATED
COMPANY 1 AND 2) (NOTE 3) CONSOLIDATED (NOTE 4) AS ADJUSTED
------- ------------ ----------- ------------ ----------- ------------
Current assets:
Cash.................. 1,174 397 -- 1,571 -- 1,571
Trade accounts
receivable, net...... 14,990 8,681 -- 23,671 -- 23,671
Inventories........... 4,836 2,544 128 7,508 -- 7,508
Other current assets.. 1,480 1,640 -- 3,120 -- 3,120
------ ------ ------- ------- ------- -------
Total current
assets............. 22,480 13,262 128 35,870 -- 35,870
Property, plant and
equipment, net......... 29,550 24,330 336 54,216 -- 54,216
Goodwill, net........... 28,853 -- 12,035 40,888 -- 40,888
Other assets............ 5,501 1,043 386 6,930 (610)(c) 6,320
------ ------ ------- ------- ------- -------
86,384 38,635 12,885 137,904 (610) 137,294
====== ====== ======= ======= ======= =======
Current liabilities:
Current installments
of long-term debt.... 3,834 4,766 (4,641) 3,959 -- 3,959
Accounts payable,
trade................ 5,466 3,291 -- 8,757 -- 8,757
Accrued expenses and
other liabilities.... 6,489 1,364 1,263 9,116 (3,000)(c) 6,116
------ ------ ------- ------- ------- -------
Total current
liabilities........ 15,789 9,421 (3,378) 21,832 (3,000) 18,832
Long-term debt:
Finance companies..... 49,817 -- 33,832 83,649 (30,954)(c) 52,695
Sellers' notes........ 15,097 1,807 3,675 20,579 -- 20,579
Other................. 570 15,107 (15,107) 570 -- 570
------ ------ ------- ------- ------- -------
Total long-term
debt............... 65,484 16,914 22,400 104,798 (30,954)(c) 73,844
Other liabilities....... 1,065 -- -- 1,065 -- 1,065
Deferred income tax..... 2,266 1,345 1,550 5,161 -- 5,161
------ ------ ------- ------- ------- -------
Total liabilities... 84,604 27,680 20,572 132,856 (33,954) 98,902
Redeemable warrants..... 3,376 -- 850 4,226 (2,026)(b) 2,200
Redeemable preferred
stock.................. -- -- 1,350 1,350 -- 1,350
Shareholders' equity.... (1,596) 10,955 (9,887) (528) 35,370(a,b,c,d) 34,842
------ ------ ------- ------- ------- -------
86,384 38,635 12,885 137,904 (610) 137,294
====== ====== ======= ======= ======= =======
F-4
MASTER GRAPHICS, INC.
PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997
(IN THOUSANDS)
PRO FORMA PRO FORMA
ACQUISITION OFFERING PRO FORMA
1997 1998 ADJUSTMENTS PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENTS CONSOLIDATED
COMPANY ACQUISTIONS ACQUISTIONS (NOTE 5) CONSOLIDATED (NOTE 6) AS ADJUSTED
------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ------------ ----------- ------------
Net revenue............. 39,470 62,895 51,606 -- 153,971 -- 153,971
Cost of revenue......... 32,460 46,375 38,770 (2,424) 115,181 -- 115,181
------ ------ ------ ------ ------- ----- -------
Gross profit........ 7,010 16,520 12,836 2,424 38,790 -- 38,790
Selling, general &
administrative
expenses............... 7,760 12,219 9,840 (596) 29,223 -- 29,223
Amortization of
goodwill............... 98 831 -- 93 1,022 -- 1,022
------ ------ ------ ------ ------- ----- -------
Operating income
(loss)............. (848) 3,470 2,996 2,927 8,545 -- 8,545
Other income (expense):
Redeemable warrant
valuation
adjustment........... (1,635) -- -- 455 (1,180) 1,180(a) --
Interest income....... 82 24 29 -- 135 -- 135
Interest expense...... (2,345) (1,752) (1,240) (6,334) (11,671) 5,138(b) (6,533)
Deferred loan cost
amortization......... (90) -- -- (1,095) (1,185) 731(b) (454)
Other, net............ 156 (234) (48) -- (126) -- (126)
------ ------ ------ ------ ------- ----- -------
Other, net.......... (3,832) (1,962) (1,259) (6,974) (14,027) 7,049 (6,978)
------ ------ ------ ------ ------- ----- -------
Earnings (loss)
before income
taxes.............. (4,680) 1,508 1,737 (4,047) (5,482) 7,049 1,567
Income tax expense
(benefit).............. 45 14 791 (850) -- 674(c) 674
------ ------ ------ ------ ------- ----- -------
Net earnings (loss)... (4,725) 1,494 946 (3,197) (5,482) 6,375 893
====== ====== ====== ====== ======= ===== =======
Net earnings (loss)
per common share:
Basic............... $(1.18) $ (1.40) $ 0.10
====== ======= =======
Diluted............. $(1.18) $ (1.40) $ 0.10
====== ======= =======
F-5
MASTER GRAPHICS, INC.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION
The accompanying unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet
presents the pro forma consolidated financial position of the Company as if the
acquisitions of the Acquired Companies acquired in 1998 (Harperprints,
Hederman, and Phillips), the proposed acquisition of McQuiddy and the
financings thereof had occurred on December 31, 1997. The accompanying
unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations presents the
pro forma consolidated results of operations of the Company as if the
acquisitions of the Acquired Companies acquired in 1997 (Lithograph, Blackwell,
Sutherland, Argus, Phoenix and Jones) and the Acquired Companies acquired in
1998 (Harperprints, Hederman and Phillips), the proposed acquisition of
McQuiddy and the financings thereof had occurred on January 1, 1997. The pro
forma condensed consolidated financial statements have been derived from the
historical financial statements of the Company, the Acquired Companies acquired
in 1998 and McQuiddy as of and for the year ended December 31, 1997, and from
the historical financial statements of the Acquired Companies acquired in 1997
for the period from January 1, 1997 to the respective dates of their actual
acquisitions by the Company. The results of operations of the Acquired
Companies acquired in 1997 subsequent to their acquisitions have been included
in the historical statement of operations of the Company. The actual
acquisition dates of the Acquired Companies acquired in 1997 are as follows:
Lithograph, Blackwell, and Sutherland (June 19, 1997), Argus (September 22,
1997), and Phoenix and Jones (December 16, 1997).
In addition, the pro forma, as adjusted, financial information gives effect
to the Offering and the use of proceeds thereof, and also gives effect to the
exercise by the Selling Shareholder of a warrant to acquire 266,664 shares of
Common Stock, 200,000 shares of which are being offered by the Selling
Shareholder in the Offering.
The acquisitions have been accounted for in the pro forma condensed
consolidated financial statements using the purchase method of accounting. The
total purchase cost has been allocated to the assets and liabilities acquired
based upon their estimated fair values on the effective dates of the respective
acquisitions. Such allocations are based on studies, all of which have not been
finalized. Accordingly, the effect of the allocation of the purchase cost on
the pro forma balance sheet, and the related effect on pro forma results of
operations, is preliminary. The final values assigned may differ from those set
forth herein; however, it is not expected that the final allocation of purchase
costs will differ materially from those set forth herein.
The pro forma data presented herein do not purport to represent what the
Company's financial position or results of operations would have been had the
1997 and 1998 acquisitions in fact occurred on such dates or to project the
Company's results of operations for any future period.
(2) ACQUISITIONS AND RELATED FINANCINGS
Acquisitions
On June 19, 1997, the Company acquired all of the outstanding common stock of
Blackwell Lithographers, Inc. and Lithograph Printing Company of Memphis, and
the assets of Sutherland Printing Company. All of these businesses are engaged
in the general commercial printing business. The acquisitions were financed
with a combination of cash ($10.4 million), subordinated notes to the sellers
($5.1 million) and warrants to acquire Common Stock (valued at $210,000). In
addition, the Company incurred other acquisition costs totalling approximately
$470,000. These acquisitions have been accounted for by the purchase method
and, accordingly, the results of operations of Blackwell, Lithograph and
Sutherland have been included in the Company's consolidated financial
statements from June 19, 1997. The $4.9 million excess of the aggregate
purchase prices over the aggregate fair value of the net identifiable assets
acquired has been recorded as goodwill and is being amortized on a straight
line basis over 40 years.
During the six months ended December 31, 1997, the Company acquired all of
outstanding common stock of the following companies: as of September 22, 1997--
The Argus Press, Inc.; as of December 16, 1997--
F-6
MASTER GRAPHICS, INC.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
Phoenix Communications, Inc., and Jones Printing Company, Inc. All of these
businesses are engaged in the general commercial printing business. The
acquisitions were financed with a combination of cash ($17.8 million),
subordinated notes issued to the sellers ($6.15 million), and warrants to
acquire common stock (valued at $1.4 million). In addition, the Company
incurred other acquisition costs totalling approximately $2.3 million. These
acquisitions have been accounted for by the purchase method and, accordingly,
the results of operations of Argus have been included in the Company's
consolidated financial statements from September 22, 1997, and the results of
operations of Phoenix and Jones have been included in the Company's
consolidated financial statements from December 16, 1997. The $23 million
excess of the aggregate purchase prices over the aggregate fair value of the
net identifiable assets acquired has been recorded as goodwill and is being
amortized on a straight line basis over 40 years.
In March 1998, the Company acquired all of the outstanding common stock of
Harperprints, Inc., Hederman Brothers, Inc., and Phillips Litho Co., Inc. In
addition, in April 1998 the Company entered into a definitive merger agreement
pursuant to which it expects to acquire all of the outstanding common stock of
McQuiddy Printing Company. All of these businesses are engaged in the general
commercial printing business. The acquisitions were financed with a combination
of cash ($18.7 million), subordinated notes issued to the sellers ($3.7
million) and warrants to acquire common stock (valued at $1.1 million). In
addition, the Company incurred other acquisition costs totalling approximately
$2.3 million. These acquisitions have been accounted for by the purchase method
and, accordingly, the results of operations of Harperprints, Inc., Hederman,
McQuiddy, and Phillips will be included in the Company's 1998 consolidated
financial statements from their respective acquisition dates in 1998. The
estimated $12.0 million excess of the aggregate purchase prices over the
aggregate fair value of the net identifiable assets acquired will be recorded
as goodwill and amortized on a straight line basis over 40 years.
The Harperprints, Hederman, Jones, Phillips and Phoenix stock purchase
agreements also provide for additional payments over the next three years
contingent on future cash flows, as defined, of the respective businesses.
Management expects that such payments will not exceed $15 million.
Financing of Acquisitions
In June 1997 the Company borrowed $4.3 million from Sirrom Capital
Corporation ("Sirrom") to partially finance its June 1997 business acquisitions
described above. The Sirrom loan bears interest at 13.25%, payable monthly, and
the principal is due in May, 2002, with no penalty for early repayment. The
loan is subject to a security agreement providing subordinated liens on all
equipment, inventory, accounts receivable, and intangible assets. In connection
with obtaining the Sirrom loan, the Company paid a processing fee of $107,500
and issued to Sirrom a common stock warrant to acquire a 6% interest in the
Common Stock of the Company. On April 8, 1998, Sirrom exercised its warrant and
acquired 6.6666 shares of Common Stock (266,664 shares after the effect of the
40,000 to 1 stock split to be effected immediately preceding the Offering).
At December 31, 1997, the Company, through its operating subsidiary, Premier
Graphics, is a borrower under a $60 million Amended and Restated Loan and
Security Agreement dated December 16, 1997, with General Electric Capital
Corporation ("Senior Lender"). Proceeds from the loan agreement have been used
primarily to finance the 1997 acquisitions. At December 31, 1997, the loan
agreement was comprised of a Term Loan-A of $30 million, a Term Loan-B of $17.8
million, and an unused acquisition line of $12.2 million. The Term Loan-A is
due in 19 quarterly installments of approximately $937,500, plus a final
principal payment due in December, 2002; interest on the Term Loan-A which is
payable monthly is based on a LIBOR-adjusted rate (8.94% at December 31, 1997).
The Term Loan-B is due in 19 quarterly installments of $25,000, with a final
principal payment due in December, 2002; interest on the Term Loan-B at an
annual rate of 12% is payable monthly, and the Company has an option to convert
such rate to a variable rate. The Term Loan-A is subject to a prepayment
penalty which declines from 3% in the first year to 0% after the third year;
the Term Loan-B is
F-7
MASTER GRAPHICS, INC.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
not subject to a prepayment penalty. The Loan Agreement contains mandatory
prepayment provisions which are based on annual excess cash flows, as defined
in the credit agreement. The Term Loans are collateralized by substantially
all of the Company's tangible and intangible assets. The Term Loans are
subject to various covenants, including limits on dividends, additional debt,
total liabilities and capital expenditures, and the maintenance of levels of
EBITDA (as defined) and interest, fixed charge, and leverage ratios. In
conjunction with obtaining the Term Loans, the Company incurred fees of
approximately $1 million; the Company also issued to the Senior Lender a
common stock warrant which is described in Note 12 to the Company's
consolidated financial statements.
In connection with the various acquisitions in 1997, the Company has issued
subordinated unsecured notes to the respective sellers. These subordinated
notes, which totaled $4.8 million and $10.9 million at June 30, 1997 and
December 31, 1997, respectively, are due in seven years, bear interest at 12%
(payable monthly), and generally are subject to 20% prepayment penalties.
In connection with its acquisition of B&M Printing Company, Inc. in 1992,
the Company issued notes to the sellers in the aggregate amount of $1.3
million. The notes bear interest at 10%, payable quarterly, and the principal
is due on November 30, 2002. The Company granted rights to purchase Common
Stock to these sellers in June 1997, in return for certain modifications to
the related loan agreements. Effectively, the holders have the right, if there
has been a public offering of the Company's Common Stock, to acquire up to
approximately $430,000 of Common Stock at an exercise price equal to the of
the Company's Common Stock initial public offering price; such rights expire
three years after any initial public offering of the Company's Common Stock.
In connection with a June 1997 acquisition, the Company issued a $1,090,000
non-interest bearing note payable to the seller maturing in May, 2007. The
Company recorded the note at its net present value and is amortizing the
discount thereon over the life of the note using the interest method. The note
is classified above as "other" long-term debt.
The cash portion of the Hederman acquisition was funded by a $5.9 million
borrowing under on the Company's acquisition line under its Amended and
Restated Credit Agreement with its Senior Lender. In connection with this
financing, the Company agreed to certain modifications to the credit
agreement, including an increase in the quarterly amortization of the Term
Loan-B from $25,000 to $50,000.
The cash portion of the Phillips Litho acquisition was financed by a $15
million term loan from its Senior Lender. The loan is to be repaid in 19
quarterly installments of $12,500, beginning in July 1998, and a twentieth and
final installment, in March 2003, of the remaining balance. Interest at an
annual rate of 12% is payable monthly, provided that the Senior Lender may at
its option convert the rate to a floating rate at 3.5% over prime. The term
loan requires mandatory prepayment based on 75% of annual excess cash flows,
as defined; voluntary prepayments will incur prepayment penalties on a
declining scale during the first three years of the loan. In consideration for
the loan, the Company agreed to pay to the Senior Lender an origination fee of
$500,000.
The cash portion of the Harperprints acquisition was financed with $6.5
million in proceeds from a $10 million term loan from its Senior Lender. The
loan is to be repaid in 19 quarterly installments of $12,500, beginning in
July, 1998, and a twentieth and final installment, in March 2003, of the
remaining balance. Interest at an annual rate of 12% is payable monthly;
provided that the Senior Lender may at its option convert the rate to a
floating rate at 3.5% over prime. The term loan requires mandatory prepayment
based on 75% of annual excess cash flows, as defined; voluntary prepayments
will incur prepayment penalties on a declining scale during the first three
years of the loan. In consideration for the loan, the Company issued a warrant
to the Senior Lender which allows the Senior Lender to acquire a number of
shares of Common Stock equivalent to $2.2 million divided by the initial
public offering price of the Common Stock. The warrant has an exercise price
of $100, and the holder may require the Company to redeem the warrant under
certain conditions at a price equivalent to the then fair value of the
underlying common stock at that date.
F-8
MASTER GRAPHICS, INC.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
The cash portion of the McQuiddy acquisition will be funded by an advance of
$6.3 million from the Company's acquisition line under its Amended and
Restated Credit Agreement with its Senior Lender as well as the remaining $3.5
million from the Harperprints loan. The draw under the acquisition line will
be repayable at March 2003.
In connection with the financings of the 1998 acquisitions,the Company and
the Senior Lender also entered into an exchange agreement whereby the Company
issued 177,776 shares (based on the 40,000 to 1 stock split to be effected
immediately prior to the Offering) of its newly created Series A Cumulative
Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 ("Series A Preferred Stock") in
exchange for the senior lender's warrant to purchase a 4% interest in the
Company's outstanding common stock. The Series A Preferred Stock carries an
annual dividend rate of 5% of its liquidation value ($12.81 per share);
dividends are payable quarterly and may be paid in cash and/or in kind. The
Series A Preferred Stock is convertible into Common Stock at the holder's
option at a ratio of 1 share of Common Stock for each share of Series A
Preferred Stock. The Series A Preferred Stock is redeemable by the holder at
the end of year seven, if the Sirrom note has been repaid, at a price
effectively equal to the greater of its liquidation value or the fair value of
the underlying common stock on an as-if converted basis.
3. PRO FORMA ACQUISITION ADJUSTMENTS--BALANCE SHEET
a) To record the elimination of assets and liabilities of Acquired Companies
and McQuiddy which were specifically excluded from the purchase transactions.
b) To record the proceeds from borrowings used to fund the cash portions of
the acquisition (approximately $19 million) and refinancing of debt
(approximately $17 million), along with debt issuance costs incurred.
c) To record the issuance of notes and warrants issued to sellers as partial
consideration for the acquisitions.
d) To eliminate the historical equity accounts of the companies acquired in
1998 and McQuiddy.
e) To record the purchase of the acquired companies.
PRO FORMA
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E) ADJUSTMENT
------ ------ ------ ------ ------- ----------
(IN THOUSANDS)
Cash.................... -- 35,657 -- -- (35,657) --
Inventory............... -- -- -- -- 128 128
Property, plant &
equipment.............. (4,194) -- -- -- 4,530 336
Goodwill................ -- -- 1,067 (7,239) 18,207 12,035
Other assets............ -- 500 -- -- (114) 386
Current installments of
long-term debt......... -- 125 -- -- (4,766) (4,641)
Accrued expense &
other.................. -- -- -- -- 1,263 1,263
Long-term debt:
Finance company....... -- 33,832 -- -- -- 33,832
Other................. (3,086) -- -- -- (12,021) (15,107)
Sellers' notes........ -- -- 3,675 -- -- 3,675
Deferred tax liability.. -- -- -- -- 1,550 1,550
Redeemable warrants..... -- 850 -- -- -- 850
Redeemable preferred
stock.................. 1,350 1,350
Stockholders' equity.... (1,108) -- (2,608) (7,239) 1,067 (9,887)
------ ------ ------ ------ ------- -------
Total................. -- -- -- -- -- --
====== ====== ====== ====== ======= =======
F-9
MASTER GRAPHICS, INC.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
4. PRO FORMA OFFERING ADJUSTMENTS--BALANCE SHEET
a) To record the proceeds ($40.8 million) from the issuance of 3,400,000
shares of the Company's Common Stock, net of $3.8 million underwriting
discounts and estimated offering costs, primarily consisting of accounting and
legal fees, filing and listing fees, and printing expenses.
b) To record the effect of the exercise of a common stock warrant to acquire
266,664 shares of Common Stock (200,000 shares of which are being offered by
the Selling Shareholder in the Offering).
c) To record the payment of accrued acquisition advisory costs ($3.0
million), the repayment of the Sirrom debt ($4.3 million), and the partial
repayment of the senior debt ($29.7 million), and the write-off of the
deferred loan costs and unamortized debt discounts associated with the debt
repaid ($610,000 and $3.0 million, respectively).
d) The net effect on shareholders' equity includes the net proceeds of the
Offerings ($37.0 million) plus the exercise of a warrant ($2.0 million) and
less the write-off of deferred financing costs and unamortized debt discount
($3.6 million).
5. PRO FORMA ACQUISITION ADJUSTMENTS--STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
a) To record the net decrease in depreciation expense related to (1)
adjustments to the basis in the fixed assets acquired as a result of applying
purchase accounting, (2) the effect on depreciation of assets not acquired
(see (c) below), and (3) changes in estimated useful lives.
b) To record reductions in rent expense related to equipment previously
leased, which were acquired as a part of the acquisitions.
c) To record additional rent expense for facilities not acquired, but to be
leased from the former owner of the company acquired as a part of the
acquisition agreement.
d) To record increased cost of sales arising from the stepped-up basis in
inventory as a result of applying purchase accounting.
e) To record the annual amortization ($1.0 million) of goodwill ($40.9
million) arising as a result of applying purchase accounting to the
acquisitions over a 40-year estimated life, net of goodwill amortization
previously recorded by an acquired company.
f) To record a reduction in compensation from historical amounts to amounts
agreed to as a part of the acquisition agreements.
g) To record additional interest expense and related amortization arising
from the financings of the acquisitions, including interest on seller
subordinated notes at 12% and senior debt at rates ranging from 9% to 13.25%.
h) To record the elimination of the adjustment of a redeemable warrant to
fair value; on a pro forma basis, effective January 1, 1997 the warrant was
exchanged for redeemable preferred stock as a part of the financing of the
1998 acquisitions.
i) To eliminate income tax expense, as the Company would have had a
consolidated net loss on a pro forma basis.
F-10
MASTER GRAPHICS, INC.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
The following table summarizes the pro forma statement of operations
adjustments necessary to reflect the 1997 and 1998 acquisitions and financings
thereof as if they had occurred on January 1, 1997:
IN THOUSANDS
---------------------------------------------- PRO FORMA
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E) (F) (G) (H) (I) ADJUSTMENT
------ ---- --- --- --- ---- ----- --- ---- ----------
Cost of sales........... (2,611) (241) 300 128 (2,424)
Selling, general and
administrative
expenses............... 147 93 (743) (503)
Interest expense........ 7,429 7,429
Amortization of
goodwill...............
Other expense........... 455 455
Income taxes............ (850) (850)
6. PRO FORMA OFFERING ADJUSTMENTS--STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
a) To record the elimination of the adjustment of the redeemable warrant to
fair value; on a pro forma, as adjusted basis, the warrant was exercised and
shares of Common Stock were issued effective January 1, 1997.
b) To record the decrease in interest expense, including amortization of
deferred financing costs and contractual rate reductions, resulting from the
repayment of Sirrom and senior debt with proceeds of the Offering.
c) To record the income tax effect of the above adjustments; income taxes
are provided at a combined 43% rate, reflecting federal and state taxes at the
estimated statutory rates adjusted for nondeductible goodwill.
7. PRO FORMA EARNINGS PER SHARE
Basic earnings per share (EPS) are computed by dividing net earnings (loss)
less the preferred stock dividend requirement by the weighted-average number
of common shares outstanding (4,000,000 in 1997); as adjusted for the public
offering, outstanding shares also include 3,400,000 shares issued by the
Company in the Offering and 266,664 shares issued to a warrant holder in
April, 1998 (200,000 shares of which will be sold in the Offering).
Diluted EPS are computed assuming the conversion or exercise of dilutive
potential equity instruments. In the Diluted EPS calculations for both pro
forma and pro forma, as adjusted, conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock
is not assumed because of its antidilutive effect. Exercise of the Senior
Lender's warrant is not assumed in the pro forma calculation because of its
antidilutive effect. Exercise of the option effect of the deferred
compensation contracts is not assumed in the pro forma calculation because the
option would not be exercisable until the initial public offering;
additionally, if exercisable, the effect would have been antidilutive.
F-11
MASTER GRAPHICS, INC.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
Following is a reconciliation of the calculation of basic and diluted
earnings per share :
(IN THOUSANDS,
EXCEPT SHARE AND
PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
-----------------------
PRO FORMA
PRO FORMA AS ADJUSTED
---------- -----------
Net earnings (loss)......... $ (5,482) $ 893
Less preferred stock
dividend requirement....... 114 114
---------- ----------
Net earnings (loss)
available for common
shareholders............... $ (5,596) $ 779
========== ==========
Basic--Average shares
outstanding................ 4,000,000 7,666,664
========== ==========
Basic EPS............... $ (1.40) $ 0.10
========== ==========
Diluted:
Average shares
outstanding.............. 4,000,000 7,666,664
Assumed exercise of:
Deferred compensation
contract............... -- 83,333
Warrant................. -- 183,333
---------- ----------
4,000,000 7,933,330
========== ==========
Diluted EPS............. $ (1.40) $ 0.10
========== ==========
(8) OTHER MATTERS
The pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet reflects the write-off of
unamortized deferred financing costs ($610,000) and loan discounts ($3,046,000)
as a result of the repayment of certain loans with proceeds from the Offering.
This expense has been appropriately excluded from the pro forma condensed
consolidated statement of operations, but will be reflected in the Company's
historical consolidated financial statements in 1998 as an extraordinary loss
on extinguishment of debt.
The Company's historical consolidated financial statements as of and for the
six months ended December 31, 1997 include a provision for deferred
compensation of approximately $750,000 related to employment arrangements with
certain officers. Since these arrangements were not directly related to the
acquisitions or the Offering, the provision has not been eliminated from the
pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet or statement of operations.
F-12
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
When the stock split referred to in Note 1 has been consummated,
we will be in a position to render the following report.
KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
The Board of Directors Master Graphics, Inc. and subsidiary:
We have audited the consolidated balance sheets of Master Graphics, Inc. and
subsidiary as of June 30, 1996 and 1997, and December 31, 1997, and the
related consolidated statements of operations, shareholder's equity and cash
flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended June 30, 1997 and the
six-month period ended December 31, 1997. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express
an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Master
Graphics, Inc. and subsidiary as of June 30, 1996 and 1997 and December 31,
1997, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the
years in the two-year period ended June 30, 1997 and the six-month period
ended December 31, 1997 in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.
(unsigned)
KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
Memphis, Tennessee
April 7, 1998, except as to the third
paragraph of Note 1, which is as of
May , 1998.
F-13
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT
Board of Directors
Master Printing, Inc.:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of operations,
changes in stockholder's equity and cash flows of Master Printing, Inc. and
Subsidiary for the year ended June 30, 1995. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the consolidated results of operations and cash flows of
Master Printing, Inc. and Subsidiary for the year ended June 30, 1995 in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
Thompson Dunavant, P.L.L.C.
Memphis, Tennessee
March 20, 1998
F-14
MASTER GRAPHICS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
JUNE 30,
----------------------- DECEMBER 31,
1996 1997 1997
---------- ----------- ------------
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents.............. $ 0 $ 497,579 $ 1,173,812
Trade accounts receivable, net......... 2,053,434 6,947,608 14,989,796
Inventories:
Raw materials and supplies........... 47,661 883,920 1,926,692
Work-in-process...................... 127,773 852,973 2,909,206
---------- ----------- -----------
Total inventories................... 175,434 1,736,893 4,835,898
Deferred income taxes.................. 0 0 160,698
Prepaid expenses and other current
assets................................ 771,852 475,400 1,319,609
---------- ----------- -----------
Total current assets................. 3,000,720 9,657,480 22,479,813
---------- ----------- -----------
Property, plant and equipment, net....... 2,007,410 20,472,214 29,550,176
Goodwill, net............................ 0 4,908,380 28,853,263
Deferred loan costs, net................. 0 777,023 1,396,096
Due from shareholder..................... 950,000 950,000 3,894,726
Other.................................... 467,500 449,862 209,604
---------- ----------- -----------
Total assets......................... $6,425,630 $37,214,959 $86,383,678
========== =========== ===========
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Current installments of long-term
debt.................................. $ 161,526 $ 1,813,696 $ 3,833,844
Accounts payable....................... 1,062,725 2,822,173 5,465,707
Accrued expenses....................... 490,848 1,965,188 6,489,064
---------- ----------- -----------
Total current liabilities............ 1,715,099 6,601,057 15,788,615
---------- ----------- -----------
Bank line of credit...................... 113,309 0 569,561
Long-term debt, net of current install-
ments................................... 2,519,267 28,797,993 64,913,896
Deferred income taxes.................... 234,623 397,499 2,266,160
Other liabilities........................ 0 0 1,065,046
Redeemable common stock warrants......... 0 638,176 3,376,060
Commitments and contingencies
Shareholder's equity:
Common stock (no par value at June 30,
1996; $0.001 par value at June 30,
1997 and December 31, 1997);
100,000,000 shares authorized;
4,000,000 shares issued and
outstanding in all periods............ 100,000 4,000 4,000
Additional paid-in capital............. 2,100,000 2,406,213 3,849,748
Retained earnings (deficit)............ (356,668) (1,629,979) (5,449,408)
---------- ----------- -----------
Total shareholder's equity
(deficit)........................... 1,843,332 780,234 (1,595,660)
---------- ----------- -----------
$6,425,630 $37,214,959 $86,383,678
========== =========== ===========
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-15
MASTER GRAPHICS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
SIX MONTHS
YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, ENDED
------------------------------------- DECEMBER 31,
1995 1996 1997 1997
----------- ----------- ----------- ------------
Net revenue............... $11,426,172 $13,243,535 $13,432,719 $32,394,430
Cost of revenue........... 8,928,152 9,954,851 11,311,910 26,528,378
----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Gross profit............ 2,498,020 3,288,684 2,120,809 5,866,052
Selling, general and ad-
ministrative expenses.... 2,570,124 2,691,257 3,021,102 5,990,167
Amortization of goodwill.. 0 0 0 97,800
----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Operating income
(loss)................. (72,104) 597,427 (900,293) (221,915)
Other income (expense):
Redeemable warrant valu-
ation adjustment....... 0 0 0 (1,635,173)
Interest income......... 66,645 67,726 67,777 48,304
Interest expense........ (333,893) (375,890) (438,686) (2,181,247)
Other, net.............. 43,780 44,479 23,265 190,602
----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Other income (ex-
pense), net.......... (223,468) (263,685) (347,644) (3,577,514)
----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Income (loss) before in-
come taxes............. (295,572) 333,742 (1,247,937) (3,799,429)
Income tax expense (bene-
fit)..................... (86,374) 161,361 25,374 20,000
----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Net earnings (loss)..... $ (209,198) $ 172,381 $(1,273,311) $(3,819,429)
=========== =========== =========== ===========
Earnings per share:
Basic................... $ (0.05) $ 0.04 $ (0.32) $ (0.95)
=========== =========== =========== ===========
Diluted................. $ (0.05) $ 0.04 $ (0.32) $ (0.95)
=========== =========== =========== ===========
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-16
MASTER GRAPHICS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY
YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995, 1996 AND 1997, AND
SIX MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997
COMMON STOCK ADDITIONAL RETAINED TOTAL
------------------ PAID-IN EARNINGS SHAREHOLDER'S
SHARES AMOUNT CAPITAL (DEFICIT) EQUITY (DEFICIT)
--------- -------- ---------- ----------- ----------------
Balances at June 30,
1994................... 4,000,000 $100,000 $2,100,000 $ (319,851) $ 1,880,149
Net earnings (loss)
for year ended June
30, 1995............. (209,198) (209,198)
--------- -------- ---------- ----------- -----------
Balances at June 30,
1995................... 4,000,000 100,000 2,100,000 (529,049) 1,670,951
Net earnings (loss)
for year ended June
30, 1996............. 172,381 172,381
--------- -------- ---------- ----------- -----------
Balances at June 30,
1996................... 4,000,000 100,000 2,100,000 (356,668) 1,843,332
Effects of re-incorpo-
ration............... -96,000 96,000 0
Issuance of seller
warrants............. 210,213 (1,063,098)
Net earnings (loss)
for year ended June
30, 1997............. (1,273,311)
--------- -------- ---------- ----------- -----------
Balances at June 30,
1997................... 4,000,000 4,000 2,406,213 (1,629,979) 780,234
Issuance of seller
warrants............. 1,443,535 1,443,535
Net earnings (loss)
for six months ended
December 31, 1997.... (3,819,429) (3,819,429)
--------- -------- ---------- ----------- -----------
Balances at December 31,
1997................... 4,000,000 $ 4,000 $3,849,748 $(5,449,408) $(1,595,660)
========= ======== ========== =========== ===========
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-17
MASTER GRAPHICS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, SIX MONTHS ENDED
--------------------------------- DECEMBER 31,
1995 1996 1997 1997
--------- --------- ----------- ----------------
Cash flows from operating
activities:
Net earnings (loss)....... (209,198) 172,381 (1,273,311) (3,819,429)
Adjustments to reconcile
net income to net cash
from operating
activities:
Depreciation............. 416,549 275,343 293,037 1,087,288
Amortization of
intangibles............. 330,000 330,000 330,000 325,621
Deferred compensation
provision............... -- -- -- 765,046
Redeemable warrants
adjustment.............. -- -- -- 1,635,173
Deferred income taxes.... (70,295) 63,213 162,876 --
(Gain) loss on disposal
of equipment............ -- (10,000) -- --
Changes in operating
assets and liabilities,
net of effect of
business acquisitions:
Trade accounts
receivable............. (461,156) (128,534) (1,124,340) 459,020
Inventories............. (16,185) 81,195 (300,098) 651,156
Other assets............ (75,032) (622,446) 197,589 (499,125)
Accounts payable........ 44,541 260,685 797,084 (14,623)
Accrued expenses........ (10,973) 206,235 837,414 1,902,727
--------- --------- ----------- -----------
Net cash provided by
(used in) operating
activities............ (51,749) 628,072 (79,749) 2,492,854
--------- --------- ----------- -----------
Cash flows from investing
activities:
Business acquisitions, net
of cash acquired......... (13,392,127) (28,511,229)
Purchases of equipment.... (47,390) (373,836) (4,151,336) (328,309)
Proceeds from sale of
equipment................ -- 10,000 -- --
--------- --------- ----------- -----------
Net cash used in
investing activities.. (47,390) (363,836) (17,543,463) (28,839,538)
--------- --------- ----------- -----------
Cash flows from financing
activities:
Net borrowings
(repayments) on lines of
credit................... 384,919 (271,610) (113,309) 569,561
Proceeds from issuance of
long-term debt........... -- -- 20,821,586 27,940,625
Principal payments of
long-term debt........... (596,083) (291,187) (1,380,793) (777,875)
Loan costs incurred....... -- -- (777,023) (709,394)
--------- --------- ----------- -----------
Net cash provided by
(used in) financing
activities............ (211,164) (562,797) 18,550,461 27,022,917
--------- --------- ----------- -----------
Net increase (decrease) in
cash...................... (310,303) (298,561) 927,249 676,233
Cash (overdraft) at
beginning of period....... 179,194 (131,109) (429,670) 497,579
--------- --------- ----------- -----------
Cash (overdraft) at end of
period.................... $(131,109) $(429,670) $ 497,579 $ 1,173,812
========= ========= =========== ===========
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
F-18
MASTER GRAPHICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 1996 AND 1997, AND DECEMBER 31, 1997
(1) BASIS OF PRESENTATION
Master Graphics, Inc. and its wholly-owned operating subsidiary, Premier
Graphics, Inc. (collectively the "Company") are engaged in the business of
commercial printing, with 8 facilities in 6 states. Prior to June, 1997, the
Company was comprised of a holding company, Master Printing, Inc. and its
wholly-owned operating subsidiary, B&M Printing, Inc. In June, 1997, the sole
shareholder of Master Printing, Inc. formed a new corporate holding company,
Master Graphics, Inc., and merged Master Printing, Inc. into Master Graphics,
Inc. Contemporaneously, Master Graphics, Inc. formed a new wholly-owned
subsidiary, Premier Graphics, Inc., and merged B&M Printing, Inc. into Premier
Graphics, Inc. References in these consolidated financial statements to the
Company for periods prior to the June, 1997 transactions described above are
to Master Printing, Inc. and B&M Printing, Inc. consolidated. The transactions
discussed above were among entities totally controlled by the sole
shareholder, and, as such, gave rise to no changes in accounting or reporting,
other than an adjustment to the Company's shareholder's equity as a result of
changing the par value of common stock from no par value to $0.001 per share.
The Company operated on a fiscal year ending June 30, through its year ended
June 30, 1997. In conjunction with the corporate reorganization described
above and the acquisitions and related financings described in Notes 3 and 5
below, the Company changed its fiscal year-end to December 31.
On May , 1998, the Board of Directors of the Company approved a 40,000 to
1 stock split. All references to share and per share amounts in these
Consolidated Financial Statements have been retroactively restated to reflect
the stock split.
(2) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
(a) Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Master
Graphics, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary after the elimination of
intercompany transactions.
(b) Use of Estimates
Management uses estimates and assumptions in preparing financial statements
in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Those estimates
and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, and the reported revenues and
expenses. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
(c) Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include all highly liquid debt instruments
purchased with a maturity of three months or less at the date of acquisition.
(d) Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out method) or
market.
(e) Property, Plant and Equipment
Property, plant, and equipment is stated at cost. Depreciation is computed
using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets,
which range from 5 to 39 years. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a
straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related property,
generally fifteen to forty years. Amortization of assets held under capital
leases is included with depreciation expense.
F-19
MASTER GRAPHICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
Expenditures which materially increase values or extend the useful lives of
assets are capitalized while replacements, maintenance and repairs which do
not improve or extend the lives of the respective assets are charged against
income as incurred. Depreciation expense for fiscal years 1995, 1996 and 1997
and the six months ended December 31, 1997 was $417,000, $275,000, $293,000
and $1,087,000, respectively.
(f) Intangibles
Goodwill represents costs in excess of the fair value of the net assets of
businesses acquired in 1997. Goodwill is being amortized over forty years,
using the straight-line method; accumulated amortization of goodwill was
$97,800 at December 31, 1997, respectively. The Company periodically assesses
the recoverability of goodwill based on reviews of estimated future results of
operations and cash flows.
Costs incurred in obtaining long-term financing are deferred and
subsequently amortized, using the interest method over the life of the
respective financing, as a component of interest expense. Accumulated
amortization at December 31, 1997 was approximately $90,000.
(g) Income Taxes
The Company follows the asset and liability method for deferred income taxes
as required by the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes. Under the asset and liability method,
deferred income taxes are recognized for the tax consequences of "temporary
differences" by applying enacted statutory tax rates applicable to future
years to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the
tax basis of existing assets and liabilities.
(h) Financial Instruments
The Company's financial instruments recorded on the consolidated balance
sheet include cash and cash equivalents, accounts and notes receivable,
accounts payable and debt. Because of their short maturity, the carrying
amount of cash and cash equivalents, accounts and notes receivable, accounts
payable and short-term bank debt approximates fair value. The fair value of
long-term debt, which approximates its carrying value, is based on rates
available to the Company for debt with similar terms and maturities.
(i) Revenue Recognition
Substantially all revenue is recognized when products are shipped to
customers.
(j) Earnings Per Share
Basic earnings per share for each period presented has been computed by
dividing net earnings (loss) by the weighted-average number of common shares
outstanding. Diluted earnings per share are calculated by dividing net
earnings (loss) by the sum of (1) the weighted-average number of shares
outstanding and (2) the number of additional common shares that would have
been outstanding if the dilutive potential common shares had been issued. A
reconciliation of calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share is
presented in Note 13.
(3) ACQUISITIONS
On June 19, 1997, the Company acquired all of the outstanding common stock
of Blackwell Lithographers, Inc. and of Lithograph Printing Company of
Memphis, and the assets of Sutherland Printing Company. All of these
businesses are engaged in commercial printing. The acquisitions were paid for
with a combination of cash ($10.4 million), notes given to the sellers ($5.1
million) (see Note 5), and warrants to acquire common stock (valued at
$210,000) (see Note 12). In addition, the Company incurred other acquisition
costs totaling approximately $470,000. These acquisitions have been accounted
for by the purchase method and, accordingly, the results of operations of
Blackwell, Lithograph and Sutherland have been included in the Company's
F-20
MASTER GRAPHICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
consolidated financial statements from June 19, 1997. The excess of the
purchase prices over the fair value of the net identifiable assets acquired of
$4.9 million has been recorded as goodwill and is being amortized on a
straight line basis over 40 years.
During the six months ended December 31, 1997, the Company acquired all of
outstanding common stock of the following companies: as of September 22,
1997--The Argus Press, Inc.; as of December 16, 1997-- Phoenix Communications,
Inc., and Jones Printing Company, Inc. All of these businesses are engaged in
commercial printing. Their acquisitions were paid for with a combination of
cash ($17.8 million), notes given to the sellers ($6.2 million) (see Note 5),
and warrants to acquire common stock (valued at $1.4 million) (see Note 12).
In addition, the Company incurred other acquisition costs totaling
approximately $2.3 million. These acquisitions have been accounted for by the
purchase method and, accordingly, the results of operations of Argus have been
included in the Company's consolidated financial statements from September 22,
1997, and the results of operations of Phoenix and Jones have been included in
the Company's consolidated financial statements from December 16, 1997. The
excess of the purchase prices over the fair value of the net identifiable
assets acquired of $23 million has been recorded as goodwill and is being
amortized on a straight line basis over 40 years. The Phoenix and Jones stock
purchase agreements also provide for additional payments over the next three
years contingent on future cash flows, as defined, of the respective
businesses.
The following unaudited pro forma financial information presents the
combined results of operations of the Company and the acquired businesses as
if the acquisitions had occurred as of the beginning of the Company's fiscal
year beginning July 1, 1996, after giving effect to certain adjustments,
including amortization of goodwill, adjusted depreciation expense and
increased interest expense on debt related to the acquisitions. The pro forma
financial information does not necessarily reflect the results of operations
that would have occurred had the Company and the acquired businesses
constituted a single entity during such periods.
YEAR ENDED YEAR ENDED SIX MONTHS ENDED
JUNE 30, 1996 JUNE 30, 1997 DECEMBER 31, 1997
------------- -------------- -----------------
Net revenue............. $91.9 million $100.6 million $51.7 million
============= ============== =============
Net earnings (loss)..... $(3.6 million) $ (3.3 million) $(4.4 million)
============= ============== =============
Net earnings (loss) per
share.................. $ (0.91) $ (0.82) $ (1.11)
============= ============== =============
See Note 15 "Subsequent Events" regarding 1998 acquisitions.
(4) BANK LINE OF CREDIT
The Company has a $7.5 million working capital line of credit agreement with
a commercial bank. Borrowings under the credit agreement are limited by a
borrowing base calculation which is based generally on 85% of eligible
receivables and 50% of eligible inventory, as defined. Interest is based on
the bank's floating index rate (8.5% at December 31, 1997) and is payable
monthly. The line of credit is secured primarily by the Company's accounts
receivables, inventory, and intangible assets. The credit agreement contains
various restrictive covenants, including the maintenance of certain financial
ratios. The credit agreement expires on, and all outstanding balances must be
repaid by, March 31, 2000. The working capital line of credit replaced a
previously outstanding $750,000 revolving line of credit.
F-21
MASTER GRAPHICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
(5) LONG-TERM DEBT
Long-term debt consisted of:
JUNE 30,
---------------------- DECEMBER 31,
1996 1997 1997
---------- ----------- ------------
Term Loans............................... $ 0 $20,500,000 $46,904,824
Sirrom note.............................. 0 3,661,824 3,454,289
Sellers' notes........................... 1,300,000 6,098,811 12,200,000
8.84% note payable....................... 1,364,079 0 0
Other, primarily capital lease........... 16,714 351,054 6,188,627
---------- ----------- -----------
2,680,793 30,611,689 68,747,740
Less current installments................ 161,526 1,813,696 3,833,844
---------- ----------- -----------
Long-term debt, net...................... $2,519,267 $28,797,993 $64,913,896
========== =========== ===========
The Term Loans are net of unamortized discount of approximately $900,000 at
December 31, 1997. The Sirrom note is net of unamortized discount of
approximately $638,196 and $845,711 at June 30, 1997 and December 31, 1997,
respectively.
In June, 1997 the Company borrowed $4.3 million from Sirrom Capital
Corporation ("Sirrom") to partially finance its June, 1997 business
acquisitions described on Note 3. The loan bears interest at 13.25%, payable
monthly, and the principal is due in May, 2002, with no penalty for early
repayment. The loan is subject to a security agreement, with collateral
consisting of all equipment, inventory, accounts receivable, and intangible
assets. In conjunction with the obtaining of the loan, the Company paid a
processing fee of $107,500 and issued to Sirrom a common stock warrant more
fully described in Note 12.
The Company, through its operating subsidiary, Premier Graphics, is a
borrower under a $60 million Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement
dated December 16, 1997, with General Electric Capital Corporation ("Senior
Lender"). Proceeds from the loan agreement have been used primarily to finance
the business acquisitions more fully described in Note 3. At December 31, 1997,
the loan agreement was comprised of a Term Loan-A of $30 million, a Term Loan-B
of $17.8 million, and an unused Acquisition Line of $12.2 million to finance
future acquisitions. The Term Loan-A is due in 19 quarterly installments of
approximately $937,500, plus a final principal payment due in December, 2002;
interest on the Term Loan-A which is payable monthly is based on a LIBOR-
adjusted rate (8.94% at December 31, 1997). The Term Loan-B is due in 19
quarterly installments of $25,000, with a final principal payment due in March,
2003; interest on the Term Loan-B which is payable monthly is at 12%, and the
Company has an option to convert to a variable rate. The Term Loan-A is subject
to a prepayment penalty which declines from 3% in the first year to 0% after
the third year; the Term Loan-B is not subject to a prepayment penalty. The
Loan Agreement contains mandatory prepayment provisions which are based on
annual excess cash flows, as defined. The Term Loans are collateralized
substantially all of the Company's tangible and intangible assets. The Term
Loans are subject to various covenants, including limits on dividends,
additional debt, total liabilities and capital expenditures, and the
maintenance of levels of EBITDA (as defined) and interest, fixed charge, and
leverage ratios. In conjunction with obtaining the Term Loans, the Company
incurred fees of approximately $2.4 million of which payment of $1.5 million is
deferred to the earlier of an initial public offering or June 30, 1998; the
Company also issued to the Senior Lender a common stock warrant which is
described in Note 12.
In connection with the various business acquisitions in 1997, the Company has
issued subordinated notes to the respective sellers. These subordinated notes,
which totaled $4.8 million and $10.9 million at June 30, 1997 and December 31,
1997, respectively, are due in seven years, bear interest at 12 percent, and
generally are subject to 20 percent prepayment penalties.
F-22
MASTER GRAPHICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
In connection with its acquisition of B&M Printing Company, Inc. in 1992, the
Company issued notes to the sellers in the aggregate amount of $1.3 million.
The notes bear interest at 10%, payable quarterly, and the principal is due on
November 30, 2002. The Company issued warrants to purchase common stock to
these sellers in June, 1997, in return for certain modifications to the related
loan agreements. Effectively, the warrants give the holders the right, if there
has been a public offering, to acquire up to approximately $430,000 of common
stock at an exercise price equal to the common stock's initial public offering
price; the warrants expire three years after the Company's initial public
offering
The 8.84% note was payable in monthly installments of $22,750, including
interest, through May, 2003, and is collateralized by certain machinery and
equipment; the note was repaid in June, 1997.
In connection with a June, 1997 acquisition, the Company issued a $1,090,000
non-interest bearing note payable to the seller maturing in June, 2007. The
Company recorded the note at its net present value and is amortizing the
discount thereon over the life of the note using the interest method. The note
is classified above as "other" long-term debt.
The aggregate maturities of long-term debt for each of the five years
subsequent to December 31, 1997 are as follows: 1998, $3.8 million; 1999, $4.3
million; 2000, $4.1 million; 2001, $4.2 million; 2002, $36.9 million;
thereafter, $15.4 million.
In March, 1998, the Company modified its existing Loan Agreement with its
Senior Lender, and also entered into [two] additional loan agreements with the
Senior Lender, all in conjunction with the business acquisitions which occurred
in March, 1998 (see Note 15).
(6) PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
Property, plant and equipment was comprised of the following:
JUNE 30, DECEMBER 31,
---------------------- ------------
1996 1997 1997
---------- ----------- ------------
Land..................................... $ 0 $ 175,918 $ 175,918
Buildings................................ 0 1,401,460 1,385,545
Leasehold improvements................... 556,673 889,792 991,055
Machinery and equipment.................. 4,907,835 20,170,099 29,508,005
Furniture and fixtures................... 575,907 1,863,493 2,274,580
Vehicles................................. 101,158 398,780 703,530
---------- ----------- -----------
6,141,573 24,899,542 35,038,633
Less accumulated depreciation............ 4,134,163 4,427,328 5,488,457
---------- ----------- -----------
$2,007,410 $20,472,214 $29,550,176
---------- ----------- -----------
(7) LEASES
The Company is obligated under various capital leases for certain machinery
and equipment that expire at various dates during the next 6 years. At December
31, 1997, the gross amount of plant and equipment and related accumulated
amortization recorded under capital leases were $2,000,000 and $41,667,
respectively. The recorded liability for capital leases is classified as other
long-term debt.
The Company also has several noncancelable operating leases, primarily for
facilities and printing equipment, that expire over the next 7 years. Rental
expense for operating leases during fiscal years 1995, 1996 and 1997 and the
six months ended December 31, 1997 totaled $320,000, $410,000, $1,050,000, and
$398,000,
F-23
MASTER GRAPHICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
respectively. Future minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating
leases (with initial or remaining lease terms in excess of one year) and future
minimum capital lease payments as of December 31, 1997 are:
CAPITAL OPERATING
LEASES LEASES
---------- ----------
Year ending December 31,
1998............................................... $ 420,863 $1,177,061
1999............................................... 411,753 1,171,846
2000............................................... 411,753 1,171,294
2001............................................... 411,753 801,053
2002............................................... 411,753 654,737
Later years, through 2005.......................... 709,251 431,300
---------- ----------
Total minimum lease payments..................... $2,777,126 $5,407,291
---------- ----------
Less amount representing interest (at rates ranging
from 9.1% to 10.9%)............................... 669,181
----------
Present value of net minimum capital lease
payments.......................................... 2,107,945
Less current installments of obligations under
capital leases.................................... 246,040
----------
Obligations under capital leases, excluding current
installments...................................... $1,861,905
==========
(8) RETIREMENT PLANS
The Company has had a 401(k) profit sharing plan for the benefit of
substantially all of the employees of B&M Printing, Inc., which includes a
Company contribution matching a portion of the employees' contributions. The
Company's contributions to the plan were approximately $25,000, $37,000,
$40,000, and $24,000 for the years ended June 30, 1995, 1996, and 1997, and the
six months ended December 31, 1997.
The Company has retained the existing employee benefit plans of each of the
companies acquired from June, 1997 through December, 1997. Each of the acquired
companies had plans similar to the Company's B&M plan described above. The
combined expense recognized for those plans subsequent to the sponsor company's
acquisition was approximately $200,000.
(9) RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
As of December 31, 1997, the Company sold to its sole shareholder certain
printing equipment which was considered to be redundant as a result of the
various 1997 acquisitions. It is the shareholder's intent to sell the equipment
to an unrelated third party. The equipment was sold at its net book value ($2.8
million), which the Company believes approximates its fair market value. The
Company received a promissory note for the sale amount, which is classified as
an other asset, with interest at LIBOR plus 3.25% (8.94 % at December 31,
1997); interest is payable annually and principal is due at the earlier of (1)
December 31, 2002, (2) thirty days following an initial public offering of the
Company's common stock, or (3) the sale of the equipment by the shareholder.
The sales agreement also requires the shareholder to pay to the Company any
sale proceeds in excess of the principal amount of the note. The Company
remains liable to a third party lender for indebtedness on the equipment.
The Company's sole shareholder also has a $950,000 note payable to the
Company; the note is unsecured, bears interest at 7% payable semi-annually, and
matures in December, 2002.
F-24
MASTER GRAPHICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
The Company has leasing arrangements with its president and with certain of
the former owners of the acquired companies (each of whom is a current employee
of the Company) for certain plant facilities. The Company's aggregate annual
obligation under these operating lease agreements is approximately $930,000,
and the agreements generally expire from 2000 through 2004.
(10) INCOME TAXES
Income tax expense consists of:
CURRENT DEFERRED TOTAL
-------- -------- --------
Year ended June 30, 1995:
U.S. Federal................................. $(62,632) $(10,075) $(72,707)
State and local.............................. 0 (13,667) (13,667)
-------- -------- --------
$(62,632) $(23,742) $(86,374)
======== ======== ========
Year ended June 30, 1996:
U.S. Federal................................. 147,770 18,978 166,748
State and local.............................. 13,010 (18,397) (5,387)
-------- -------- --------
$160,780 $ 581 $161,361
======== ======== ========
Year ended June 30, 1997:
U.S. Federal................................. 0 0 0
State and local.............................. 0 25,374 25,374
-------- -------- --------
$ 0 $ 25,374 $ 25,374
======== ======== ========
Six months ended December 31, 1997:
U.S. Federal................................. 0 0 0
State and local.............................. 20,000 0 20,000
-------- -------- --------
$ 20,000 $ 0 $ 20,000
======== ======== ========
Income tax expense differed from the amounts computed by applying the U.S.
federal income tax rate of 34 percent to pretax income from continuing
operations as a result of the following:
YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, SIX MONTHS ENDED
----------------------------- DECEMBER 31,
1995 1996 1997 1997
--------- -------- --------- -----------------
Computed "expected" tax
expense................... $(100,494) $113,472 $(424,299) $(1,291,806)
Increase (reduction) in
income taxes resulting
from:
Change in the beginning-of-
the-year balance of the
valuation allowance for
deferred tax assets
allocated to income tax
expense................... 527,347 1,272,296
State and local income
taxes, net of federal
income tax benefit........ (10,913) 13,216 (48,418) (150,457)
Effect of S-Corporation
termination............... -- -- -- (318,296)
Warrants valuation
adjustment................ -- -- -- 555,900
Amortization of goodwill... -- -- -- 33,252
Other, net................. 25,033 34,673 (29,256) (80,889)
--------- -------- --------- -----------
$ (86,374) $161,361 $ 25,374 $ 20,000
========= ======== ========= ===========
F-25
MASTER GRAPHICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant
portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at June 30,
1996 and 1997, and December 31, 1997 are presented below.
JUNE 30,
---------------- DECEMBER 31,
1996 1997 1997
------- -------- ------------
Deferred tax assets:
Accounts receivable principally due to
allowance for doubtful accounts........... $ 510 $ 10,823 $ 135,742
Income tax loss carryforwards and tax
credit carryforwards...................... -- 527,347 1,466,926
Vacation accrual........................... -- 29,272 --
Alternative minimum tax credit
carryforwards............................. -- -- 80,000
Deferred compensation...................... -- -- 252,717
Other...................................... -- 7,971 218,467
------- -------- ----------
Total gross deferred tax assets.......... 510 575,413 2,153,852
Less valuation allowance..................... -- (527,347) (1,799,643)
------- -------- ----------
Net deferred tax assets...................... 510 48,066 354,209
Deferred tax liabilities:
Plant and equipment, principally due to
differences in depreciation and
capitalized interest...................... 235,133 295,496 380,996
Purchase accounting adjustments............ 2,028,217
Other...................................... -- 150,069 50,458
------- -------- ----------
Total gross deferred liabilities............. 235,133 445,565 2,459,671
------- -------- ----------
Net deferred tax liability................... 234,623 397,499 2,105,462
======= ======== ==========
The valuation allowance for deferred tax assets as of June 30, 1997 and
December 31, 1997 was $527,347 and $1,799,643, respectively. The net change in
the total valuation allowance for the six months ended December 31, 1997 and
the year ended June 30, 1997 was an increase of $1,272,296 and an increase of
$527,347 due to a net operating loss and alternative minimum tax credit
carryforwards, respectively. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax
assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some
portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate
realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future
taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become
deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax
liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in
making this assessment. Based upon the level of historical taxable income and
projections for future taxable income over the periods which the deferred tax
assets are deductible, management believes it is not more likely than not the
Company will realize the benefits of these deductible differences, net of the
existing valuation allowances at December 31, 1997.
At December 31, 1997, the Company has net operating loss carryforwards for
federal income tax purposes of approximately $4 million which are available to
offset future federal taxable income, if any, through 2010. In addition, the
Company has alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards of approximately
$80,000 which are available to reduce future federal regular income taxes, if
any, over an indefinite period.
(11) OTHER LIABILITIES
As of December 31, 1997, the Company entered into deferred compensation
agreement with its executive officers. In the aggregate, these agreements
obligate the Company to pay a total of $1,000,000 to those officers
F-26
MASTER GRAPHICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
on December 31, 2002. The agreements allow the officers to receive common stock
in lieu of cash, with the number of shares calculated based on the initial
public offering price of the common stock. Such calls, for settlement in stock,
may be exercised at any time after an initial public offering. The net present
values of the ultimate obligation was accrued as compensation as of December
31, 1997, with the discount being amortized as additional compensation over the
five year life of the agreement; an early exercise of the calls by the officers
would result in an acceleration of the discount amortization.
(12) COMMON STOCK WARRANTS
Sellers' Warrants
As part of the consideration given in each of the acquisitions, the Company
issued common stock warrants to the sellers. The terms of warrants were
generally the same, stating that, if an initial public offering were to occur
within ten years of the respective acquisition, the seller would have the
ability to exercise his warrant at any time during the subsequent ten years.
The exercise price is the initial public offering price, and the shares
obtainable are generally the face amount of the sellers' notes divided by the
initial public offering price. The estimated fair values of the warrants at the
dates of issuance, which totaled $210,000 and $1.7 million at June 30, 1997 and
December 31, 1997, respectively, has been recorded in shareholder's equity as
additional paid-in capital.
Lenders' Warrants
In connection with the obtaining of a loan to partially fund its June, 1997
acquisitions, the Company issued a common stock warrant to Sirrom. The warrant
granted Sirrom the right to acquire shares of common stock equivalent to six
percent of the Company's outstanding shares on a diluted basis on the date of
exercise. If the related debt has not been repaid by the second, third, fourth
and fifth anniversary of the loan, then the percentage of shares obtainable
increases to 8.67%, 11.34%, 14%, and 16.67%, respectively. The warrant, which
has an exercise price of $0.01, expires on July 30, 2002. The warrant holder
has piggy back registration rights, and also has an option to put the warrant
back to the Company, if not previously exercised, during the last thirty days
of the exercise period for a purchase price equal to the appraised fair value
of the underlying common stock. In March, 1998, the holder exercised the
warrant and was issued 333,330 shares of common stock.
In connection with the obtaining of acquisition financing under its $60
million loan and security agreement, the Company issued to its Senior Lender a
warrant to acquire a fully-diluted four percent interest in its outstanding
common stock for a total purchase price of $100. The warrant expires, if
unexercised, on September 26, 2007. The Senior Lender was granted demand and
piggyback registration rights, and also has a right to put the warrant back to
the Company under certain conditions, including the passage of three years, a
change in control of the Company (as defined), an event of default under the
loan agreement, or a repayment of substantially all of the senior debt. The
redemption price of the warrant would be its current market value (as defined)
at that date. The Company has the option to call the warrant under certain
conditions, including the passage of five years, at a price equal to the
warrant's current market value at that date. In March, 1998, these warrants
were exchanged for redeemable, convertible preferred stock (see Note 14).
Because both of the lenders' warrant agreements gave the holders the right to
put the warrants back to the Company for cash, these instruments were recorded,
at their respective fair values at the dates of issuance, as redeemable common
stock warrants in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet, and therefore
are excluded from shareholder's equity. The initial fair market value of the
lenders' warrants has been netted against the related debt and will be
amortized as a component of interest expense over the life of the debt. The
carrying value of the redeemable common stock warrants has subsequently been
adjusted to fair value, with a corresponding charge to other expense in the
statement of operations in accordance with EITF Issue No. 96-13.
F-27
MASTER GRAPHICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
(13) EARNINGS PER SHARE
Following is a reconciliation of the numerator and denominator of the
earnings (loss) per share (EPS) computations:
YEARS ENDED JUNE 30,
-------------------------------- SIX MONTHS ENDED
1995 1996 1997 DECEMBER 31, 1997
--------- --------- ----------- -----------------
Net earnings (loss)..... $(209,198) $ 172,381 $(1,273,311) $(3,819,429)
--------- --------- ----------- -----------
Basic--Average shares
outstanding............ 4,000,000 4,000,000 4,000,000 4,000,000
--------- --------- ----------- -----------
Basic EPS............. $ (0.05) $ 0.04 $ (0.32) $ (0.95)
========= ========= =========== ===========
Diluted:
Average shares
outstanding.......... 4,000,000 4,000,000 4,000,000 4,000,000
--------- --------- ----------- -----------
Diluted EPS........... $ (0.05) $ 0.04 $ (0.32) $ (0.95)
========= ========= =========== ===========
Exercise of potential equity securities, including warrants, has not been
reflected in the computation of diluted EPS because their impact would have
been antidilutive.
(14) OTHER FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Accrued expenses consist of the following:
JUNE 30,
------------------- DECEMBER 31,
1996 1997 1997
-------- ---------- ------------
Accrued compensation........................ $182,635 $ 862,719 $1,840,797
Accrued interest............................ -- 126,981 438,108
Accrued acquisition costs................... -- -- 1,852,000
Other accrued expenses...................... 308,213 975,488 2,358,159
-------- ---------- ----------
$490,848 $1,965,188 $6,489,064
======== ========== ==========
(15) SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
In March 1998, The Company acquired all of the outstanding common stock of
Harperprints, Inc., Hederman Brothers, Inc., and Phillips Litho Co., Inc. The
Company also has signed a merger agreement to acquire all of the outstanding
common stock of McQuiddy Printing Company, Inc. All of these businesses are
engaged in commercial printing. These four acquisitions will be paid for with a
combination of cash ($18.7 million), notes given to the sellers ($3.7 million)
and warrants to acquire common stock (valued at $1.3 million). In addition, the
Company incurred other acquisition costs totaling approximately $2.3 million.
These acquisitions will be accounted for by the purchase method and,
accordingly, the results of operations of Harperprints, Inc., Hederman,
McQuiddy, and Phillips will be included in the Company's 1998 consolidated
financial statements from their respective acquisition dates in 1998. The
estimated excess of the purchase prices over the fair value of the net
identifiable assets acquired is estimated to be approximately $12 million,
which will be recorded as goodwill and amortized on a straight line basis over
40 years.
The cash portion of the Hederman acquisition was funded by a $5.9 million
draw on the Company's Acquisition Line under its Amended and Restated Credit
Agreement with its Senior Lender. In conjunction with this financing, the
Company agreed to certain modifications to the Credit Agreement, including an
increase in the amortization of the Term Loan-B from $25,000 to $50,000. The
modifications also affected the Company's Credit Agreement covenants, including
its financial ratio requirements.
F-28
MASTER GRAPHICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
The cash portion of the Phillips Litho acquisition was financed by a $15
million term loan from its Senior Lender. The loan is to be repaid in 19
quarterly installments of $12,500, beginning in July, 1998, and a twentieth and
final installment, in March, 2003, of the remaining balance. Interest, which is
payable monthly, is at 12%; the Senior Lender may at its option convert the
rate to a floating rate at 3.5% over prime. The term loan requires mandatory
prepayment based on 75% of annual excess cash flows, as defined; voluntary
prepayments will incur prepayment penalties on a declining scale during the
first three years of the loan. In consideration for the loan, the Company
agreed to pay to the senior lender an origination fee of $500,000 and an
advisory fee of $1,500,000; the advisory fee must be paid at the earlier of the
date of an initial public offering or June 30, 1998.
The cash portion of the Harperprints acquisition was financed by a $10
million term loan from its Senior Lender. The loan is to be repaid in 19
quarterly installments of $12,500, beginning in July, 1998, and a twentieth and
final installment, in March, 2003, of the remaining balance. Interest, which is
payable monthly, is at 12%; the Senior Lender may at its option convert the
rate to a floating rate at 3.5% over prime. The term loan requires mandatory
prepayment based on 75% of annual excess cash flows, as defined; voluntary
prepayments will incur prepayment penalties on a declining scale during the
first three years of the loan, except in certain cases including prepayments
from the proceeds of an initial public offering. In consideration for the loan,
the Company issued a warrant to the Senior Lender, which allows the Senior
Lender to acquire a number of shares of common stock equivalent to $2.2 million
divided by the initial public offering price of the common stock. The warrant
has an exercise price of $100, and the holder may put the warrant back to the
Company in March, 2003, if not previously exercised, at a price equivalent to
the fair value of the underlying common stock at that date.
The cash portion of the McQuiddy acquisition will be funded by an advance of
$6.3 million from the Company's acquisition line under its Amended and Restated
Credit Agreement with its Senior Lender as well as a $3.5 million draw on its
revolving line of credit from its Revolver Credit Lender. The draw under the
acquisition line will be repayable at March 2003.
The Company and its senior lender also entered into an exchange agreement
whereby the Company issued 222,220 shares of its newly created Series A
Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 ("Series A Preferred
Stock") in exchange for the senior lender's warrant to purchase a 4% interest
in the Company's outstanding common stock. The Series A Preferred Stock carries
an annual dividend rate of 5% of its liquidation value ($10.25 per share);
dividends are payable quarterly and may be paid in cash and/or inkind. The
Series A Preferred Stock is convertible into common stock at the holder's
option at a ratio of 1 share of common stock for each share of Series A
Preferred Stock. The Series A Preferred Stock is redeemable by the holder at
the end of seven year, if the Sirrom note has been repaid, at a price
effectively equal to the greater of its liquidation value or the fair value of
the underlying common stock on an as-if converted basis.
F-29
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
Board of Directors Lithograph Printing Company of Memphis:
We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Lithograph Printing Company
of Memphis as of December 31, 1995 and 1996 and June 19, 1997 and the related
statements of income, stockholders' equity and cash flows for the years ended
December 31, 1995 and 1996 and the period from January 1, 1997 through June 19,
1997. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of Lithograph Printing of Memphis
as of December 31, 1995 and 1996 and June 19, 1997 and the results of its
operations and its cash flows for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1996
and the period from January 1, 1997 through June 19, 1997 in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles.
KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
Memphis, Tennessee
March 6, 1998
F-30
LITHOGRAPH PRINTING COMPANY OF MEMPHIS
BALANCE SHEETS
DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1996 AND JUNE 19, 1997
DECEMBER 31,
------------------------ JUNE 19,
1995 1996 1997
----------- ----------- -----------
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash.................................. $ 998,182 496,557 538,803
Trade receivables, net................ 2,150,638 2,348,815 2,553,830
Other receivables..................... 88,244 48,242 145,925
Inventories........................... 455,885 209,592 529,546
Prepaids and other assets............. 37,390 -- 9,994
----------- ----------- -----------
Total current assets................ 3,730,339 3,103,206 3,778,098
Property, plant and equipment, net...... 4,465,225 5,402,134 5,182,311
Other assets............................ 462,347 484,386 492,193
----------- ----------- -----------
Total assets........................ $ 8,657,911 8,989,726 9,452,602
=========== =========== ===========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Current portion of long-term debt..... $ 637,160 1,858,827 1,688,493
Accounts payable...................... 359,607 784,559 526,869
Accrued expenses...................... 337,787 466,081 517,920
----------- ----------- -----------
Total current liabilities........... 1,334,554 3,109,467 2,733,282
----------- ----------- -----------
Long-term debt, net of current portion.. 3,159,507 1,217,840 1,449,410
----------- ----------- -----------
Stockholders' equity:
Common stock, no par value. Authorized
400,000 voting shares and 400,000
non-voting shares; 188,004 shares
issued at December 31, 1995 and 1996,
and 188,286 shares issued at June 19,
1997................................. 332,071 332,071 357,412
Retained earnings..................... 7,725,179 8,223,748 8,805,898
----------- ----------- -----------
8,057,250 8,555,819 9,163,310
Less treasury stock, at cost; 60,000
shares............................... (3,893,400) (3,893,400) (3,893,400)
----------- ----------- -----------
Total stockholders' equity.......... 4,163,850 4,662,419 5,269,910
----------- ----------- -----------
Total liabilities and stockholders'
equity............................. $ 8,657,911 8,989,726 9,452,602
=========== =========== ===========
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
F-31
LITHOGRAPH PRINTING COMPANY OF MEMPHIS
STATEMENTS OF INCOME
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1996 AND
THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1, 1997 THROUGH JUNE 19, 1997
1995 1996 1997
----------- ---------- ---------
Net sales................................. $16,658,928 18,953,731 9,529,373
Cost of sales............................. 13,202,341 14,750,384 7,236,701
----------- ---------- ---------
Gross profit.......................... 3,456,587 4,203,347 2,292,672
Selling, general and administrative
expenses................................. 3,378,180 3,508,921 1,650,185
----------- ---------- ---------
Income from operations................ 78,407 694,426 642,487
----------- ---------- ---------
Other income (expense):
Insurance proceeds...................... 1,007,044 -- --
Interest income......................... 89,869 38,916 11,498
Interest expense........................ (281,339) (280,695) (140,755)
Gain on sale of assets.................. (1,010) 40,465 --
Other................................... 3,895 20,053 74,794
----------- ---------- ---------
818,459 (181,261) (54,463)
----------- ---------- ---------
Income before state income taxes...... 896,866 513,165 588,024
State income taxes (benefit).............. 1,077 14,596 (8,000)
----------- ---------- ---------
Net income............................ $ 895,789 498,569 596,024
=========== ========== =========
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
F-32
LITHOGRAPH PRINTING COMPANY OF MEMPHIS
STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1996 AND
THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1, 1997 THROUGH JUNE 19, 1997
TOTAL
COMMON RETAINED TREASURY STOCKHOLDERS'
STOCK EARNINGS STOCK EQUITY
-------- --------- ---------- -------------
Balances at December 31, 1994... $332,071 6,829,390 (3,893,400) 3,268,061
Net income.................... -- 895,789 -- 895,789
-------- --------- ---------- ---------
Balances at December 31,1995.... 332,071 7,725,179 (3,893,400) 4,163,850
Net income.................... -- 498,569 -- 498,569
-------- --------- ---------- ---------
Balances at December 31, 1996... 332,071 8,223,748 (3,893,400) 4,662,419
Repurchase and retirement of
1,614 shares................. (44,982) (13,874) -- (58,856)
Issuance of 1,896 shares
pursuant to stock bonus
plan......................... 70,323 -- -- 70,323
Net income.................... -- 596,024 -- 596,024
-------- --------- ---------- ---------
Balances at June 19, 1997....... $357,412 8,805,898 (3,893,400) 5,269,910
======== ========= ========== =========
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
F-33
LITHOGRAPH PRINTING COMPANY OF MEMPHIS
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1996 AND
THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1, 1997 THROUGH JUNE 19, 1997
1995 1996 1997
----------- ----------- ---------
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income (loss)........................ $ 895,789 $ 498,569 $ 596,024
Depreciation and amortization............ 863,954 701,576 364,843
(Gain) on life insurance proceeds........ (1,007,044) -- --
Common stock issued pursuant to bonus
plan.................................... -- -- 70,323
(Gain) loss on disposal of equipment..... 1,010 (40,464) --
(Increase) decrease in:
Accounts receivable..................... 887,030 (158,175) (302,698)
Inventories............................. (19,781) 246,293 (319,954)
Prepaid expenses and other current as-
sets................................... (6,056) 6,056 (9,994)
Increase (decrease) in:
Accounts payable........................ 27,271 424,952 (257,690)
Accrued expenses........................ (124,379) 128,294 51,839
----------- ----------- ---------
Net cash provided by operating ac-
tivities........................... 1,517,794 1,807,101 192,693
----------- ----------- ---------
Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchases of property, plant and equip-
ment.................................... (136,674) (1,570,588) (146,802)
Proceeds from sales of property, plant
and equipment........................... 19,000 3,900 1,784
(Increase) decrease in cash surrender
value of life insurance................. (28,153) (14,786) 16,758
Increase in club memberships............. -- (7,252) (8,567)
Life insurance proceeds.................. 1,315,193 -- --
Increase in other assets................. 1,400 -- (16,000)
----------- ----------- ---------
Net cash provided by (used in) in-
vesting activities................. 1,170,766 1,588,726 (152,827)
----------- ----------- ---------
Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from issuance of long term
debt.................................... 1,800,000 -- 350,000
Principal payments on long term debt..... (408,333) (720,000) (288,764)
Treasury stock required.................. (3,893,400) -- --
Repurchase and retirement of common
stock................................... -- -- (58,856)
----------- ----------- ---------
Net cash provided by (used in) fi-
nancing activities................. (2,501,733) (720,000) 2,380
----------- ----------- ---------
Increase (decrease) in cash............... 186,827 (501,625) 42,246
Cash beginning of period.................. 811,355 998,182 496,557
----------- ----------- ---------
Cash end of period........................ $ 998,182 $ 496,557 $ 538,803
=========== =========== =========
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.
F-34
LITHOGRAPH PRINTING COMPANY OF MEMPHIS
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1996, AND JUNE 19, 1997
(1) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
The significant accounting policies and practices followed by the Company are
as follows:
(a) Description of Business
The Company provides a full line of superior quality print services and
products to retailers, manufacturers, ad agencies and other users of printed
materials. The majority of the Company's sales are concentrated in the greater
mid-south area.
(b) Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined on
a first-in, first-out (FIFO) basis.
(c) Equipment and Leasehold Improvements
Equipment and leasehold improvements are stated at cost. Depreciation is
calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of
the respective assets ranging from 5 to 39 years. Leasehold improvements are
amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the lease term or
the estimated useful life of the asset.
Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred
and additions and improvements that significantly extend the lives of assets
are capitalized. Upon sale or other retirement of depreciable property, the
cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the related accounts and any
gain or loss is reflected in operations.
(d) Income Taxes
The Company, with the consent of its stockholders, has elected to be taxed as
an S corporation under the provisions of Section 1362 of the Internal Revenue
Code. The stockholders are personally liable for their proportionate share of
the Company's federal taxable income; therefore, no provision or liability for
federal income taxes is reflected in these financial statements. The company is
a taxable entity for state income tax purposes.
State income taxes are computed based on the provisions of Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes. Deferred
tax assets and liabilities, if significant, are recognized for the estimated
future tax effects attributed to temporary differences between the book and tax
bases of assets and liabilities and for carryforward items. The measurement of
current and deferred tax assets and liabilities is based on enacted law.
Deferred tax assets are reduced, if necessary, by a valuation allowance for the
amount of tax benefits that may not be realized.
(e) Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed Of
The Company adopted the provisions of SFAS 121, Accounting for the Impairment
of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of, on January 1,
1996. The statement requires that long-lived assets and certain identifiable
intangibles be reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be
recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a
comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to future net cash flows expected
to be generated by the asset. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the
impairment to be recognized is measured by the mount by which the carrying
amount of the assets exceed the fair value of the assets. Assets to be disposed
of are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to
sell. Adoption of this Statement did not have a material impact on the
Company's financial position, results of operations, or liquidity.
F-35
LITHOGRAPH PRINTING COMPANY OF MEMPHIS
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
(f) Use of Estimates
Management of the Company has made a number of estimates and assumptions
relating to the reporting of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of
contingent assets and liabilities to prepare these financial statements in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. Actual results could
differ from those estimates.
(g) Reclassifications
Certain reclassifications have been made to the 1995 and 1996 financial
statements to conform with the presentation of the 1997 financial statements.
(2) INVENTORIES
Inventories consist of the following:
DECEMBER 31,
---------------- JUNE 19,
1995 1996 1997
-------- ------- --------
Raw materials and supplies......................... $129,757 78,689 144,759
Work in process.................................... 326,128 130,903 384,787
Finished goods.....................................
-------- ------- -------
$455,885 209,592 529,546
======== ======= =======
(3) EQUIPMENT AND LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS
Equipment and leasehold improvements consist of the following:
DECEMBER 31,
----------------------- JUNE 19,
1995 1996 1997
----------- ---------- ----------
Furniture and fixtures.................. $ 488,346 488,346 557,135
Equipment............................... 9,256,658 10,814,416 10,824,630
Leasehold improvements.................. 181,463 187,973 253,034
Vehicles................................ 119,505 126,196 126,196
----------- ---------- ----------
10,045,972 11,616,931 11,760,995
Less accumulated depreciation......... (5,580,747) (6,214,797) (6,578,684)
----------- ---------- ----------
$ 4,465,225 5,402,134 5,182,311
=========== ========== ==========
(4) LONG-TERM DEBT
Long-term debt consists of the following:
DECEMBER 31,
-------------------- JUNE 19,
1995 1996 1997
---------- --------- ---------
7.2% revolving line of credit, unused and
available balance as of June 19, 1997 was
$1,150,000................................. $ -- -- 350,000
7.8% note payable, with monthly payments of
$21,430 including interest, with the final
payment of $539,228 due November 30,
2000....................................... 1,775,000 1,475,000 1,356,570
8.5% note payable, with monthly payments of
$15,000 for payments 1-27, $31,667 for
payments 28-59, with the entire unpaid
balance due October 1, 1997................ 2,021,667 1,601,667 1,431,333
---------- --------- ---------
3,796,667 3,076,667 3,137,903
Less current portion...................... 637,160 1,858,827 1,688,493
---------- --------- ---------
$3,159,507 1,217,840 1,449,410
========== ========= =========
F-36
LITHOGRAPH PRINTING COMPANY OF MEMPHIS
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
Effective June 19, 1997, substantially all of the Company's long-term debt was
refinanced as a part of the acquisition of the outstanding common stock of the
Company by Master Graphics, Inc.
(5) LEASES
The Company leases its office and manufacturing space and certain vehicles
under operating lease arrangements which expire at various dates through July
2004. The office and manufacturing space is leased from the Company's majority
stockholder; the lease has two consecutive five-year renewal periods. The
Company leases various equipment and vehicles under leases determined to be
operating leases.
Future minimum lease payments under operating leases as of December 31, 1997
are as follows:
Year ended December 31:
1998........................................................... $ 281,127
1999........................................................... 281,127
2000........................................................... 281,127
2001........................................................... 273,900
2002........................................................... 272,400
2003-04........................................................ 408,600
----------
Total future minimum lease payments............................ $1,798,281
==========
Rent expense totaled $300,446 for 1995, $293,638 for 1996, and $153,496 for
1997.
(6) EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN
The Company has a Section 401(k) deferred salary reduction plan under which
substantially all employees of the Company are eligible. The plan provides for
the Company to match employee contributions, subject to certain limitations.
The Company's contribution to the plan totaled $108,741 for 1995, $117,497 for
1996, and $106,704 for 1997.
The Company has a stock bonus plan in which certain key employees
participate. Awards are made to the participants, in stock and/or cash, based
on annual results exceeding targeted results. The plan also provides for the
repurchase of shares issued upon termination and other events based on a book
value formula. There were no awards under the plan in 1995; in 1996, awards
aggregating approximately $70,000 were accrued and paid primarily in shares of
stock in 1997; and in 1997, awards aggregating approximately $190,000 were
accrued and paid in cash.
(7) SUBSEQUENT EVENT
Effective June 19, 1997, Master Graphics, Inc. acquired all of the
outstanding common stock of the Company and contemporaneously refinanced
substantially all of the then outstanding debt of the Company.
F-37
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
The Board of Directors
Blackwell Lithographers, Inc:
We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Blackwell Lithographers,
Inc. as of June 19, 1997, and the related statements of operations,
shareholders' equity and cash flows for the period from January 1, 1997 to June
19, 1997. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of Blackwell Lithographers, Inc.
as of June 19, 1997, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for
the period from January 1, 1997 through June 19, 1997 in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles.
KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
Memphis, Tennessee
February 18, 1998
F-38
BLACKWELL LITHOGRAPHERS, INC.
BALANCE SHEET
JUNE 19, 1997
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents......................................... $ 201,160
Accounts receivable, net.......................................... 423,797
Inventories....................................................... 184,550
Prepaid expenses and other current assets......................... 78,358
----------
Total current assets............................................ 887,865
Property, plant and equipment, net.................................. 1,696,121
Total assets.................................................... $2,583,986
==========
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Current maturities of long-term debt.............................. 327,742
Accounts payable.................................................. 111,885
Accrued expenses.................................................. 44,484
----------
Total current liabilities....................................... 484,111
Long-term debt, net of current maturities........................... 59,900
Commitments and contingencies
Shareholders' equity:
Common stock, $10 par value; 5,000 share authorized; 4,400 shares
issued and outstanding........................................... 44,000
Retained earnings................................................. 1,995,975
----------
Total shareholders' equity...................................... 2,039,975
----------
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity...................... $2,583,986
==========
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
F-39
BLACKWELL LITHOGRAPHERS, INC.
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1, 1997 THROUGH JUNE 19, 1997
Net sales........................................................... $1,921,544
Cost of sales....................................................... 1,213,424
----------
Gross profit...................................................... 708,120
Selling, general and administrative expenses........................ 465,607
----------
Income from operations............................................ 242,513
Other income (expense):
Interest income................................................... 2,663
Interest expense.................................................. (12,143)
Other income...................................................... 279
----------
Net income.......................................................... $ 233,312
==========
See accompanying to financial statements.
F-40
BLACKWELL LITHOGRAPHERS, INC.
STATEMENT OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1, 1997 THROUGH JUNE 19, 1997
TOTAL
COMMON RETAINED SHAREHOLDERS'
STOCK EARNINGS EQUITY
------ --------- -------------
Balance, December 31, 1996...................... 44,000 2,132,663 2,176,663
Distributions................................. -- (370,000) (370,000)
Net income.................................... -- 233,312 233,312
------ --------- ---------
Balance, June 19, 1997.......................... 44,000 1,995,975 2,039,975
====== ========= =========
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
F-41
BLACKWELL LITHOGRAPHERS, INC.
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1, 1997 THROUGH JUNE 19, 1997
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income.......................................................... $ 233,312
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization..................................... 103,701
Loss on disposal of equipment..................................... 2,455
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
(Increase) decrease in-
Accounts receivable.............................................. 367,366
Inventories...................................................... (75,143)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets........................ (46,678)
Increase (decrease) in-
Accounts payable................................................. (118)
Accrued expenses................................................. (43,859)
---------
Net cash provided by operating activities...................... 541,036
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Purchases of property, plant and equipment.......................... (140,627)
---------
Net cash used in investing activities.......................... (140,627)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Principal payments on long-term debt................................ (93,064)
Shareholder distributions........................................... (370,000)
---------
Net cash used in financing activities.......................... (463,064)
Net (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents.......................... (62,655)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period....................... 263,815
---------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period............................. $ 201,160
=========
Cash paid for interest............................................... --
---------
Cash paid for taxes.................................................. --
---------
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
F-42
BLACKWELL LITHOGRAPHERS, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 19, 1997
1. BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION
Blackwell Lithographers, Inc. (the Company) is primarily engaged in the
business of full service printing with customers in the southeastern region of
the United States.
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions
that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of
contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and
the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Cash Equivalents
For purposes of the statement of cash flows, the Company considers all highly
liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash
equivalents.
Revenue Recognition
Revenue is recognized upon shipment of products.
Inventories
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined on
the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method. The Company uses a job order cost
accumulation system whereby substantially all direct materials, labor, and
overhead are charged to a specific job and are included in work-in-process
inventory.
Property, Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated
depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the
estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized over
the lesser of the remaining lease-term or the estimated life of the asset.
Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to expense when
incurred. Expenditures for major renewals and betterments, which extend the
useful lives of existing equipment, are capitalized and depreciated. Upon
retirement of disposition of property, plant or equipment, the cost and related
accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain
or loss is recognized in the statement of operations.
Income Taxes
The shareholders of the Company have elected to be taxed for federal tax
purposes as an S Corporation whereby the shareholder's respective equitable
shares in the taxable income of the Company are reportable on their individual
tax returns. The Company will make distributions to the shareholders each year
at least in amounts necessary to pay personal income taxes payable on the
Company's taxable income.
F-43
BLACKWELL LITHOGRAPHERS, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
3. INVENTORIES
Inventories consist of the following:
Raw materials and supplies......................................... $102,468
Work in process.................................................... 82,082
--------
Total............................................................ $184,550
4. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
The principal categories and estimated useful lives of property, plant and
equipment at June 19, 1997 are as follows:
ESTIMATED
USEFUL LIVES
------------
Land.............................................. -- $ 61,495
Building.......................................... 30 years 544,229
Machinery and equipment........................... 5-11 years 2,388,669
Furniture and fixtures............................ 5-10 years 133,075
Automotive equipment.............................. 3-5 years 126,329
-----------
3,253,797
Less: accumulated depreciation.................... $(1,557,676)
-----------
Total........................................... $ 1,696,121
5. LONG-TERM DEBT
Long-term debt consists of the following:
Note payable to a bank payable in monthly installments of
$5,533, including interest, final payment due on September 20,
1997; variable interest rate of 0.75% above the bank's prime
rate (rate at June 19, 1997 was 8.5%); secured by land, build-
ing and certain equipment, a life insurance policy on a stock-
holder, and the personal guaranty of a stockholder............. $ 138,482
Capital lease obligation for four-color press, with monthly pay-
ments of $15,100 including interest, through October 1998...... 249,160
---------
387,642
Less current maturities....................................... (327,742)
---------
$ 59,900
Effective June 19, 1997, the Company was acquired by Master Graphics, Inc.
Concurrent with the acquisition, the debt of the Company was refinanced and the
bargain purchase option on the capital lease was exercised.
6. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN
All full-time employees who meet certain age and length of service
requirements are eligible to participate in the Company's Profit-Sharing
Retirement Plan. The plan provides for contributions by the Company in such
amounts as the Board of Directors may annually determine. Profit-sharing
retirement plan contributions and administrative charges were approximately
$15,000 for the period ended June 19, 1997.
F-44
BLACKWELL LITHOGRAPHERS, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
7. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
The Company may be involved in various claims and legal actions arising in
the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, the ultimate
disposition of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on the
Company's financial position, results of operations or liquidity.
8. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
The Company's financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, and
long-term debt. The Company believes that the carrying value of these
instruments on the accompanying balance sheet approximates their fair value.
9. ACQUISITION OF COMPANY
Effective June 20, 1997, Master Graphics, Inc. acquired all of the
outstanding shares of the Company for a combination of cash, notes payable and
common stock warrants; the outstanding debt of the Company was also refinanced
as a part of the transaction.
F-45
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
The Board of Directors
The Argus Press, Inc.:
We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of The Argus Press, Inc. as
of December 31, 1996 and September 22, 1997, and the related statements of
operations, shareholders' equity and cash flows for the year ended December 31,
1996 and the period from January 1, 1997 to September 22, 1997. These financial
statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of The Argus Press, Inc. as of
December 31, 1996 and September 22, 1997, and the results of its operations and
its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 1996 and the period from January
1, 1997 through September 22, 1997 in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles.
KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
Memphis, Tennessee
March 5, 1998
F-46
THE ARGUS PRESS, INC.
BALANCE SHEETS
DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND SEPTEMBER 22, 1997
DECEMBER 31, SEPTEMBER 22,
1996 1997
------------ -------------
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents......................... $ -- $ 100,676
Accounts receivable, net.......................... 4,206,680 4,067,491
Inventories....................................... 1,162,886 1,199,582
Prepaid expenses and other current assets......... 151,758 223,797
---------- ----------
Total current assets............................ 5,521,324 5,591,546
Property and equipment, at cost, less accumulated
depreciation of
$3,112,061 and $3,638,161.......................... 1,853,551 1,809,794
---------- ----------
Total assets.................................... $7,374,875 $7,401,340
========== ==========
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Cash overdraft.................................... $ 306,744 $ --
Borrowings under lines of credit.................. -- 300,000
Current maturities of long-term bank debt......... 342,000 478,000
Accounts payable.................................. 1,632,196 1,744,510
Accrued expenses.................................. 1,243,985 957,166
---------- ----------
Total current liabilities....................... 3,524,925 3,479,676
---------- ----------
Long-term bank debt, net of current maturities.... 364,000 --
---------- ----------
Commitments and contingencies.......................
Shareholders' equity:
Common stock, $1 par value; 10,000 shares
authorized; 1,000 shares issued and outstanding.. 1,000 1,000
Additional paid in capital........................ 199,000 199,000
Retained earnings................................. 3,285,950 3,721,664
---------- ----------
Total shareholders' equity...................... 3,485,950 3,921,664
---------- ----------
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity...... $7,374,875 $7,401,340
========== ==========
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
F-47
THE ARGUS PRESS, INC.
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND PERIOD FROM
JANUARY 1, 1997 THROUGH SEPTEMBER 22, 1997
YEAR ENDED PERIOD ENDED
DECEMBER 31, SEPTEMBER 22,
1996 1997
------------ -------------
Net sales........................................... $24,662,538 $17,610,727
Cost of sales....................................... 18,991,178 13,762,026
----------- -----------
Gross profit...................................... 5,671,360 3,848,701
Selling, general and administrative expenses........ 3,775,978 2,714,390
----------- -----------
Income from operations............................ 1,895,382 1,134,311
Other income (expense):
Interest expense.................................. (127,876) (34,872)
Interest income................................... 2,837 9,400
Gain (loss) on disposal of assets................. (22,637) 5,000
Other............................................. 55,171 39,787
----------- -----------
Income before income tax provision.............. 1,802,877 1,153,626
Provision for state income taxes.................... 31,609 17,912
----------- -----------
Net income...................................... $ 1,771,268 $ 1,135,714
=========== ===========
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
F-48
THE ARGUS PRESS, INC.
STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND PERIOD FROM
JANUARY 1, 1997 THROUGH SEPTEMBER 22, 1997
ADDITIONAL TOTAL
COMMON PAID-IN RETAINED SHAREHOLDERS'
STOCK CAPITAL EARNINGS EQUITY
------ ---------- ----------- -------------
Balance, December 31, 1995........ $1,000 $199,000 $ 3,098,682 $ 3,298,682
Distributions to shareholders..... -- -- (1,584,000) (1,584,000)
Net income........................ -- -- 1,771,268 1,771,268
------ -------- ----------- -----------
Balance, December 31, 1996........ 1,000 199,000 3,285,950 3,485,950
Distributions to shareholders..... -- -- (700,000) (700,000)
Net income........................ -- -- 1,135,714 1,135,714
------ -------- ----------- -----------
Balance, September 22, 1997....... $1,000 $199,000 $ 3,721,664 $ 3,921,664
====== ======== =========== ===========
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
F-49
THE ARGUS PRESS, INC.
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND PERIOD FROM
JANUARY 1, 1997 THROUGH SEPTEMBER 22, 1997
YEAR ENDED PERIOD ENDED
DECEMBER 31, SEPTEMBER 22,
1996 1997
------------ -------------
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income......................................... $ 1,771,268 $1,135,714
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
provided by operating activities:
Depreciation..................................... 579,488 424,153
(Gain) loss on disposal of equipment............. 22,637 (5,000)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
(Increase) decrease in accounts receivable....... (520,026) 139,189
Increase in inventories.......................... (30,440) (36,696)
Increase in prepaid expenses and other current
assets.......................................... (44,502) (72,039)
(Decrease) increase in accounts payable.......... (273,755) 112,314
Increase (decrease) in accrued expenses.......... 331,980 (286,819)
----------- ----------
Net cash provided by operating activities..... 1,836,650 1,410,816
----------- ----------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Purchases of property and equipment................ (346,774) (380,396)
Proceeds from sales of property and equipment...... 45,450 5,000
----------- ----------
Net cash used in investing activities......... (301,324) (375,396)
----------- ----------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Cash overdraft..................................... 306,744 (306,744)
Net borrowings on (repayments of) lines of credit.. (200,000) 300,000
Payments on bank debt.............................. (342,000) (228,000)
Shareholder distributions.......................... (1,584,000) (700,000)
----------- ----------
Net cash used in financing activities......... (1,819,256) (934,744)
----------- ----------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash
equivalents.................................. (283,930) 100,676
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year........ 283,930 --
----------- ----------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year.............. $ -- $ 100,676
----------- ----------
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
Interest paid...................................... $ 127,876 $ 34,873
=========== ==========
State taxes paid................................... $ 14,622 $ 32,000
=========== ==========
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
F-50
THE ARGUS PRESS, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND SEPTEMBER 22, 1997
(1) NATURE OF BUSINESS
The Argus Press, Inc. is engaged in the business of high quality sheet fed
commercial printing, including advanced electronic pre-press services. Primary
markets include pharmaceutical, industrial and advertising customers located
primarily in the greater Chicagoland area.
(2) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions
that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of
contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and
reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual
results could differ from those estimates.
Cash Equivalents
For purposes of the statements of cash flows, the Company considers all
highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less to
be cash equivalents.
Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market as determined using the
first-in, first out (FIFO) method.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment is stated at cost. Depreciation is computed using the
straight-line or accelerated methods over the useful lives of the assets.
Income Taxes
With the consent of its shareholders, the Company elected under the Internal
Revenue Code to be taxed as an S Corporation. In lieu of corporation income
taxes, the shareholders of an S Corporation are taxed on their proportionate
share of the Company's taxable income. The Company continues to pay state
replacement income taxes.
(3) PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
The principal categories and estimated useful lives of property and equipment
are as follows:
ESTIMATED DECEMBER 31, SEPTEMBER 22,
USEFUL LIVES 1996 1997
------------- ------------ -------------
Machinery and equipment........... 5-10 years $ 4,705,924 $ 5,188,267
Furniture and Fixtures............ 5 years 25,000 25,000
Vehicles.......................... 3-5 years 195,410 195,410
Leasehold improvements............ Term of lease 39,278 39,278
----------- -----------
4,965,612 5,447,955
Less accumulated depreciation..... (3,112,061) (3,638,161)
----------- -----------
$ 1,853,551 $ 1,809,794
=========== ===========
F-51
THE ARGUS PRESS, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
(4) LINE OF CREDIT
On December 31, 1996, the Company maintained two lines of credit with a bank.
These lines of credit provided maximum borrowings of $550,000 and $450,000 and
bore interest at the bank's prime rate plus .75% (9.00% at December 31, 1996).
Borrowings under the lines were subject to certain restrictions and were
secured by substantially all of the Company's assets. There were no borrowings
outstanding under these lines of credit at December 31, 1996.
On March 31, 1997, the Company restructured its two lines of credit with a
bank. The two previous lines of credit were consolidated into a new $1,000,000
line of credit. The new line bears interest at the bank's prime rate plus .75%
and expires on March 31, 1998. Borrowings under the line are subject to certain
restrictions and are secured by eligible accounts receivable and inventory of
the Company. At September 22, 1997, the Company's outstanding borrowings under
the line of credit totaled $300,000 and bore interest at 9.25%.
(5) LONG-TERM DEBT
On December 31, 1996, the Company's long-term debt consisted of an
installment note payable to a bank. This note called for monthly principal
payments of $28,500 plus interest at the bank's prime rate (8.25% at December
31, 1996). The note was secured by substantially all of the assets of the
Company. A final balloon payment of $649,000 was to have been due on March 31,
1997; however, on that date, the Company signed a new installment note that
extended the due date for the final balloon payment to March 31, 1998. The
total unpaid balance of $706,000 at December 31, 1996 has been segregated
between current and long-term liabilities based on the terms of the new
installment note.
The Company's March 31, 1997 installment note for $649,000 calls for monthly
principal payments of $28,500 plus interest at the bank's prime rate (8.50% at
September 22, 1997) and is secured by eligible machinery and equipment of the
Company. A final balloon payment of $250,000 is due on March 31, 1998. The
total unpaid balance of $478,000 at September 22, 1997 has been classified as a
short-term liability.
(6) RETIREMENT PLANS
The Company maintains a qualified profit sharing and a cash deferred 401(k)
plan that covers substantially all employees. Contributions to the profit
sharing plan are determined by the Board of Directors at their discretion. The
401(k) matching contributions to the plan are equal to 25% of the first 5% of
substantially all the employees annual contributions. Profit sharing
contributions for the year ended December 31, 1996 and for the period from
January 1, 1997 to September 22, 1997 were $160,000 and $63,750, respectively
and the 401(k) matching contribution for the year ended December 31, 1996 and
for the period from January 1, 1997 to September 22, 1997 were $60,654 and
$51,144, respectively.
(7) INVENTORIES
Inventories consist of the following:
DECEMBER 31, SEPTEMBER 22,
1996 1997
------------ -------------
Raw materials..................................... $ 231,479 $ 255,487
Work in progress.................................. 822,907 821,125
Finished goods.................................... 108,500 122,970
---------- ----------
$1,162,886 $1,199,582
========== ==========
F-52
THE ARGUS PRESS, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
(8) SALES TO SIGNIFICANT CUSTOMERS
During the year ended December 31, 1996 and the period from January 1, 1997
to September 22, 1997, sales to one customer accounted for approximately 13%
and 17%, respectively, of the Company's net sales.
(9) LEASE COMMITMENTS
The Company leases its building and certain equipment under operating lease
arrangements which expire at various dates through June 2003. Rent expense for
the year ended December 31, 1996 and for the period from January 1, 1997 to
September 22, 1997 was $269,128 and $364,125, respectively. Future minimum
lease payments under operating leases as of September 22, 1997 are as follows:
Period from September 23, 1997 to December 31, 1997.............. $ 130,749
Year ended December 31,
1998........................................................... 555,753
1999........................................................... 555,753
2000........................................................... 555,753
2001........................................................... 555,753
2002........................................................... 555,753
Thereafter..................................................... 411,752
----------
Total future minimum rentals................................. $3,321,266
==========
(10) SUBSEQUENT EVENT
On September 22, 1997, all of the Company's outstanding shares were
purchased for $12.25 million by Master Graphics, Inc. The Company has merged
into Premier Graphics, Inc. (Premier), a 100% owned subsidiary of Master
Graphics Inc., whereby Premier does business as The Argus Press, Inc.
F-53
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
To the Board of Directors of
Phoenix Communications, Inc.:
We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Phoenix Communication,
Inc. (a Georgia corporation) as of January 31, 1997 and the related statements
of operations and retained earnings and cash flows for each of the two years
in the period ended January 31, 1997. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express
an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Phoenix Communications,
Inc. as of January 31, 1997 and the results of its operations and its cash
flows for each of the two years in the period ended January 31, 1997, in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
Arthur Andersen LLP
Atlanta, Georgia
April 30, 1997
F54
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
Board of Directors and Stockholders
Phoenix Communications, Inc.:
We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Phoenix Communication,
Inc. as of December 16, 1997 and the related statements of income and retained
earnings and cash flows for the period from February 1, 1997 through December
16, 1997. These financial statements are the responsibility of the company's
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Phoenix Communications,
Inc. as of December 16, 1997 and the results of its operations and its cash
flows for the period from February 1, 1997 through December 16, 1997, in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
Memphis, Tennessee
March 6, 1998
F-55
PHOENIX COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
BALANCE SHEETS
JANUARY 31, 1997 AND DECEMBER 16, 1997
JANUARY 31, DECEMBER 16,
ASSETS 1997 1997
------ ----------- ------------
CURRENT ASSETS:
Cash............................................... $ 2,277 $ 1,080,318
Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful
accounts of $210,000 at January 31, 1997 and
$200,000 at December 16, 1997, respectively....... 6,122,124 3,368,481
Current notes receivable........................... 77,305 72,805
Receivables from affiliates........................ 107,939 --
Inventories (note 2)............................... 1,060,260 1,780,077
Prepaid expenses and other......................... 29,221 20,215
Income taxes receivable............................ 205,766 --
----------- -----------
Total current assets............................. 7,604,892 6,321,896
----------- -----------
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, AT COST:
Leasehold improvements............................. 571,115 573,507
Machinery and equipment............................ 8,890,179 9,079,261
Computer equipment................................. -- 154,966
Vehicles........................................... 255,768 255,768
Furniture and fixtures............................. 434,450 434,450
----------- -----------
10,151,512 10,497,952
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization..... (7,014,368) (7,938,854)
----------- -----------
Property and equipment, net...................... 3,137,144 2,559,098
----------- -----------
OTHER ASSETS:
Deferred income taxes.............................. 242,000 253,542
Unearned compensation, net......................... 37,500 25,000
Notes receivable................................... 108,621 97,212
Goodwill and other intangible assets, net of
accumulated amortization of $756,888 and
$1,431,947 at January 31, 1997 and December 16,
1997, respectively................................ 3,934,535 3,213,676
Deposits and other................................. 57,574 42,942
----------- -----------
4,380,230 3,632,372
----------- -----------
$15,122,266 $12,513,366
=========== ===========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
------------------------------------
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Current portion of long-term debt and obligations
under capital leases.............................. $ 1,300,989 $ 2,255,576
Line of credit..................................... 2,540,843 2,071,145
Bank overdraft..................................... 277,290 --
Accounts payable................................... 1,275,522 838,329
Accrued expenses................................... 1,276,373 1,397,780
Due to affiliates.................................. 25,000 25,000
----------- -----------
Total current liabilities........................ 6,696,017 6,587,830
----------- -----------
LONG-TERM DEBT AND OBLIGATIONS UNDER CAPITAL LEASES,
LESS CURRENT PORTION................................ 7,450,894 5,191,309
----------- -----------
NOTES PAYABLE TO AFFILIATES.......................... 903,505 903,505
----------- -----------
COMMITMENTS (NOTES 6, 8 AND 9)
Stockholders' equity:
Common stock, no par value; 500 shares authorized,
287 shares issued................................. 65,463 66,182
Additional paid-in capital......................... 39,166 39,166
Retained earnings.................................. 293,153 51,306
----------- -----------
397,782 156,654
Less treasury stock, at cost; 135 shares........... (325,932) (325,932)
----------- -----------
71,850 (169,278)
----------- -----------
$15,122,266 $12,513,366
=========== ===========
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
F-56
PHOENIX COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND RETAINED EARNINGS
YEARS ENDED JANUARY 31, 1996 AND 1997 AND THE
PERIOD FROM FEBRUARY 1 THROUGH DECEMBER 16, 1997
PERIOD FROM
FEBRUARY 1
YEARS ENDED JANUARY 31, THROUGH
------------------------ DECEMBER 16,
1996 1997 1997
----------- ----------- ------------
Sales.................................. $20,093,171 $25,859,099 $21,786,132
Cost of sales.......................... 15,287,985 19,522,995 15,034,356
----------- ----------- -----------
Gross profit....................... 4,805,186 6,336,104 6,751,776
Selling, general and administrative
expenses.............................. 5,208,585 6,087,935 5,940,267
----------- ----------- -----------
Income (loss) from operations...... (403,399) 248,169 811,509
----------- ----------- -----------
Other (expense) income:
Interest expense..................... (758,037) (1,406,115) (1,168,696)
Other income, net.................... 75,308 231,078 115,340
----------- ----------- -----------
(682,729) (1,175,037) (1,053,356)
----------- ----------- -----------
Loss before income taxes........... (1,086,128) (926,868) (241,847)
Benefit for income taxes............... 410,000 123,000 --
----------- ----------- -----------
Net loss........................... (676,128) (803,868) (241,847)
Retained earnings, beginning of
period................................ 1,773,149 1,097,021 293,153
----------- ----------- -----------
Retained earnings, end of period....... $ 1,097,021 $ 293,153 $ 51,306
=========== =========== ===========
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
F-57
PHOENIX COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
YEARS ENDED JANUARY 31, 1996 AND 1997 AND THE
PERIOD FROM FEBRUARY 1 THROUGH DECEMBER 16, 1997
PERIOD FROM
FEBRUARY 1
YEARS ENDED JANUARY 31, THROUGH
------------------------ DECEMBER 16,
1996 1997 1997
----------- ----------- ------------
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net loss.............................. $ (676,128) $ (803,868) $ (241,847)
----------- ----------- -----------
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to
net cash provided by operating
activities:
Depreciation and amortization........ 944,369 1,689,274 1,645,345
Deferred income taxes................ (250,000) -- --
Changes in operating assets and
liabilities:
Receivables......................... 2,236,432 (423,881) 2,753,643
Inventories......................... 360,814 392,243 (719,817)
Prepaid expenses and other.......... 69,506 155,739 323,669
Bank overdraft...................... (71,629) (258,846) (277,290)
Accounts payable and accrued
expenses........................... (482,322) 86,596 (315,786)
Due to affiliates................... (4,122) (33,779) --
Income taxes........................ (228,238) (25,233) --
----------- ----------- -----------
Total adjustments.................. 2,574,810 1,582,113 3,409,764
----------- ----------- -----------
Net cash provided by operating
activities........................ 1,898,682 778,245 3,167,917
----------- ----------- -----------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Purchase of business and related
intangibles.......................... (2,347,500) -- --
Purchase of property and equipment,
net.................................. (207,516) (515,387) (346,440)
Decrease in deposits and other........ 136,315 69,611 14,632
----------- ----------- -----------
Net cash used in investing
activities........................ (2,418,701) (445,776) (331,808)
----------- ----------- -----------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Net borrowing (payments) under line-
of-credit agreement.................. (2,627,677) 871,582 (469,698)
Net proceeds (disbursements) under
notes receivable..................... -- -- 15,909
Proceeds from borrowings on long-term
debt................................. 6,761,438 266,076 --
Repayments of long-term debt and
obligations under capital leases..... (3,711,710) (1,597,402) (1,304,998)
Issuance of common stock.............. -- -- 719
Net (payments) borrowings on notes
payable to affiliates................ 222,944 (1,924) --
----------- ----------- -----------
Net cash (used in) provided by
financing activities.............. 644,995 (461,668) (1,758,068)
----------- ----------- -----------
Net (decrease) increase in cash.... 124,976 (129,199) 1,078,041
Cash, at beginning of period............ 6,500 131,476 2,277
----------- ----------- -----------
Cash, at end of period.................. $ 131,476 $ 2,277 $ 1,080,318
=========== =========== ===========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW
INFORMATION:
Cash paid during the year for
interest............................. $ 758,000 $ 1,381,000 $ 1,168,696
=========== =========== ===========
Cash paid during the year for income
taxes................................ $ 133,000 $ -- $ --
=========== =========== ===========
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
F-58
PHOENIX COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JANUARY 31, 1996 AND 1997 AND DECEMBER 16, 1997
(1) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Organization
Phoenix Communications, Inc. (the "Company") was incorporated on December
17, 1975 under the laws of the state of Georgia. The Company is a commercial
printer specializing in high-quality lithographic printing for colleges and
universities, corporations, and nonprofit associates located in the
southeastern region of the United States.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates.
Inventories
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out basis) or
market. The Company uses a job order cost accumulation system whereby
substantially all direct materials, labor, and overhead are charged to a
specific job and are included in work-in-process inventory. Market is defined
as replacement cost for raw materials and as net realizable value for work in
process.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are depreciated over the estimated useful lives of
the individual assets using the straight-line method. Equipment under capital
leases is amortized over the estimated useful lives of the assets or the lease
terms, as appropriate, on a straight-line basis. The estimated useful lives
are as follows:
Machinery and equipment................................ Five to ten years
Vehicles............................................... Three to five years
Furniture and fixtures................................. Five to seven years
Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the remaining lease
terms or the service lives of the improvements using the straight-line method.
Revenue Recognition
Revenue is recognized at the time the products are shipped.
Income Taxes
The benefit for income taxes is based on the net loss reported in the
accompanying financial statements, net of appropriate valuation allowance.
Deferred income taxes are recognized on timing differences between amounts
reported for financial reporting and income tax purposes.
Significant Customer
For the year ended January 31, 1997, the Company sold a substantial portion
of its products to one customer, accounting for approximately 15% of the
Company's total fiscal 1997 sales and 6% of the Company's total accounts
receivable at January 31, 1997.
F-59
PHOENIX COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
(2) OTHER FINANCIAL DATA
Inventories at January 31, 1997 and December 16, 1997 were as follows:
JANUARY 31, DECEMBER 16,
1997 1997
----------- ------------
Raw materials....................................... 608,654 654,998
Work in progress.................................... 451,606 1,125,079
--------- ---------
1,060,260 1,780,077
========= =========
(3) ACQUISITION
Effective January 1, 1996, the Company acquired substantially all the
operating assets and business of the Cunningham Group, Inc. ("CGI") for
$5,247,000, plus the assumption of liabilities of $656,000. The acquisition
was financed with proceeds from a note payable issued to a credit corporation
and notes issued to the shareholders of CGI of $3,247,000 (Note 4). The
acquisition has been accounted for as a purchase, and accordingly, the
acquired assets and liabilities have been recorded at their estimated fair
values at the date of acquisition. This allocation resulted in goodwill of
approximately $2,011,000, which is being amortized over 20 years.
Additionally, the Company entered into noncompete agreements with the
shareholders of CGI. Amounts paid to the shareholders of CGI in connection
with these agreements of $2,492,000 have been capitalized in the accompanying
balance sheets and are being amortized over four years. The operating results
of the acquired business are included in the Company's results of operations
from the date of the acquisition. The acquisition did not have a material pro
forma impact on the results of operations for fiscal 1996.
(4) LINE OF CREDIT, LONG-TERM DEBT AND OBLIGATIONS UNDER CAPITAL LEASES
On January 22, 1996, the Company entered into a revolving line of credit
with a credit corporation which provides for borrowings through January 2001
of up to $5,700,000. As of December 16, 1997, available borrowings under this
agreement totaled $3,628,855. Outstanding borrowings under the line of credit
bear interest at the prime rate (8.25% at December 16, 1997) plus 1%. The line
of credit is secured by substantially all assets of the Company not otherwise
encumbered.
Long-term debt and obligations under capital leases of the Company at
January 31, 1997 and December 16, 1997 are summarized as follows:
JANUARY 31, DECEMBER 16,
1997 1997
----------- ------------
Note payable to credit corporation; interest due
monthly at a variable rate based on the prime
rate; due in monthly installments of principal
of $103,794 through January 2000 and $49,107
from February 2000 through January 2001, with a
final installment due January 2001; secured by
substantially all assets of the Company......... $ 5,270,784 $ 4,080,544
Note payable to shareholders of CGI; interest
payable quarterly at 14%; due in varying annual
installments beginning March 1998, ranging from
$997,260 to $1,212,500 through March 2000....... 3,247,262 3,212,262
Other notes payable and obligations under capital
leases.......................................... 233,837 154,079
----------- -----------
8,751,883 7,446,885
Less current portion............................. 1,300,989 2,255,576
----------- -----------
$ 7,450,894 $ 5,191,309
=========== ===========
F-60
PHOENIX COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
The line-of-credit agreement and note payable to credit corporation
agreement contain certain restrictive covenants and conditions, which, among
other matters, require the Company to maintain a minimum net worth, as
defined, and to meet certain minimum cash flow ratios, as defined. The
agreement also restricts changes in the Company's ownership as well as mergers
or acquisitions (Note 11). As of January 31, 1997, the Company was not in
compliance with certain of these restrictive covenants. Subsequent to January
31, 1997, the Company received a waiver of certain violations under these
agreements and certain covenants were amended to place the Company into
compliance. The Company, however, continues to be subject to these restrictive
covenants, as amended, on an ongoing basis, and management anticipates future
compliance with those covenants.
Principal maturities of long-term debt and obligations under capital leases,
net of imputed interest, at December 16, 1997 were as follows:
Fiscal year:
1998............................................................. $2,255,576
1999............................................................. 2,639,559
2000............................................................. 1,606,233
2001............................................................. 945,517
2002............................................................. --
----------
$7,446,885
==========
(5) RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS
The Company leases its main office and operating facility under an operating
lease agreement with a limited partnership (the "Partnership") of which the
Company is the general partner with approximately 4% ownership (Note 7).
Certain stockholders of the Company are the limited partners with
approximately 96% ownership and personal guarantees of the long-term debt of
the Partnership. The Company accounts for its investment in the Partnership
using the equity method. Summarized financial information of the Partnership
as of December 31, 1997 and 1996 and for the years then ended is as follows
(unaudited):
1997 1996
--------- ---------
Current assets......................................... $ 787 $ 15,208
Current liabilities.................................... (92,160) (92,160)
--------- ---------
Net working capital deficit........................ (91,373) (76,952)
Long-term assets....................................... 549,602 604,857
Long-term debt......................................... (263,341) (355,501)
--------- ---------
Partners' capital...................................... $ 194,888 $ 172,404
========= =========
Rental income.......................................... $ 233,000 $ 240,000
General and administrative expenses.................... (55,255) (54,903)
Interest expense....................................... (35,461) (37,808)
--------- ---------
Net income............................................. $ 142,284 $ 147,289
========= =========
The Company provides printing services to a company which was affiliated
through common ownership. At January 31, 1996, the Company had a receivable of
approximately $708,000, due from the affiliate. Subsequent to January 31,
1996, the affiliated company was sold to a third party and management
determined that amounts due from the affiliated company were not fully
collectible. As such, the Company recorded a provision of $398,000 during
fiscal 1996 which is included as a component of selling, general, and
administrative expenses in the accompanying statement of operations and
retained earnings for the year ended January 31, 1996 to reserve
F-61
PHOENIX COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
for the uncollectible amounts. At January 31, 1997, the Company had additional
receivables of $80,000 due on demand from companies affiliated through common
ownership.
The Company performs certain administrative functions for an affiliate
related through common ownership. Fees earned from such services approximated
$21,000 annually. The Company also purchases direct mail services from this
affiliate. During fiscal 1996, 1997 and 1998 such purchases were approximately
$376,000, $234,000 and $231,000, respectively. At January 31, 1997 and
December 16, 1997 approximately $25,000 was payable to this affiliate.
Notes payable to affiliates at January 31, 1997 and December 16, 1997
represent amounts due under informal arrangements to officers, stockholders,
and other related parties. Certain notes bear interest at the prime rate plus
2%, are unsecured, and are due on demand. At December 16, 1997, such notes
have been classified as noncurrent, as the holders of the notes have informed
the Company that they do not intend to demand payment during 1998. Interest
expense incurred related to the notes totaled approximately $83,000, $99,000
and $89,000 during fiscal years 1996, 1997 and 1998, respectively.
(6) INCOME TAXES
The Company records deferred income taxes using enacted tax laws and rates
for the years in which taxes are expected to be paid. Deferred income tax
assets and liabilities are recorded based on the differences between the
financial accounting and tax accounting bases of assets and liabilities.
The income tax benefit for fiscal years 1996 and 1997 and the period from
February 1, 1997 through December 16, 1997 consisted of the following:
JANUARY 31, JANUARY 31, DECEMBER 16,
1996 1997 1997
----------- ----------- ------------
Federal................................. $140,000 $ 123,000 $ --
State................................... 20,000 -- --
-------- --------- -----
Current income tax benefit............ 160,000 123,000 --
Deferred income tax benefit............. 250,000 465,000 --
Valuation allowance..................... -- (465,000) --
-------- --------- -----
$410,000 $ 123,000 $ --
======== ========= =====
The benefit for income taxes differs from the federal statutory rate of 34%
due to state income taxes, life insurance premiums, alternative minimum taxes,
provision for valuation allowance on deferred income tax assets, and certain
other nondeductible expenses.
F-62
Components of the net deferred income tax asset at January 31, 1997 and
December 16, 1997 were as follows:
JANUARY 31, DECEMBER 16,
1997 1997
----------- ------------
Deferred income tax liabilities:
Depreciation and amortization..................... $ 13,000) $ (57,000)
Other............................................. (74,000) (50,458)
--------- ---------
Subtotals......................................... (287,000) (107,458)
--------- ---------
Deferred income tax assets:
Accounts receivable and inventory reserves........ 84,000 76,000
Alternative minimum tax credit carryover.......... 92,000 80,000
Net operating loss carryforward................... 613,000 465,000
Other............................................. 205,000 205,000
Valuation allowance............................... (465,000) (465,000)
--------- ---------
Subtotals......................................... 529,000 361,000
--------- ---------
Total........................................... $ 242,000 $ 253,542
========= =========
(7) OPERATING LEASES
The Company leases the main office and operating facility from the
Partnership (Note 5) under a noncancelable agreement accounted for as an
operating lease. The lease, including extension options, expires in April 2001
and is subject to annual escalation based on the consumer price index. Rent
expense under this lease was approximately $240,000, $249,000 and $231,000 in
1996, 1997 and 1998, respectively, and is included in the cost of sales in the
accompanying statements of operations and retained earnings.
Aggregate future minimum rental payments under all noncancelable operating
lease agreements at December 16, 1997 are as follows:
1998................................................................ $260,000
1999................................................................ 264,000
2000................................................................ 272,000
2001................................................................ 92,000
2002................................................................ --
(8) STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Shares of common stock of the Company have been issued pursuant to various
stockholder, redemption, and option agreements. These agreements generally
contain restrictions on the sale or transfer of the shares and require
repurchase by the Company in the event of death, disability, or termination of
employment. The repurchase price under the various agreements will be
determined in accordance with specified criteria contained in the agreements.
(9) EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN
The Company has a profit-sharing and 401(k) savings plan (the "Plan") which
covers substantially all full-time employees. Under the Plan, participants may
contribute a portion of their salaries, which is matched by the Company using
a ratio determined annually at the discretion of the board of directors. In
addition, the Company may make discretionary contributions to the Plan. No
discretionary contributions were made during fiscal years 1996, 1997 and 1998.
Matching contributions of $30,000, $30,000 and $47,415 were made during fiscal
years 1996, 1997 and 1998, respectively.
F-63
PHOENIX COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
(10) COMMITMENTS
In connection with the Company's purchase of common stock from an employee
(note 7), the Company entered into noncompete and trade secret protection
agreements with the employee. Under the terms of the agreements, the Company
will pay the employee a total of approximately $405,000 through April 2000 in
varying monthly installments of $2,001 to $7,488. The amounts paid to the
employee are being expensed as paid.
In connection with the Company's fiscal year 1992 acquisition of Oak Tree
Printing Co. ("Oak Tree"), the Company entered into an employment agreement
with an officer of Oak Tree which provides for employment with the Company and
minimum annual compensation for an eight-year period ending on August 5, 1999.
Additionally, the Company made an interest-free loan in the amount of $120,000
to an officer of Oak Tree. The loan is due on August 5, 1999. If the officer
remains with the Company through the maturity of the loan, the loan will be
forgiven. If employment is terminated, the loan must be repaid within 90 days.
The loan is being amortized to expense on a straight-line basis over the term
of the agreement and is classified as unearned compensation in the
accompanying balance sheets. Effective June 30, 1991, the Company entered into
an indemnification agreement with the officer of Oak Tree which indemnifies
the Company against any loss or liability not expressly assumed in the
purchase agreement. Should the Company incur any loss or liability not
assumed, the officer must reimburse the Company within 30 days. If the Company
does not receive payment within 30 days, the loss or liability may be deducted
from any amounts due to the officer under the terms of the employment
agreement. During fiscal years 1998, 1997 and 1996, no losses or liabilities
were incurred or assumed applicable to this agreement.
During February 1996, the Company entered into a purchase agreement with a
supplier whereby the supplier agreed to advance the Company $240,000 in order
to buy out a previous supply agreement and to purchase equipment. Under the
agreement, the Company agreed to purchase a minimum of $450,521 per year
through February 2001. The advance is payable over the term of the agreement,
with 10.5% of each eligible purchase being used to reduce amounts outstanding.
(11) SUBSEQUENT EVENT
On December 16, 1997, Master Graphics, Inc. acquired all of the outstanding
common stock of the Company. In connection with the acquisition, Master
Graphics repaid the outstanding debt of the Company.
F-64
PHOENIX COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
Board of Directors and Stockholders Jones Printing Company, Inc.:
We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Jones Printing Company,
Inc. as of December 31, 1996 and the related statements of income and retained
earnings and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended
December 31, 1996. These financial statements are the responsibility of the
company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Jones Printing Company,
Inc. as of December 31, 1996 and the results of its operations and its cash
flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 1996, in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
Joseph Decosimo and Company, LLP
Chattanooga, Tennessee
February 17, 1997
F-65
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
Board of Directors and Stockholders Jones Printing Company, Inc.:
We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Jones Printing Company,
Inc. as of December 16, 1997 and the related statements of income and retained
earnings and cash flows for the period from January 1, 1997 through December
16, 1997. These financial statements are the responsibility of the company's
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Jones Printing Company,
Inc. as of December 16, 1997 and the results of its operations and its cash
flows for period from January 1, 1997 through December 16, 1997, in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles.
KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
Memphis, Tennessee
March 6, 1998
F-66
JONES PRINTING COMPANY, INC.
BALANCE SHEETS
DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND DECEMBER 16, 1997
1996 1997
---------- ----------
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash................................................... $ 549,076 $ 413,001
Trade receivables, less allowance for doubtful accounts
of $234,266 and $90,771, respectively................. 1,698,852 1,257,308
Notes receivable (primarily due from stockholder), net
of allowances of $200,000............................. 148,565 --
Inventories............................................ 604,036 360,802
Other.................................................. 19,000 42,693
---------- ----------
Total current assets................................. 3,019,529 2,073,804
Equipment and leasehold improvements, net.............. 2,213,053 2,318,777
Other assets........................................... 55,300 64,741
---------- ----------
Total assets......................................... $5,287,882 $4,457,322
========== ==========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Demand notes--related party............................ $ 40,000 $ --
Current portion of long-term debt...................... 454,846 516,338
Accounts payable....................................... 291,827 98,810
Accrued expenses....................................... 563,981 298,233
---------- ----------
Total current liabilities............................ 1,350,654 913,381
---------- ----------
Long-term debt, net of current portion................... 1,864,628 1,400,833
---------- ----------
Deferred state income tax liability...................... 49,600 49,600
---------- ----------
Stockholders' equity:
Common stock--no par value--2,000 shares authorized;
76 shares issued and outstanding...................... 15,707 15,707
Additional paid-in capital............................. 19,908 19,908
Retained earnings...................................... 1,987,385 2,057,893
---------- ----------
Total stockholders' equity........................... 2,023,000 2,093,508
---------- ----------
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity........... $5,287,882 $4,457,322
========== ==========
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.
F-67
JONES PRINTING COMPANY, INC.
STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND RETAINED EARNINGS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1996 AND
THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1, 1997 THROUGH DECEMBER 16, 1997
1995 1996 1997
---------- ---------- ----------
Net sales................................. $6,983,554 $7,952,136 $6,075,634
Cost of sales............................. 4,809,936 5,863,704 4,834,475
---------- ---------- ----------
Gross profit.......................... 2,173,618 2,088,432 1,241,159
Selling, general and administrative
expenses................................. 1,471,240 1,482,197 1,035,723
---------- ---------- ----------
Income from operations................ 702,378 606,235 205,436
---------- ---------- ----------
Other income (expense):
Service charge income................... 55,549 58,618 52,251
Gain (loss) on sale of assets........... (8,209) 11,182 8,500
Interest expense........................ (225,591) (207,597) (191,679)
---------- ---------- ----------
(178,251) (137,797) (130,928)
---------- ---------- ----------
Income before state income taxes...... 524,127 468,438 74,508
Provision for state income taxes.......... 16,000 20,408 4,000
---------- ---------- ----------
Net income............................ 508,127 448,030 70,508
Retained earnings--beginning of period.... 1,031,228 1,539,355 1,987,385
---------- ---------- ----------
Retained earnings--end of period.......... $1,539,355 $1,987,385 $2,057,893
========== ========== ==========
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.
F-68
JONES PRINTING COMPANY, INC.
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1996 AND
THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1, 1997 THROUGH DECEMBER 16, 1997
1995 1996 1997
--------- --------- ---------
Reconciliation of net income to net cash
provided by operating activities:
Net income................................. $ 508,127 $ 448,030 $ 70,508
Depreciation and amortization.............. 409,732 418,180 420,129
Provision for doubtful accounts............ 167,000 74,124 --
Deferred income taxes...................... 4,000 4,600 --
(Gain) loss on sale of assets.............. 8,209 (11,182) (8,500)
Other...................................... -- 35,059 --
Changes in operating assets and
liabilities:
Decrease (increase) in receivables........ (599,252) 272,158 590,109
Decrease (increase) in inventories........ (225,653) (129,007) 243,234
Decrease (increase) in other.............. (12,861) 12,861 (35,848)
Increase (decrease) in accounts payable
and accrued expenses..................... 185,566 158,617 (458,765)
Increase (decrease) in customer advances.. (60,939) 104,121 --
--------- --------- ---------
Net cash provided by operating
activities.............................. 383,929 1,387,561 820,867
--------- --------- ---------
Cash flows from investing activities:
Advances to stockholders................... (9,168) (121,054) --
Capital expenditures....................... (259,902) (330,588) (524,977)
Proceeds from sale of equipment............ 13,100 14,116 8,500
Collections of notes receivable............ 7,374 -- --
Cash surrender value of life insurance..... (3,374) (2,817) 1,838
--------- --------- ---------
Net cash used in investing activities.... (251,970) (440,343) (514,639)
--------- --------- ---------
Cash flows from financing activities:
Bank overdraft............................. $ 141,491 $(141,491) $ --
Net short-term borrowings (repayments)..... 66,985 (302,888) --
Issuance of long-term debt................. -- 445,000 23,438
Repayment of long-term debt................ (392,826) (421,179) (425,741)
Repayment of related party demand note..... (135,882) -- (40,000)
--------- --------- ---------
Net cash used in financing activities.... (320,232) (420,558) (442,303)
--------- --------- ---------
Net increase (decrease) in cash.......... (188,273) 526,660 (136,075)
Cash--beginning of period.................... 210,689 22,416 549,076
--------- --------- ---------
Cash--end of period.......................... $ 22,416 $ 549,076 $ 413,001
========= ========= =========
Cash paid for interest....................... $ 226,707 208,049 167,361
========= ========= =========
Cash paid for taxes.......................... $ 19,420 $ 8,850 $ 24,267
========= ========= =========
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.
F-69
JONES PRINTING COMPANY, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND DECEMBER 16, 1997
(1) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
The significant accounting policies and practices followed by the Company
are as follows:
(a) Description of Business
The Company provides a full line of superior quality print services and
products to retailers, manufacturers, ad agencies and other users of printed
materials. The majority of the Company's sales are concentrated in
southeastern Tennessee and north Georgia.
(b) Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined on
a first-in, first-out (FIFO) basis.
(c) Equipment and Leasehold Improvements
Equipment and leasehold improvements are stated at cost. Depreciation is
calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of
the respective assets ranging from 5 to 12 years. Leasehold improvements are
amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the lease term or
the estimated useful life of the asset.
Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred
and additions and improvements that significantly extend the lives of assets
are capitalized. Upon sale or other retirement of depreciable property, the
cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the related accounts and
any gain or loss is reflected in operations.
(d) Goodwill
The excess of cost of a purchased business over the fair value of the net
assets acquired is being amortized on the straight-line method over a forty-
year period.
(e) Income Taxes
The Company, with the consent of its stockholders, has elected to be taxed
as an S corporation under the provisions of Section 1362 of the Internal
Revenue Code. The stockholders are personally liable for their proportionate
share of the Company's federal taxable income; therefore, no provision or
liability for federal income taxes is reflected in these financial statements.
The company is a taxable entity for state income tax purposes.
State income taxes are computed based on the provisions of Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes. Deferred
tax assets and liabilities, if significant, are recognized for the estimated
future tax effects attributed to temporary differences between the book and
tax bases of assets and liabilities and for carryforward items. The
measurement of current and deferred tax assets and liabilities is based on
enacted law. Deferred tax assets are reduced, if necessary, by a valuation
allowance for the amount of tax benefits that may not be realized.
(f) Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed Of
The Company adopted the provisions of SFAS 121, Accounting for the
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of,
on January 1, 1996. The statement requires that long-lived assets
F-70
JONES PRINTING COMPANY, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
and certain identifiable intangibles be reviewed for impairment whenever
events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an
asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is
measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to future net cash
flows expected to be generated by the asset. If such assets are considered to
be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the mount by which
the carrying amount of the assets exceed the fair value of the assets. Assets
to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair
value less costs to sell. Adoption of this Statement did not have a material
impact on the Company's financial position, results of operations, or
liquidity.
(g) Use of Estimates
Management of the Company has made a number of estimates and assumptions
relating to the reporting of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of
contingent assets and liabilities to prepare these financial statements in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. Actual results could
differ from those estimates.
(h) Reclassifications
Certain reclassifications have been made to the 1995 and 1996 financial
statements to conform with the presentation of the 1997 financial statements.
(2) INVENTORIES
Inventories consist of the following at December 31, 1996 and December 16,
1997:
1996 1997
-------- --------
Raw materials and supplies................................. $212,668 $155,738
Work in process............................................ 391,368 205,064
-------- --------
$604,036 $360,802
======== ========
(3) EQUIPMENT AND LEASHOLD IMPROVEMENTS
Equipment and leasehold improvements consist of the following at December
31, 1996 and December 16, 1997:
1996 1997
----------- -----------
Furniture and fixtures............................. $ 500,887 $ 515,988
Equipment.......................................... 4,537,870 4,639,355
Leasehold improvements............................. 541,762 680,149
Vehicles........................................... 92,701 100,615
----------- -----------
5,673,220 5,936,107
Less accumulated depreciation...................... (3,460,167) (3,617,330)
----------- -----------
$ 2,213,053 $ 2,318,777
=========== ===========
F-71
JONES PRINTING COMPANY, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
(4) LONG-TERM DEBT
Long-term debt consists of the following at December 31, 1996 and December
16, 1997:
1996 1997
---------- ----------
8.55% note payable, with monthly payments of $31,337
including interest, through January, 2002............ $1,545,772 $1,314,142
8.75% machinery and equipment note payable, with
monthly payments of $9,211 including interest,
through June, 2001................................... 408,847 335,256
Prime plus 1.25% bank note, with monthly payments of
$3,600 including interest, through December, 1999.... 111,497 80,674
Capital lease obligation for graphics plotter, with
monthly payments of $6,006 including interest,
through October, 1999................................ 173,828 120,830
Other................................................. 79,530 66,269
---------- ----------
2,319,474 1,917,171
Less current portion................................ 454,846 516,338
---------- ----------
$1,864,628 $1,400,833
========== ==========
The Company has a revolving line of credit with a local bank under which it
may borrow up to $500,000. Borrowings under this arrangement accrued interest
at 1.25% above the bank's base commercial rate. Any outstanding principal
balance is due within 120 days of demand for payment. The line of credit is
collateralized by accounts receivable, inventories, certain life insurance
policies and a personal guaranty of the major stockholder. There was no
balance outstanding under the revolving line of credit as of December 31, 1996
and December 16, 1997.
Effective December 16, 1997, substantially all of the Company's long-term
debt was refinanced as a part of the acquisition of the outstanding common
stock of the Company by Master Graphics, Inc.
(5) LEASES
The Company leases its office and plant facilities under a five year
operating lease with its majority stockholder. The Company also leases certain
computer and typesetting equipment under capital lease agreements.
Future minimum lease payments under the capital leases and the noncancelable
operating lease are as follows:
YEAR ENDING: CAPITAL OPERATING
------------ -------- ---------
December 31, 1998........................................ $ 82,483 $134,000
December 31, 1999........................................ 60,059 134,000
December 31, 2000........................................ -- 134,000
-------- --------
Total minimum lease payments............................. 142,542 $402,000
========
Less amounts representing interest....................... (11,712)
--------
Present value of net minimum lease payments.............. $130,830
========
Rent expense totaled $95,520 for 1995, $137,712 for 1996, and $121,600 for
1997, the majority of which was with related parties.
F-72
JONES PRINTING COMPANY, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
(6) EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN
The Company has a Section 401(k) deferred salary reduction plan under which
substantially all employees of the Company are eligible. The plan provides for
the Company to match employee contributions, subject to certain limitations.
The Company's contribution to the plan totaled $12,757 for 1995, $15,054 for
1996, and $12,064 for 1997.
(7) MAJOR CUSTOMERS
Two customers accounted for $3,613,901 or 51.8% of net sales for 1995,
$4,852,151 or 61% of sales for 1996 and $2,821,878 or 46.4% of net sales for
1997. One customer accounted for $603,592 (33%) of trade receivables at
December 31, 1996 and $501,249 (34%) at December 16, 1997.
(8) SUBSEQUENT EVENT
Effective June 16, 1997, Master Graphics, Inc. acquired all of the
outstanding common stock of the Company and contemporaneously refinanced
substantially all of the then outstanding debt of the Company.
F-73
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT
The Board of Directors McQuiddy Printing Company:
We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of McQuiddy Printing Company
as of June 30, 1996 and 1997, and the related statements of earnings,
stockholders' equity, and cash flows for the years ended June 30, 1995, 1996
and 1997. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of McQuiddy Printing Company,
as of June 30, 1996 and 1997, and the results of its operations and its cash
flows for each of the years ended June 30, 1995, 1996 and 1997 in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles.
Marlin & Edmondson, P.C.
Nashville, Tennessee
August 8, 1997, except for Note 11, which is April 6, 1998
F-74
MCQUIDDY PRINTING COMPANY
BALANCE SHEETS
JUNE 30,
--------------------- DECEMBER 31,
1996 1997 1997
---------- ---------- ------------
AUDITED UNAUDITED
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents (note 1)........ $ 240,548 37,759 301,250
Receivables:
Trade accounts, less allowance for
doubtful accounts...................... 2,768,626 3,327,517 3,162,831
Inventories (notes 1 and 2)............... 1,379,486 1,022,100 1,197,844
Prepaid expenses and deposits............. 184,328 127,980 35,242
Income taxes receivable (note 6).......... 109,765 31,057 --
Deferred income taxes--current (note 6)... 55,312 110,721 126,326
---------- ---------- ----------
Total current assets.................. 4,738,065 4,657,134 4,823,493
---------- ---------- ----------
Property, plant and equipment, net (notes 1,
4 and 5)................................... 3,340,244 5,589,759 5,950,346
Other assets:
Notes receivable.......................... 3,584 3,584 --
Investment in joint venture (notes 1 and
3)....................................... 67,448 34,951 --
Cash surrender value of officers' life
insurance (note 10)...................... 335,445 396,513 372,579
---------- ---------- ----------
Total other assets.................... 406,477 435,048 372,579
---------- ---------- ----------
$8,484,786 10,681,941 11,146,418
========== ========== ==========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Current maturities of long-term debt (note
5)....................................... $ 528,625 867,242 1,043,876
Accounts payable.......................... 445,816 601,273 914,264
Accrued liabilities....................... 325,641 356,879 303,924
Income taxes payable...................... -- -- 72,540
---------- ---------- ----------
Total current liabilities............. 1,300,082 1,825,394 2,334,604
---------- ---------- ----------
Deferred income taxes (note 6).............. 192,412 270,261 309,184
Long-term debt (note 5)..................... 2,349,742 3,655,679 3,305,902
Stockholder's equity:
Common stock.............................. 841,310 841,310 841,310
Additional paid-in capital................ 230,229 230,229 230,229
Retained earnings......................... 5,991,292 6,119,341 6,305,388
---------- ---------- ----------
7,062,831 7,190,880 7,376,927
---------- ---------- ----------
Less reduction in stockholders' equity for
note payable of 401(k) and Employee Stock
Ownership Plan (notes 5 and 7)........... 773,332 613,324 533,250
Less treasury stock, at cost.............. 1,646,949 1,646,949 1,646,949
---------- ---------- ----------
Total stockholders' equity............ 4,642,550 4,930,607 5,196,728
---------- ---------- ----------
$8,484,786 10,681,941 11,146,418
========== ========== ==========
F-75
MCQUIDDY PRINTING COMPANY
STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS
YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, SIX MONTHS DEC. 31,
---------------------------------- --------------------
1995 1996 1997 1996 1997
----------- ---------- ---------- --------- ---------
AUDITED UNAUDITED
Sales................... $15,680,821 15,574,308 16,583,201 8,252,215 9,186,337
Cost of sales........... 12,176,152 12,558,905 13,145,115 6,595,351 7,234,506
----------- ---------- ---------- --------- ---------
Gross profit........ 3,504,669 3,015,403 3,438,086 1,656,864 1,951,831
Selling, general and
administrative
expenses............... 2,589,315 2,605,816 2,741,593 1,322,387 1,481,950
----------- ---------- ---------- --------- ---------
Earnings from
operations......... 915,354 409,587 696,493 334,477 469,881
Other income (expenses),
net.................... 466,367 (170,451) (483,848) (268,187) (165,920)
----------- ---------- ---------- --------- ---------
Earnings before
provision for
income taxes....... 1,381,721 239,136 212,645 66,290 303,961
Income taxes (note 6):
Current provision..... 563,949 52,416 62,156 19,157 94,597
Deferred benefit...... 6,470 87,107 22,440 7,951 23,319
----------- ---------- ---------- --------- ---------
Total income taxes.. 570,419 139,523 84,596 27,108 117,916
----------- ---------- ---------- --------- ---------
Net earnings........ $ 811,302 99,613 128,049 39,182 186,045
=========== ========== ========== ========= =========
F-76
MCQUIDDY PRINTING COMPANY
STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
SIX MONTHS ENDED DEC.
YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 31,
----------------------------------- ----------------------
1995 1996 1997 1996 1997
----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
AUDITED UNAUDITED
Beginning balance:
Common Stock.......... $ 841,310 841,310 841,310 841,310 841,310
Additional Paid-in
Capital.............. 230,229 230,229 230,229 230,229 230,229
Retained Earnings..... 5,122,780 5,900,158 5,991,292 5,991,292 6,119,341
Less: Treasury stock.. (1,646,949) (1,646,949) (1,616,949) (1,646,949) (1,646,949)
Less: Reduction in
Equity for ESOP
note................. -- -- (773,332) (773,332) (613,324)
----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
4,547,370 5,324,748 4,642,550 4,642,550 4,930,607
Changes:
Net earnings.......... 811,302 99,613 128,049 39,182 186,045
Increase (reduction)
in Equity for ESOP
note................. -- (773,332) 160,008 80,004 80,076
Dividends paid........ (33,924) (8,479) -- -- --
----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
$ 5,324,748 4,642,550 4,930,607 4,761,736 5,196,728
=========== ========== ========== ========== ==========
Ending balance:
Common stock.......... $ 841,310 841,310 841,310 841,310 841,310
Additional Paid-in
Capital.............. 230,229 230,229 230,229 230,229 230,229
Retained Earnings..... 5,900,158 5,991,292 6,119,341 6,630,474 6,305,388
Less: Treasury stock.. (1,646,949) (1,646,949) (1,646,949) (1,646,949) (1,646,949)
Less: Reduction in
Equity for ESOP
note................. -- (773,332) (613,324) (693,328) (533,250)
----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
$ 5,324,748 4,642,550 4,930,607 4,761,736 5,196,728
=========== ========== ========== ========== ==========
F-77
MCQUIDDY PRINTING COMPANY
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, SIX MONTHS DEC. 31,
--------------------------------- ---------------------
1995 1996 1997 1996 1997
---------- --------- ---------- ---------- ---------
AUDITED UNAUDITED
Cash flows from
operating activities:
Net earnings........... $ 811,302 99,613 128,049 39,182 186,045
---------- --------- ---------- ---------- ---------
Adjustments to
reconcile net earnings
to net cash provided
by operating
activities:
Depreciation........... 844,216 735,348 788,839 360,706 425,678
Amortization of
financing costs....... 1,506 -- -- -- --
Amortization of
noncorporate
agreements income..... (22,500) -- -- -- --
Increase in deposits... (10,458) -- -- -- --
Increase in deferred
income taxes.......... 136,627 124,050 22,440 -- 23,318
Gain on sale of
property.............. (638,314) (2,601) (8,700) 600 --
(Increase) decrease in
accounts receivable... 329,057 (465,139) (558,891) 226,411 164,686
(Increase) decrease in
investment in joint
venture............... (61,950) (5,498) 32,497 44,804 34,951
(Increase) decrease in
income taxes
receivable............ -- (109,765) 78,708 35,383 31,057
(Increase) decrease in
inventory............. (924,607) 276,487 357,386 313,637 (175,744)
(Increase) decrease in
prepaid expenses and
deposits.............. (729) (122,011) 56,348 169,150 92,738
Increase (decrease) in
accounts payable...... (209,647) 73,293 155,457 (18,519) 312,991
Increase (decrease) in
accrued liabilities... 121,540 (62,464) 31,238 (46,299) (52,955)
Increase (decrease) in
income taxes payable.. 346,605 (359,240) -- -- 72,540
---------- --------- ---------- ---------- ---------
Total adjustments..... (88,654) 82,460 955,322 1,085,873 929,260
---------- --------- ---------- ---------- ---------
Net cash provided by
operating
activities........... 722,648 182,073 1,083,371 1,125,055 1,115,305
---------- --------- ---------- ---------- ---------
Cash flows from
investing activities:
(Increase) decrease in
cash surrender value
of officers' life
insurance............. (8,161) (57,639) (61,068) (30,534) 23,934
Purchase of property,
plant and equipment... (757,137) (512,970) (3,038,354) (2,720,878) (786,264)
Proceeds from sale of
property, plant and
equipment............. 732,750 2,601 8,700 -- --
(Increase) decrease of
notes receivable...... 5,700 (3,584) -- -- 3,584
---------- --------- ---------- ---------- ---------
Net cash used in
investing
activities........... (26,848) (571,592) (3,090,722) (2,751,412) (758,746)
---------- --------- ---------- ---------- ---------
Cash flows from
financing activities:
Proceeds from the
issuance of ESOP
note.................. -- 800,000 -- -- --
Increase (reduction) in
equity for ESOP note
payable............... -- (773,332) 160,008 80,004 80,074
Proceeds from the
issuance of long term
debt.................. -- -- 2,218,900 2,218,900 248,676
Retirement of long-term
debt.................. (710,211) (523,510) (574,346) (283,428) (421,818)
Dividends paid......... (33,923) (8,479) -- -- --
---------- --------- ---------- ---------- ---------
Net cash provided by
(used in) financing
activities........... (744,134) (505,321) 1,804,562 2,015,476 (93,068)
---------- --------- ---------- ---------- ---------
Net increase (decrease)
in cash................ (48,334) (894,840) (202,789) 389,119 263,491
Cash and cash equivalent
beginning.............. 1,183,722 1,135,388 240,548 240,548 37,759
---------- --------- ---------- ---------- ---------
Cash and cash equivalent
ending................. $1,135,388 240,548 37,759 629,667 301,250
========== ========= ========== ========== =========
Supplemental disclosures
of cash flows
information:
Cash paid (received)
during the year for:
Interest............... $ 208,972 186,892 314,585 147,123 162,038
Income taxes........... 211,179 496,490 (98,020) -- --
========== ========= ========== ========== =========
F-78
MCQUIDDY PRINTING COMPANY
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(1) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
General
The Company was organized in 1908 to carry on the business of commercial
printing. The Company serves customers nationally and in the normal course of
its business grants credit to those customers.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make reasonable
estimates and assumptions that may affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, and the
reported revenues and expenses. Actual results could differ from those
estimates; however, management believes the estimates to be conservative and
no significant adjustment to the estimates are anticipated.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid debt instruments purchased with a
maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out) or market
(see note 2).
Investment in Joint Venture
The Company records its investment in a joint venture using the "Equity"
method of accounting, due to the significant ownership and influence over the
investee. In applying the "Equity" method of accounting, the value of the
investment is increased or decreased based on the Company's share of the
investee's net earnings or losses and dividends paid to the Company (see note
3).
Property, Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment is stated in the accounts at cost. The Company
provides for depreciation on such assets principally using accelerated
methods.
The following is a summary of the estimated useful lives used for computing
depreciation.
Building and improvements...................................... 20 - 40 years
Machinery and equipment........................................ 5 - 10 years
Furniture and fixtures......................................... 5 - 10 years
Vehicles....................................................... 5 years
Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged against earnings.
Expenditures for improvements and major renewals are capitalized. Cost and
accumulated depreciation for properties sold or retired are removed from the
accounts with any gain or loss included in earnings in the year of disposition
(See note 4).
Income Taxes
Income taxes are provided for the tax effect of transactions reported in the
financial statements and consist of taxes currently due plus deferred taxes
related to differences between the basis of financial transactions for
financial and income tax reporting. The deferred tax assets and liabilities
represent the future tax return consequences of those differences which will
either be taxable or deductible when assets and liabilities are recovered or
settled. (See note 6).
F-79
MCQUIDDY PRINTING COMPANY
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
(2) INVENTORIES
Inventories (first-in, first-out), consisted of the following:
AUDITED UNAUDITED
-------------------- ------------
JUNE 30, JUNE 30, DECEMBER 31,
1996 1997 1997
---------- --------- ------------
Raw materials:
Paper.................................... $ 969,993 549,400 674,398
Bindery materials........................ 6,509 2,965 2,709
Litho materials.......................... 6,160 6,775 9,690
Ink...................................... 517 1,854 15,478
Indigo................................... -- -- 10,079
---------- --------- ---------
983,179 560,994 712,354
Manufactured stock....................... 37,593 49,367 47,756
Work in process.......................... 291,603 379,135 312,580
Finished goods........................... 67,111 32,604 125,154
---------- --------- ---------
$1,379,486 1,022,100 1,197,844
========== ========= =========
(3) INVESTMENT IN JOINT VENTURE/SUBSEQUENT EVENT
In May 1995, the Company along with Capital Engraving Company, formed a
joint venture known as Digital Spectrum, LLC. Each investor was to retain a
50% interest in the new company, which commenced business in June 1995.
Digital Spectrum primarily handles small, "short-run", on demand printing jobs
using state-of-the-art digital printing technology. The amount recorded in the
balance sheet represents McQuiddy's investment at cost, decreased with it's
share of losses. As of June 30, 1997 the Company's portion of Digital
Spectrum's accumulated operating losses was $256,024.
In March of 1997 Capital Engraving Company withdrew from the joint venture.
The management of McQuiddy Printing Company had not determined the future of
Digital Spectrum, LLC., at June 30, 1997. McQuiddy Printing Company and
Capital Engraving Company had guaranteed a lease of certain equipment. The
balance due on the lease at June 30, 1997 was $299,684 of which the investors
had joint and several liability.
On December 31, 1997 McQuiddy Printing Company decided to terminate the LLC.
The assets and liabilities were assumed by McQuiddy Printing Company.
Following is a summarized unaudited financial statement of Digital Spectrum,
LLC.
BALANCE SHEET JUNE 30, 1997
Cash............................................................ $ 9,254
Accounts Receivable............................................. 62,982
Inventory....................................................... 12,778
Other current assets............................................ 432
Furniture and equipment, net.................................... 322,602
--------
$408,048
========
Accounts payable................................................ $ 65,115
Notes payable and long-term debt................................ 299,496
Members equity.................................................. 43,437
--------
$408,048
========
F-80
MCQUIDDY PRINTING COMPANY
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
STATEMENT OF LOSS JANUARY 1, 1997 THROUGH JUNE 30, 1997
Sales.......................................................... $259,559
Cost of sales.................................................. 73,744
--------
Gross profit................................................... 185,815
Selling and general expense.................................... 221,903
Interest expense............................................... 10,498
--------
Net loss................................................... $(46,586)
========
(4) PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following:
AUDITED
------------------------
JUNE 30, JUNE 30, DECEMBER 31,
1996 1997 1997
----------- ----------- ------------
UNAUDITED
Land.................................. $ 110,000 110,000 110,000
Building.............................. 1,447,408 1,447,408 1,447,408
Building improvements................. 247,547 247,547 240,856
Machinery and equipment............... 9,691,511 12,223,333 12,872,978
Furniture and fixtures................ 374,658 405,569 532,945
Automobiles and trucks................ 87,629 54,779 54,779
----------- ----------- ----------
11,958,753 14,488,636 15,258,966
Less accumulated depreciation......... (8,618,509) (8,898,877) 9,308,620
----------- ----------- ----------
$ 3,340,244 5,589,759 5,590,346
=========== =========== ==========
Depreciation expense was $844,216, $735,348 and $788,839 for June 30, 1995,
1996 and 1997, respectively using principally accelerated methods.
Depreciation expense was $360,706 and $425,677 for the six months ended
December 31, 1996 and 1997, respectively using principally accelerated methods.
(5) NOTES PAYABLE AND LONG-TERM DEBT
Long-term debt is as follows:
AUDITED
--------------------
JUNE 30, JUNE 30, DECEMBER 31,
1996 1997 1997
---------- --------- ------------
UNAUDITED
SunTrust Bank Equipment note............. $ -- 2,218,900 2,095,629
SunTrust Bank--ESOP note payable......... 773,332 613,324 533,250
Capital lease obligation--Fleet Credit
Corporation............................. -- -- --
Capital lease obligation--NationsBanc
Leasing Corporation..................... 2,105,035 1,690,697 1,472,224
PBCC lease............................... -- -- 248,675
---------- --------- ---------
2,878,367 4,522,921 4,349,778
Less current maturities.................. 528,625 867,242 1,043,876
---------- --------- ---------
$2,349,742 3,655,679 3,305,902
========== ========= =========
F-81
MCQUIDDY PRINTING COMPANY
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
The Equipment note payable with SunTrust Bank dated August 20, 1996, was
used to fund the purchase of equipment. The interest rate is based on a
varying rate of interest which is equal to the lesser of 150 basis points
above the 30-day LIBOR Rate as defined in the note or 135 basis points below
the bank's base rate and requires monthly payments of $30,818 plus interest.
The interest rate at June 30, 1997 and December 31, 1997 was 7.15%. The note
is secured by equipment. The note is due August 2003.
The ESOP note payable with SunTrust Bank dated April 23, 1996, is to fund
the purchase of 6,400 shares of the Company's outstanding stock for the
Company's 401(k) and Employee Stock Ownership Plan. At June 30, 1997 SunTrust
Bank held the 5,547 shares as collateral on the loan. As principal payments
are made the bank will release a pro-rata amount of shares held as collateral.
The interest rate is based on a varying rate of interest which is equal to 180
basis points above the 30-day LIBOR Rate as defined in the note and requires
monthly payments of $9,524 plus interest. The interest rate at June 30, 1996
and 1997 was 7.49%. The interest rate at December 31, 1997 was 7.52%. The note
is due April 2003 (See note 7).
The capital lease obligation with NationsBanc Leasing Corporation dated
March 26, 1992, is a financing lease for the acquisition of printing
equipment. The fixed rate lease bears interest at 7.06% and requires monthly
payments of $45,832. The lease matures in August 1999.
The PBCC lease obligation dated March 30, 1995, is a financing lease for the
acquisition of printing equipment. The fixed rate lease bears interest at
9.97% and requires monthly payments of $10,019. The lease matures in May of
2000.
Current maturities of long-term debt are as follows:
JUNE 30, DECEMBER 31,
1997 1997
---------- ------------
AUDITED UNAUDITED
1998................................................. $ 867,242 1,043,876
1999................................................. 961,331 1,605,001
2000................................................. 1,252,795 524,433
2001................................................. 484,102 484,126
2002................................................. 484,102 445,941
Thereafter........................................... 473,349 246,401
---------- ---------
$4,522,921 4,349,778
========== =========
Notes payable are as follows:
1995 1996 1997
---- ---- ----
SunTrust Bank--Line of credit................................. $-- -- --
==== === ===
The Company has available a $750,000 line of credit, with an interest rate
of 8.50% at June 30, 1997.
(6) INCOME TAXES
The Company adopted FASB Statement 109 as of July 1, 1993 and there was no
significant cumulative effect adjustment.
The Company has previously accounted for the credit carryforwards when used.
A deferred tax liability has been provided for the tax and book depreciation
differences and a deferred tax benefit has been recorded for the allowances
for doubtful accounts.
F-82
MCQUIDDY PRINTING COMPANY
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
The components of income tax expense (benefit) are as follows:
DECEMBER 31,
JUNE 30, JUNE 30, JUNE 30, ---------------
1995 1996 1997 1996 1997
-------- -------- -------- ------ -------
AUDITED UNAUDITED
Federal:
Current......................... $471,886 46,127 56,093 22,823 77,461
Deferred........................ 5,423 74,167 49,836 6,694 19,633
State:
Current......................... 92,063 (379) 6,063 (3,666) 17,136
Deferred........................ 1,047 19,608 (27,396) 1,257 3,686
-------- ------- ------- ------ -------
$570,419 139,523 84,596 27,108 117,916
======== ======= ======= ====== =======
A reconciliation of the "expected" tax expense computed at the federal
statutory rate of 34% to actual expense is as follows:
DECEMBER 31,
JUNE 30, JUNE 30, JUNE 30, ---------------
1995 1996 1997 1996 1997
-------- -------- -------- ------ -------
AUDITED UNAUDITED
Computed "expected" tax expense.. $469,786 81,306 72,300 22,539 103,347
State income tax (benefit), net
of federal income tax benefits
and industrial excise tax
credit........................ 61,453 12,691 (29,983) (2,420) 11,550
Other, net..................... 39,180 45,526 42,279 6,989 3,019
-------- ------- ------- ------ -------
Actual tax expense............... $570,419 139,523 84,596 27,108 117,916
======== ======= ======= ====== =======
The tax effect of temporary differences that give rise to significant
portions of the deferred tax asset and deferred tax liability, are as follows:
JUNE 30, JUNE 30, DECEMBER 31,
1996 1997 1997
--------- -------- ------------
AUDITED UNAUDITED
Deferred tax assets:
Allowance for doubtful accounts--cur-
rent.................................. $ 55,312 66,252 81,857
Industrial machinery credit
carryforward--current................. -- 44,469 44,469
--------- -------- --------
55,312 110,721 126,326
Deferred tax liabilities:
Depreciation--long-term................ 192,412 270,261 309,184
--------- -------- --------
Net deferred tax liability........... $(137,100) (159,540) (182,858)
========= ======== ========
(7) EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
The Company has a 401(k) and Employee Stock Ownership Plan. The plan is
contributory and employees are eligible to participate after service and age
requirements are satisfied. Plan costs are funded as they accrue. Contributions
and expenses under the plan amounted to $97,718, $104,736 and $211,941 for the
years ended June 30, 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively. Expenses of the Plan
for the six months ended December 31, 1996 and 1997 were $95,484 and $102,620,
respectively.
F-83
MCQUIDDY PRINTING COMPANY
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
The Company has guaranteed the bank debt of the plan. The balance
outstanding at June 30, 1996 and 1997 was $773,332 and $613,324. The balance
outstanding at December 31, 1997 was $533,250. Accordingly such debt has been
shown in the accompanying financial statements as a long-term liability (see
note 5) with a corresponding reduction in stockholders' equity.
(8) CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK
The Company maintains its checking and investment accounts with financial
institutions in the middle Tennessee area. Accounts at each institution are
insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation up to $100,000.
(9) FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value
disclosures for financial instruments:
The carrying amounts of cash, receivables and accounts payable approximate
fair value due to the short-term nature of those items.
The carrying amount of other financial instruments is a reasonable estimate
of their fair value.
The fair value of all debt obligations is estimated using discounted cash
flow analyses based on the Company's current incremental borrowing rate. Based
on the analyses, the carrying amounts approximate fair value.
(10) CASH SURRENDER VALUE OF LIFE INSURANCE
The components of cash surrender value of life insurance are as follows:
AUDITED UNAUDITED
-------------------------------------- ------------
JUNE 30, JUNE 30, DECEMBER 31,
1996 1997 1997
-------- -------- ------------
$335,445 396,513 372,578
- --------
(A) The Company is the owner of six policies with The New England which have a
face value of $1,450,000.
(B) The Company pays premiums on split dollar life insurance policies of seven
executives. These policies are with The New England.
(C) The Company pays premiums on a policy for one of the executives through
American General. The Company owns the policy which has a face value of
$25,000.
(D) The Company pays premiums on a split dollar life insurance policy for one
of the executives through National Life of Vermont. The Company owns the
policy which has a face value of $500,000.
Total premiums paid on all above policies for the year ended June 30,
1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively, were $110,601, $116,026 and $116,026.
Total premiums paid on all the above policies for the six months ended
December 31, 1996 and 1997, respectively, were $96,206 and $84,106.
F-84
MCQUIDDY PRINTING COMPANY
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
(11) CONTINGENCIES
The Company is a defendant in a lawsuit filed by a former employee. On April
2, 1998 the Company, the former employee and Master Graphics, Inc. have entered
into an agreement to settle the litigation in the amount of $228,120. The
settlement is contingent upon Master Graphics, Inc. completing its acquisition
of the Company.
F-85
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
To the Board of Directors
Phillips Litho Co., Inc.
Springdale, Arkansas
We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Phillips Litho Co., Inc.
as of December 31, 1996 and 1997, and the related statements of operations,
retained earnings, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year
period ended December 31, 1997. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the management of Phillips Litho Co., Inc. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Phillips Litho Co., Inc.
as of December 31, 1996 and 1997, and the results of its operations and its
cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31,
1997, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
S.F. Fiser & Company, P.A.
Springdale, Arkansas
February 19, 1998
F-86
PHILLIPS LITHO CO., INC.
BALANCE SHEETS
DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1997
1996 1997
----------- -----------
ASSETS
Current assets
Cash............................................... $ 126,541 $ 1,670
Trade accounts receivable, less allowances of
$41,647 in 1996 and $73,810 in 1997............... 2,410,370 2,751,733
Accounts receivable stockholder.................... 63,387 351,191
Note receivable stockholder........................ 175,141
Inventories........................................ 673,273 772,348
Income taxes refundable............................ 58,850
Deferred income tax asset.......................... 171,909 14,288
Other.............................................. 72,927 38,722
----------- -----------
Total current assets............................. 3,577,257 4,105,093
----------- -----------
Property, plant and equipment, at cost
Land............................................... 192,450 192,450
Buildings.......................................... 1,289,298 1,406,684
Equipment.......................................... 7,631,526 7,991,147
Vehicles........................................... 381,315 270,405
Office furniture and equipment..................... 287,345 400,860
----------- -----------
9,781,934 10,261,546
Less accumulated depreciation...................... 2,740,798 3,356,044
----------- -----------
Total property, plant and equipment.............. 7,041,136 6,905,502
----------- -----------
$10,618,393 $11,010,595
=========== ===========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
Current liabilities
Current maturities of long-term debt............... $ 797,415 $ 886,296
Notes payable...................................... 655,998 971,261
Accounts payable................................... 1,020,790 981,930
Income taxes currently payable..................... 180,000
Accrued expenses................................... 76,724 68,224
----------- -----------
Total current liabilities........................ 2,550,927 3,087,711
----------- -----------
Noncurrent deferred income taxes..................... 541,367 596,397
----------- -----------
Long-term debt less current maturities............... 5,407,557 4,344,136
----------- -----------
Stockholder's equity
Common stock, no par value 1,000 shares authorized
100 shares issued................................. 300 300
Retained earnings.................................. 2,347,726 3,211,535
Less 25 treasury shares, at cost................... (229,484) (229,484)
----------- -----------
Total stockholder's equity....................... 2,118,542 2,982,351
----------- -----------
$10,618,393 $11,010,595
=========== ===========
See notes to financial statements.
F-87
PHILLIPS LITHO CO., INC.
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1996 AND 1997
1995 1996 1997
----------- ----------- -----------
Sales................................... $12,162,315 $11,661,188 $12,726,710
Cost of sales........................... 8,776,481 9,013,436 8,639,791
----------- ----------- -----------
Gross profit............................ 3,385,834 2,647,752 4,086,919
Selling and general and administrative
expenses............................... 2,597,722 2,771,707 2,870,507
----------- ----------- -----------
Operating income (loss)................. 788,112 (123,955) 1,216,412
----------- ----------- -----------
Other income (expenses)
Loss on disposition of airplane....... (54,845)
Proceeds in settlement of lawsuit..... 150,000
Miscellaneous......................... 14,789 3,877 42,365
----------- ----------- -----------
Total other income.................. 14,789 3,877 137,520
----------- ----------- -----------
Income (loss) before income taxes....... 802,901 (120,078) 1,353,932
Provision for income taxes (benefit).... 282,431 (43,137) 490,123
----------- ----------- -----------
Net income (loss)....................... $ 520,470 $ (76,941) $ 863,809
=========== =========== ===========
See notes to financial statements.
F-88
PHILLIPS LITHO CO., INC.
STATEMENTS OF RETAINED EARNINGS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1996 AND 1997
Balance January 1, 1995............................................. $1,904,197
Net income........................................................ 520,470
----------
Balance December 31, 1995........................................... 2,424,667
Net loss.......................................................... (76,941)
----------
Balance December 31, 1996........................................... 2,347,726
Net income........................................................ 863,809
----------
Balance December 31, 1997........................................... $3,211,535
==========
See notes to financial statements.
F-89
PHILLIPS LITHO CO., INC.
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1996 AND 1997
1995 1996 1997
----------- ----------- ----------
Cash flows from operating activities
Net income (loss)...................... $ 520,470 $ (76,941) $ 863,809
Adjustments to reconcile net income
(loss) to net cash provided (used) by
operating activities
Depreciation......................... 350,051 524,119 631,630
Proceeds in settlement of lawsuit.... (150,000)
Increase (decrease) in deferred
income taxes........................ 96,533 (43,137) 212,651
Net change in income taxes refundable
and currently payable............... (18,782) (118,311) 238,850
Decrease (increase) in accounts
receivable.......................... (1,358,216) 662,654 (629,167)
Decrease (increase) in inventories... (308,747) 317,830 (99,075)
Increase (decrease) in accounts
payable............................. 300,948 36,453 (38,860)
Other................................ (148,023) 8,049 80,550
----------- ----------- ----------
Cash provided (used) by operating
activities.............................. (565,766) 1,310,716 1,110,388
----------- ----------- ----------
Cash flows from investing activities
Loan to stockholder.................... (175,141)
Purchase of property and equipment..... (1,136,070) (3,633,587) (473,822)
Disposition of equipment............... 44,995 72,981
----------- ----------- ----------
Cash used by investing activities........ (1,091,075) (3,633,587) (575,982)
----------- ----------- ----------
Cash flows from financing activities
Net change in notes payable............ 598,544 (474,000) 315,263
Long-term borrowings................... 1,332,450 6,346,547 17,500
Repayments of long-term debt........... (353,056) (3,432,297) (992,040)
----------- ----------- ----------
Cash provided (used) by financing
activities.............................. 1,577,938 2,440,250 (659,277)
----------- ----------- ----------
Increase (decrease) in cash.............. (78,903) 117,379 (124,871)
Cash at beginning of year................ 88,065 9,162 126,541
----------- ----------- ----------
Cash at end of year...................... $ 9,162 $ 126,541 $ 1,670
=========== =========== ==========
Supplemental information
Cash payments for
Interest............................. $ 268,927 $ 480,473 $ 510,200
Income taxes......................... 204,680 116,355 40,000
Noncash transaction
Equipment received in settlement of
lawsuit............................. 150,000
See notes to financial statements.
F-90
PHILLIPS LITHO CO., INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1996 AND 1997
NOTE 1) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:
Business activity--
Phillips Litho Co., Inc. is an Arkansas corporation specializing in the
production of printed materials. The Company's sales are primarily to
commercial customers throughout Northwest Arkansas and surrounding areas.
Settlement of lawsuit--
During 1996 the Company experienced severe operating problems with certain
new printing equipment. Due to excessive waste and lack of product quality,
these problems had a significant negative impact on the Company's gross
margins and established customer relationships. Ultimately, the Company sued
the manufacturer of the equipment. In 1997 the lawsuit was settled in favor of
Phillips Litho Co., Inc. The settlement agreement required the manufacturer to
deliver and install certain additional equipment having an estimated fair
value of $150,000. These alterations to the original equipment eliminated the
problems experienced in 1996.
Restatement of 1996 financial statements--
Due to the problems experienced in 1996 as detailed above, the Company lost
a significant customer for failure to produce printed material of a desired
quality. In order to salvage the relationship, Phillips Litho Co., Inc.
entered into a binding commitment to print the 1997 product for the amount
previously paid by the customer in 1996. This commitment was not originally
recorded in the 1996 financial statements.
The 1996 financial statements have been restated to reflect the effect of
the above described commitment resulting in a decrease in net income before
income taxes of $252,917 and in net income of $170,015.
Depreciation--
Depreciation is provided for using the straight-line method. Estimated
useful lives are as follows:
YEARS
---------
Buildings.......................................................... 30-31 1/2
Equipment.......................................................... 5-10
Vehicles........................................................... 5-7
Office furniture and equipment..................................... 5-7
Income taxes--
Deferred income taxes are provided based upon the asset-and-liability method
of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred income taxes are
recognized for the tax consequences of temporary differences by applying
enacted statutory tax rates applicable to future years to differences between
the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of existing assets
and liabilities. The effect on deferred taxes of a change in tax rates is
recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.
Allowance for uncollectible accounts--
The Company uses the allowance method of accounting for bad debts. This
allowance, as of the end of each year, is determined by management based upon
a review of all individual account balances comprising total accounts
receivable. Management considers past credit history, customer's financial
condition, subsequent payment of account balances, and other facts as
appropriate.
F-91
PHILLIPS LITHO CO., INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
Interest--
Total interest expense was $291,518, $481,377 and $494,046 in 1995, 1996 and
1997, respectively. No interest expense was capitalized in any year.
Cash--
Checks outstanding in excess of related cash balances totaling approximately
$162,000 and $79,000 at December 31, 1996 and 1997, respectively, were
included in trade accounts payable.
Cash equivalents--
For purposes of the statement of cash flows, the Company considers all
highly liquid short-term securities purchased with a maturity of three months
or less to be cash equivalents. However, no such securities were owned by the
Company during 1996 or 1997.
Advertising cost--
The Company expenses all advertising cost as incurred. Total advertising
cost for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997, was $33,269,
$54,805 and $39,735, respectively.
Estimates and assumptions--
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of
assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at
the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and
expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those
estimates.
NOTE 2) INVENTORIES:
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost (first-in first-out) or market
and were composed of the following at December 31, 1996 and 1997:
1996 1997
-------- --------
Paper...................................................... $382,054 $405,782
Supplies................................................... 83,632 103,678
Work in process............................................ 207,587 262,888
-------- --------
$673,273 $772,348
======== ========
NOTE 3) NOTES PAYABLE:
Notes payable consist of the following:
1996 1997
-------- --------
8.5% note payable to a bank, collateralized by accounts
receivable, inventory, furniture and fixtures, and
equipment............................................... $625,998 $790,998
9.5% note payable to an individual, unsecured............ 30,000 30,000
8.875% note payable to a bank, unsecured................. 150,263
-------- --------
$655,998 $971,261
======== ========
F-92
PHILLIPS LITHO CO., INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
NOTE 4) BANK LINE OF CREDIT:
The Company has a $2,250,000 line of credit through a commercial bank, which
expires April 15, 1998. At December 31, 1997, $790,998 had been advanced
through this agreement.
NOTE 5) LONG-TERM DEBT:
Long-term debt is composed of the following:
1996 1997
---------- ----------
7.35% to 7.625% notes payable to a bank, payable
$57,676 monthly and $50,000 quarterly including
interest, collateralized by accounts receivable,
inventory, furniture and fixtures, equipment and real
estate............................................... $5,928,650 $5,217,721
10% note payable to a bank, payable $563 monthly
including interest, collateralized by a certain
vehicle.............................................. 12,711
8.75% to 9.0% notes payable to a bank, payable $7,980
monthly including interest, collateralized by
equipment, vehicles and a certain airplane........... 276,322
---------- ----------
6,204,972 5,230,432
Less current maturities............................... 797,415 886,296
---------- ----------
$5,407,557 $4,344,136
========== ==========
Long-term debt matures as follows:
1998.............................................................. $ 886,296
1999.............................................................. 1,109,895
2000.............................................................. 596,741
2001.............................................................. 450,000
2002.............................................................. 450,000
Thereafter........................................................ 1,737,500
NOTE 6) RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS:
From time to time, the Company may loan funds to, or borrow funds from, its
stockholder and members of his immediate family at prevailing market interest
rates. Such amounts are generally unsecured and due on demand. These amounts
are disclosed in the balance sheets as "Note receivable stockholder" and as
part of "Notes Payable" (see Note 3). Interest expense on affiliated
borrowings was $11,791 in 1995, and $2,850 in 1996 and 1997. Interest earned
on loans to stockholder was $13,059 in 1997.
NOTE 7) MAJOR CUSTOMERS:
The Company's gross sales to one major customer were $3,120,909 or 25.7% of
sales for the year ended December 31, 1995. Gross sales to two major customers
were $3,520,365 and $4,033,360 or 29.5% and 31.7% of sales for the years ended
December 31, 1996 and 1997, respectively.
F-93
PHILLIPS LITHO CO., INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
NOTE 8) INCOME TAXES:
The income tax provision for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1996 and
1997, is composed of the following:
1995 1996 1997
-------- -------- --------
Current
Federal........................................ $146,804 $237,000
State.......................................... 39,094 40,472
-------- --------
185,898 277,472
-------- --------
Deferred
Federal........................................ 77,354 $(36,873) 170,284
State.......................................... 19,179 (6,264) 42,367
-------- -------- --------
96,533 (43,137) 212,651
-------- -------- --------
$282,431 $(43,137) $490,123
======== ======== ========
A reconciliation from the U.S. statutory federal income tax rate to the
effective income tax rate follows:
1995 1996 1997
---- ----- ----
Statutory tax rate................................... 34.0 % (34.0)% 34.0 %
State income taxes, net of federal income tax
benefit............................................. 4.3 (3.4) 4.0
Other items, net..................................... (3.1) 1.5 (1.8)
---- ----- ----
Effective tax rate................................... 35.2 % (35.9)% 36.2 %
==== ===== ====
Deferred tax liabilities (assets) are composed of the following:
1996 1997
--------- --------
Net operating loss and alternative minimum tax credit
carryovers.......................................... $(171,909) $(14,288)
Depreciation......................................... 541,367 596,397
--------- --------
$ 369,458 $582,109
========= ========
Net deferred income taxes are disclosed in the accompanying balance sheets
as follows:
1996 1997
-------- --------
Current assets
Deferred income tax asset............................... $171,909 $ 14,288
Noncurrent deferred income taxes.......................... 541,367 596,397
-------- --------
$369,458 $582,109
======== ========
NOTE 9) FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS:
The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value
of each class of financial instruments for which it is practicable to estimate
that value:
Cash--
The carrying amount of cash is its fair value.
F-94
PHILLIPS LITHO CO., INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
Note receivable--
The terms of the Company's note receivable from stockholder are reset
periodically to reflect current market conditions. Consequently, the carrying
value of such assets approximates fair value.
Notes payable--
The interest rates on the Company's notes payable are reset periodically to
reflect current market rates. Consequently, the carrying value of such
liabilities approximates fair value.
NOTE 10) EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN:
The Company maintains a 401(k) plan with profit-sharing features in which
its employees are eligible to participate after they complete one year of
service. Contributions to the plan are made each year by the Company in
discretionary amounts determined by its Board of Directors. Contributions were
$46,471 in 1995, $25,082 in 1996, and $26,534 in 1997.
F-95
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS REPORT
The Board of Directors Hederman Brothers, Inc.:
We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Hederman Brothers, Inc.
as of December 31, 1996 and 1997, and the related statements of operations,
shareholders' equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year
period ended December 31, 1997. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express
an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Hederman Brothers, Inc. as
of December 31, 1996 and 1997, and the results of its operations and its cash
flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1997
in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
Memphis, Tennessee
February 27, 1998
F-96
HEDERMAN BROTHERS, INC.
BALANCE SHEETS
DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 31,
1996 1997
------------ ------------
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents......................... $ 78,669 $ 87,852
Accounts receivable, net.......................... 1,209,418 1,335,750
Inventories....................................... 351,198 433,970
Prepaid expenses and other current assets......... 221,429 191,168
---------- -----------
Total current assets............................ 1,860,714 2,048,740
---------- -----------
Property, plant and equipment, net.................. 6,961,821 7,788,259
Cash surrender value of life insurance less policy
loan of $178,928 in 1997 and $143,863 in 1996...... 144,411 156,098
Other assets........................................ 7,799 12,032
---------- -----------
Total assets.................................... $8,974,745 $10,005,129
========== ===========
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Cash Overdraft.................................... 0 112,373
Current maturities of long-term debt.............. 786,494 872,437
Accounts payable.................................. 364,366 476,615
Accrued expenses.................................. 232,298 320,860
---------- -----------
Total current liabilities....................... 1,383,158 1,782,285
---------- -----------
Long-term debt, net of current maturities........... 5,309,347 6,281,090
Long-term debt to stockholders...................... 1,788,000 1,807,000
Commitments and contingencies
Shareholders' equity:
Common stock, $100 par value; 50,000 shares
authorized;
7,421 shares issued and outstanding.............. 721,400 721,400
Additional paid in capital........................ 831,852 831,852
Retained earnings (deficit)....................... (1,059,012) (1,418,498)
---------- -----------
Total shareholders' equity...................... 494,240 134,754
---------- -----------
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity...... $8,974,745 $10,005,129
========== ===========
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
F-97
HEDERMAN BROTHERS, INC.
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
-----------------------------------
1995 1996 1997
---------- ---------- -----------
Net sales................................ $8,556,102 $9,359,500 $10,458,663
Cost of sales............................ 6,491,668 6,850,953 8,104,057
---------- ---------- -----------
Gross profit........................... 2,064,434 2,508,547 2,354,606
Selling, general and administrative
expenses................................ 1,860,712 2,030,855 2,032,217
---------- ---------- -----------
Income from operations................. 203,722 477,692 322,389
Other income (expense):
Interest expense....................... (670,585) (688,906) (732,827)
Interest income........................ 7,008 18,476 11,888
Gain on disposal of assets............. 99,966 12,387 8,145
Other.................................. 50,305 4,832 30,919
---------- ---------- -----------
Other expense, net................... (513,306) (653,211) (681,875)
---------- ---------- -----------
Net income............................... $ (309,584) $ (175,519) $ (359,486)
========== ========== ===========
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
F-98
HEDERMAN BROTHERS, INC.
STATEMENT OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1996, AND 1997
ADDITIONAL RETAINED TOTAL
COMMON PAID-IN EARNINGS SHAREHOLDERS'
STOCK CAPITAL (DEFICIT) EQUITY
-------- ---------- ----------- -------------
Balances, December 31, 1994..... $650,000 $ 3,252 $ (573,909) $ 79,343
Issuance of 714 shares of
common stock upon conversion
of stockholders' notes....... 71,400 828,600 -- 900,000
Distributions--1995........... -- -- -- --
Net income--1995.............. -- -- (309,584) (309,584)
-------- -------- ----------- ---------
Balances, December 31, 1995..... 721,400 831,852 (883,493) 669,759
Distributions--1996........... -- -- -- --
Net income--1996.............. -- -- (175,519) (175,519)
-------- -------- ----------- ---------
Balances, December 31, 1996..... 721,400 831,852 (1,059,012) 494,240
Distributions--1997........... -- -- -- --
Net income--1997.............. -- -- (359,486) (359,486)
-------- -------- ----------- ---------
Balances, December 31, 1997..... $721,400 $831,852 $(1,418,498) $ 134,754
======== ======== =========== =========
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
F-99
HEDERMAN BROTHERS, INC.
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
-------------------------------------
1995 1996 1997
----------- ----------- -----------
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income (loss)...................... $ (309,584) $ (175,519) $ (359,486)
Adjustments to reconcile net income to
net cash provided by operating
activities:
Depreciation and amortization........ 631,740 673,110 787,297
(Gain) loss on disposal of
equipment........................... (99,966) (12,387) (8,145)
Changes in operating assets and
liabilities:
(Increase) decrease in:
Accounts receivable................. 193 (57,713) (126,332)
Inventories......................... 19,340 19,335 (82,772)
Prepaid expenses and other current
assets............................. (70,415) 30,472 30,261
Increase (decrease) in:
Accounts payable.................... (176,464) 37,170 112,249
Accrued expenses.................... (12,918) 124,351 88,562
----------- ----------- -----------
Net cash provided by (used in)
operating activities............. (18,074) 638,819 441,634
----------- ----------- -----------
Cash flows from investing activities:
Decrease (increase) in non-current
receivables........................... (5,080) 112,281 (4,233)
Purchases of property, plant and
equipment............................. (1,563,668) (320,776) (1,614,790)
Proceeds from sales of property, plant
and equipment......................... 721,877 19,800 9,200
Decrease (increase) in cash surrender
value of life insurance............... (10,777) 858 (11,687)
----------- ----------- -----------
Net cash used in investing
activities....................... (857,648) (187,837) (1,621,510)
----------- ----------- -----------
Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from long-term debt........... 1,785,700 1,311,770 4,111,500
Principal payments on installment
debt.................................. (1,091,528) (1,653,400) (3,053,814)
Proceeds from stockholder loans........ 100,000 0 19,000
Book overdraft in bank account......... 44,261 (44,261) 112,373
----------- ----------- -----------
Net cash used in financing activi-
ties............................. 838,433 (385,891) 1,189,059
----------- ----------- -----------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash
equivalents............................ (37,289) 65,091 9,183
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of
year................................... 50,867 13,578 78,669
----------- ----------- -----------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year.. $ 13,578 $ 78,669 $ 87,852
=========== =========== ===========
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
F-100
HEDERMAN BROTHERS, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1996, 1997
1. ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
(a) Organization
Hederman Brothers, Inc. (The Company) was organized in June 1982. Its
principal business activity is commercial printing.
(b) Property, Plant, and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost. Depreciation is provided
over the estimated useful lives of the assets using straight-line and
accelerated methods.
(c) Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market on a specific
identification basis.
(d) Income Taxes
The stockholders of the Company have elected, under the S Corporation
provisions of the Internal Revenue Code and similar provisions of Mississippi
law, for earnings and losses to be taxed directly to the stockholders.
(e) Cash Equivalents
The Company considers money market accounts, and certificates of deposit
with an original maturity of three months or less, to be cash equivalents.
(f) Use of Estimates
Management of the Company has made estimates and assumptions relating to the
reporting of assets and liabilities and the disclosures of contingent assets
and liabilities to prepare these financial statements in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles. Actual results could differ from
those estimates.
(g) Pension Plan
The Company has a defined benefit pension plan (the Plan) covering
substantially all of its employees. The Company's funding policy is to
contribute annually the maximum amount that can be deducted for Federal income
tax purposes. Contributions are intended to provide not only for benefits
attributed to service to date but also for those expected to be earned in the
future. Plan assets are invested primarily in equity and fixed income
securities. The Company accounts for the Plan under Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 87, "Employers' Accounting for Pensions."
(h) Trade Receivables
The Company's trade receivables are primarily concentrated with its printing
customers in the Mid-South area. The Company performs on-going credit
evaluations of its customers and generally does not require collateral on
trade receivables. The Company believes that adequate allowances are
maintained for any uncollectible accounts.
(i) Long-lived Assets
Long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangibles to be held and used
by the Company are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be
recoverable. Long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangibles to be
disposed are reported at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less cost
to sell.
F-101
HEDERMAN BROTHERS, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
2. INVENTORIES
Inventories as of December 31, 1996 and 1997 consisted of the following:
1996 1997
-------- --------
Raw materials.............................................. $171,633 $219,242
Work in-process............................................ 133,911 174,720
Finished goods............................................. 45,654 40,008
-------- --------
Total.................................................... $351,198 $433,970
======== ========
3. PENSION PLAN
The following table sets forth the Plan's funded status and amounts
recognized in the Company's balance sheets at December 31, 1996 and 1997:
1996 1997
---------- ----------
Actuarial present value of benefit obligations:
Accumulated benefit obligation, including vested
benefits of $1,510,574 and $1,452,461............. $1,527,211 $1,469,095
---------- ----------
Projected benefit obligation for service rendered
to date........................................... $1,804,752 $1,733,504
Plan assets at fair value.......................... 1,875,911 2,515,458
---------- ----------
Plan assets in excess of projected benefit obliga-
tion.............................................. 71,159 781,954
Unrecognized net (gain) or loss from past experi-
ence different from that assumed.................. 276,508 (489,143)
Unrecognized net transition asset.................. (174,542) (152,724)
---------- ----------
Prepaid pension cost included in prepaid expenses.. $ 173,125 $ 140,087
---------- ----------
The present value of the projected benefit obligation at December 31, 1996
and 1997 was determined using discount rates of 7.25% and 7.00%, respectively,
and an assumed rate of increase in compensation of 5.00% for both years.
Net pension cost included the following components:
1995 1996 1997
--------- --------- ---------
Service cost--benefits earned during the
year.................................... $ 46,172 $ 53,148 $ 66,203
Interest cost on projected benefit
obligation.............................. 97,240 111,044 127,691
Actual (return)/loss on Plan assets...... (546,126) 20,287 (755,304)
Net amortization and deferral............ 415,996 (185,880) 602,378
--------- --------- ---------
Net periodic pension cost.............. $ 13,282 $ (1,401) $ 40,968
========= ========= =========
Assumptions used in developing the net periodic costs were as follows:
1995 1996 1997
---- ---- ----
Discount rate.............................................. 7.50% 7.25% 7.25%
Rate on increase in compensation........................... 5.00% 5.00% 5.00%
Expected long-term rate of return of plan assets........... 8.00% 8.00% 8.00%
F-102
HEDERMAN BROTHERS, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
4. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
Property, plant and equipment consist of the following:
DECEMBER 31
ESTIMATED ------------------------
USEFUL LIVES 1996 1997
------------ ----------- -----------
Land................................. -- $ 350,000 $ 350,000
Building............................. 39 years 4,439,190 4,439,190
Printing machinery and equipment..... 5-10 years 5,053,678 6,210,351
Office equipment..................... 5-7 years 391,145 410,586
Automotive equipment................. 5 years 207,379 194,323
----------- -----------
$10,441,392 $11,604,450
Accumulated depreciation............. (3,479,571) (3,816,191)
----------- -----------
$ 6,961,821 $ 7,788,259
=========== ===========
5. NOTES PAYABLE TO BANK
The Company has a revolving credit agreement for loans up to $500,000, with
a variable interest rate based on prime. At December 31, 1996 and 1997, there
were no balances outstanding under this line. The line expires on May 17, 1998
and is secured by inventories and accounts receivable.
6. LONG-TERM DEBT TO STOCKHOLDERS
Long-term notes payable to stockholders were as follows:
DECEMBER 31
---------------------
1996 1997
---------- ----------
8% unsecured note due January 1, 1999................. $ 588,000 $ 607,000
8% unsecured note due January 1, 1999................. 1,200,000 1,200,000
---------- ----------
$1,788,000 $1,807,000
========== ==========
Notes in the principal amount of $900,000 were converted to 714 shares of
common stock in 1995. Interest paid on the above stockholders' notes amounted
to $216,000, $152,000 and $147,510 in 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively.
7. OTHER LONG-TERM DEBT
A summary of long-term debt, excluding notes to stockholders, follows:
DECEMBER 31
---------------------
1996 1997
--------- -----------
Notes payable to bank in monthly installments of
$20,944, including interest at 7.0%, due January
1 2004; secured by printing machinery............ $ -- $ 1,229,502
Note payable to bank in monthly installments of
$12,812; including interest at 7.5%, due March
15, 1999; secured by printing machinery.......... 317,581 183,312
Note payable to February 1, 1998, interest at 7.56
% secured by printing machinery. The Company has
a bank commitment to refinance on February 1,
1998............................................. -- 2,380,000
Note payable to bank in monthly installments of
$35,416, including interest at 8.0%, due January
1, 2004; secured by land and building............ 3,253,695 3,086,453
F-103
HEDERMAN BROTHERS, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31
---------------------
1996 1997
---------- ----------
Note payable to January 1, 1997, interest at 7.93%,
secured by printing machinery; refinanced January
1, 1997........................................... 1,285,700 --
Note payable to bank in monthly installments of
$11,792, plus interest at 7%, due August 15, 2000,
secured by printing machinery..................... 518,865 --
Note payable to bank in monthly installments of
$10,785, including interest at 8.0%, due April 15,
2000; secured by equipment........................ -- 274,260
Note payable to bank in monthly installments of
$15,000, plus interest at prime, due December 31,
2000, secured by accounts receivable and
inventory......................................... 720,000 --
---------- ----------
6,095,841 7,153,527
Less current portion............................... 786,494 872,437
---------- ----------
$5,309,347 $6,281,090
========== ==========
Interest paid to non-related parties was $450,955, $425,542 and $512,593 in
1995, 1996, and 1997, respectively. Future maturities of long-term debt at
December 31, 1997 follow:
YEAR ENDING
DECEMBER 31 AMOUNT
----------- ----------
1998............................................................. $ 872,437
1999............................................................. 848,402
2000............................................................. 784,936
2001............................................................. 800,979
2002............................................................. 863,554
Thereafter....................................................... 2,983,219
----------
$7,153,527
==========
8. SUBSEQUENT EVENT
As of March 4, 1998, Master Graphics, Inc. acquired all of the outstanding
common stock of the Company and simultaneously refinanced the Company's
outstanding debt. Prior to the closing, the Company's land and building and
the related mortgage debt were sold to the Company's previous stockholders,
who have entered into a lease agreement with Premiere Graphics, Inc., a
subsidiary of Master Graphics, for the use of the facility.
F-104
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
Board of Directors and Stockholders
HARPERPRINTS, INC.
We have audited the accompanying Balance Sheets of HARPERPRINTS, INC. (the
"Company") as of December 31, 1996 and 1997, and the related Statements of
Income, Changes in Stockholders' Equity and Cash Flows for the years then
ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the Company's financial position as of December 31,
1996 and 1997, and the results of its operations and cash flows for the years
then ended, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
Becker & Company, P.C.
February 26, 1998, except for Note 14, which is as of March 25, 1998
Lanham, Maryland
F-105
HARPERPRINTS, INC.
BALANCE SHEETS
DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1997
1996 1997
---------- ----------
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents................................ $ 268,200 $ 5,768
Trade accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful
accounts of $8,027 in 1996 and $12,396 in 1997.......... 1,211,432 1,430,976
Current portion of employee notes receivable............. 2,199 275
Raw materials inventory.................................. 158,426 139,677
Unbilled receivables..................................... 137,275 490,013
Prepaid expenses......................................... 15,416 14,871
Prepaid income taxes..................................... 121,360 27,404
Current portion of mortgage note receivable.............. 2,453 2,657
Current portion of stockholder note receivable........... 76,667 153,333
Stockholder loan (see Note 9)............................ 199,631 8,569
Other receivables........................................ -- 10,956
---------- ----------
Total Current Assets.................................... 2,193,059 2,284,499
---------- ----------
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net of accumulated amortization
and depreciation (see Note 3)........................... 2,789,378 3,155,114
---------- ----------
LEASED PROPERTY UNDER CAPITAL LEASES, net of accumulated
amortization (see Note 4)............................... 686,406 531,224
---------- ----------
OTHER ASSETS
Deposits................................................. 25,919 33,809
Mortgage note receivable (see Note 5).................... 97,204 94,547
Stockholder note receivable, noncurrent portion (see Note
9)...................................................... 153,334 76,667
Employee notes receivable, noncurrent portion............ 780 --
Life insurance cash surrender value, net of policy loans
of $20,382 in 1996 and $16,150 in 1997.................. 279,255 297,051
---------- ----------
Total Other Assets...................................... 556,492 502,074
---------- ----------
TOTAL ASSETS............................................ $6,225,335 $6,472,911
========== ==========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES
Current portion of capital lease obligations............. $ 161,298 $ 118,844
Current portion of long-term debt........................ 786,672 872,966
Trade accounts payable................................... 374,748 805,741
Advance billings......................................... 258,347 156,807
Payroll and sales taxes payable.......................... 11,736 15,561
Accrued expenses......................................... 313,992 246,332
---------- ----------
Total Current Liabilities............................... 1,906,793 2,216,251
---------- ----------
NONCURRENT LIABILITIES
Capital lease obligations, net of current portion (see
Note 4)................................................. 209,884 98,548
Long-term debt, net of current portion (see Note 7)...... 1,215,232 1,077,476
---------- ----------
Total Noncurrent Liabilities............................ 1,425,116 1,176,024
---------- ----------
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES (see Note 8)....................... 424,281 439,578
---------- ----------
Total Liabilities...................................... 3,756,190 3,831,853
---------- ----------
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Common stock............................................. 48,031 48,031
Retained earnings........................................ 2,472,994 2,644,907
---------- ----------
2,521,025 2,692,938
Less Treasury stock, at cost............................. 51,880 51,880
---------- ----------
Total Stockholders' Equity............................. 2,469,145 2,641,058
---------- ----------
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY............. $6,225,335 $6,472,911
========== ==========
See Independent Auditors' Report and Notes to Financial Statements
F-106
HARPERPRINTS, INC.
STATEMENTS OF INCOME
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1997
1996 1997
----------- -----------
SALES, net............................................ $10,428,129 $10,904,116
Manufacturing costs................................... 7,512,931 8,296,689
----------- -----------
GROSS PROFIT.......................................... 2,915,198 2,607,427
Administrative expenses............................... 846,751 968,304
Selling expenses...................................... 900,548 952,657
Profit sharing and incentives (see Note 10)........... 199,996 111,500
----------- -----------
OPERATING EXPENSES.................................... 1,947,295 2,032,461
----------- -----------
OPERATING INCOME...................................... 967,903 574,966
Other income (expenses), net.......................... 20,848 (100,887)
Interest (expense).................................... (223,388) (177,296)
----------- -----------
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES............................ 765,363 296,783
Income tax expense (see Note 8)....................... 306,585 124,870
----------- -----------
NET INCOME............................................ $ 458,778 $ 171,913
=========== ===========
See Independent Auditors' Report and Notes to Financial Statements
F-107
HARPERPRINTS, INC.
STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1997
COMMON STOCK ($100 PAR VALUE) TREASURY STOCK
---------------------------------- --------------- TOTAL
SHARES SHARES RETAINED SHARES STOCKHOLDERS
AUTHORIZED ISSUED AMOUNT EARNINGS HELD AMOUNT EQUITY
----------------------- ---------- ---------- ------ -------- ------------
BALANCE at December 31,
1995................... 1,000 480.3082 $ 48,031 $2,014,216 60 $(51,880) $2,010,367
NET INCOME............ -- -- -- 458,778 -- -- 458,778
-------- ----------- ---------- ---------- --- -------- ----------
BALANCE at December 31,
1996................... 1,000 480.3082 48,031 2,472,994 60 (51,880) 2,469,145
NET INCOME............ -- -- -- 171,913 -- -- 171,913
-------- ----------- ---------- ---------- --- -------- ----------
BALANCE at December 31,
1997................... 1,000 480.3082 $ 48,031 $2,644,907 60 $(51,880) $2,641,058
======== =========== ========== ========== === ======== ==========
See Independent Auditors' Report and Notes to Financial Statements
F-108
HARPERPRINTS, INC.
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1997
1996 1997
--------- --------
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income............................................... $ 458,778 $171,913
Adjustment to reconcile net income to net cash provided
by operating activities
Depreciation and amortization............................ 713,329 820,142
(Gain) on sale of assets................................. (21,932) (24,392)
Deferred taxes........................................... 73,786 15,651
Deposits................................................. 166,129 --
Trade accounts receivable, net........................... 95,310 (219,544)
Raw materials inventory and unbilled receivables......... 58,210 (333,990)
Other current assets..................................... (5,265) (18,846)
Trade accounts payable................................... 74,925 430,993
Income taxes payable..................................... (401,196) 93,602
Other current liabilities................................ 123,305 (168,275)
--------- --------
Net Cash Provided By Operating Activities................ 1,335,379 767,254
--------- --------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Capital expenditures..................................... (421,361) (282,984)
Proceeds from sale of assets............................. 55,695 55,500
Cash surrender value of life insurance, net of loans..... (14,116) (17,796)
Stockholder loan repayment............................... (429,632) 178,163
--------- --------
Net Cash (Used for) Investing Activities................. (809,414) (67,117)
--------- --------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Principal payments from mortgage note receivable......... 2,266 2,453
Principal payments on long-term debt and capital leases.. (854,012) (967,726)
Principal payments from employee loans................... 5,559 2,704
--------- --------
Net Cash (Used for) Financing Activities................. (846,187) (962,569)
--------- --------
NET (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS.............. (320,222) (262,432)
Beginning of year........................................ 588,422 268,200
--------- --------
End of year.............................................. $ 268,200 $ 5,768
========= ========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION
The Company paid interest of $215,983 and $172,855 for the years ending
December 31, 1996 and 1997, respectively.
The Company paid income taxes of $636,796 and $15,617 for the years ending
December 31, 1996 and 1997, respectively.
The Company incurred capital lease and notes payable obligations for new
equipment of $1,157,369 and $762,475 for the years ended December 31, 1996 and
1997, respectively.
See Independent Auditors' Report and Notes to Financial Statements
F-109
HARPERPRINTS, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1997
1. ORGANIZATION AND PURPOSE
HARPERPRINTS, INC. (the "Company") was incorporated on May 31, 1974 under
the laws of the State of North Carolina. The Company manufactures and sells
printed products from its location in Henderson, North Carolina. The Company
grants credit to customers, substantially all of whom are commercial
establishments located in North Carolina and Southern Virginia.
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Basis of Accounting
The Company's financial statements are prepared on the accrual basis of
accounting. Therefore, revenues and related assets are recognized when earned,
and expenses and related liabilities are recognized when the obligations are
incurred.
Investments
Investments are stated at amortized cost which approximates market value.
Raw Materials Inventory
Inventories of paper and materials are stated at the lower of cost or market
on a first-in, first-out (FIFO) basis.
Unbilled Receivables
Unbilled receivables represent direct costs, estimated overhead recovery and
estimated profit on printing jobs in process, and approximates revenue
recognition on the percentage of completion basis.
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
The Company provides an allowance for doubtful accounts equal to the
estimated losses that will be incurred on current year sales. Direct write
offs are made to the allowance when an account is determined to be
uncollectible.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are stated at cost. Expenditures for maintenance and
repairs are charged against operations. Renewals and betterments that
materially extend the life of the assets are capitalized.
The cost of assets sold, retired, or otherwise disposed of, and the related
allowance for depreciation and amortization are eliminated from the accounts,
and any resulting gain or loss is included in income.
Depreciation is provided for in amounts sufficient to relate the cost of
depreciable assets to operations over their estimated useful lives on the
straight-line basis, ranging from 3 to 12 years. Assets purchased under
capital lease obligations are amortized over their estimated lives on the
straight-line basis, ranging from 5 to 10 years.
Depreciation and amortization expenses totaled $713,329 and $820,142 for the
years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997, respectively.
F-110
HARPERPRINTS, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company considers all short-term investments with a maturity of three
months or less to be cash equivalents, allowing for reasonable comparisons of
cash flows. The Company maintains balances which at times may exceed federally
insured limits. Management monitors the soundness of the financial
institution(s) and feels the risk is negligible.
Income Taxes
Deferred income taxes reflect timing differences which occur when income and
expense items are reported for financial and tax purposes in different
periods. These differences are attributable to accelerated depreciation
methods used for income tax purposes, versus straight-line depreciation used
for financial statement purposes.
Use of Estimates
These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles and necessarily include amounts based on
estimates and assumptions by management. Actual results could differ from
these amounts.
3. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
Property and equipment at December 31, 1996 and 1997 are as follows:
1996 1997
---------- ----------
Leasehold improvements................................ $ 69,599 $ 101,066
Machinery and equipment............................... 5,632,096 6,203,359
Furniture and fixtures................................ 157,810 224,675
Vehicles.............................................. 59,836 64,176
---------- ----------
5,919,341 6,593,276
Less accumulated amortization and depreciation........ 3,129,963 3,438,162
---------- ----------
$2,789,378 $3,155,114
========== ==========
4. CAPITAL LEASES
Equipment financed by capital leases at December 31, 1996 and 1997 is as
follows:
1996 1997
---------- ----------
Machinery and equipment............................... $1,424,429 $1,455,322
Less accumulated amortization......................... 738,023 924,098
---------- ----------
$ 686,406 $ 531,224
========== ==========
Future minimum lease payments under capital lease obligations are as
follows:
YEARS ENDING DECEMBER 31,
-------------------------
1998............................................................... $131,485
1999............................................................... 50,495
2000............................................................... 33,198
2001............................................................... 28,778
--------
Total minimum lease payments....................................... $243,956
Less amount representing interest.................................. 26,564
--------
Present value of net minimum lease payments........................ $217,392
========
F-111
HARPERPRINTS, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
5. MORTGAGE NOTE RECEIVABLE
The Company's majority stockholders are indebted under a second mortgage
note (see Note 9), bearing interest at 8%, collectible in monthly payments of
$861, including interest, with the final payment due June 1, 2015.
1996 1997
------- -------
Total mortgage note receivable.............................. $99,657 $97,204
Less current portion........................................ 2,453 2,657
------- -------
Noncurrent portion of note receivable..................... $97,204 $94,547
======= =======
6. REVOLVING LOAN
The Company maintains a Line of Credit ("LOC") at NationsBank (the "Bank")
with a $1,000,000 principal ceiling. The LOC is payable on demand with an
expiration date of May 31, 1998. It is secured by the Company's accounts
receivable and inventory, and bears interest at the Bank's 30-day libor rate
plus 2.75%. There were no balances outstanding as of December 31, 1996 and
1997. This LOC is subject to the following covenants:
1. Debt to equity ratio not to exceed 2.4 to 1
2. Debt service coverage ratio not less than 1.2 to 1
The Company was in compliance with the covenants as of December 31, 1996.
The Company was not in compliance with the debt service covenant as of
December 31, 1997 and received a waiver from the Bank.
F-112
HARPERPRINTS, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
7. LONG-TERM DEBT UNDER NOTES PAYABLE
Long-term debt at December 31, 1996 and 1997 consists of the following:
1996 1997
---------- ----------
Notes payable (2) to CIT Group; secured by printing
presses and guaranteed by the majority stockholders;
refinanced November 1993; secured by equipment
costing $2,887,085; beginning December 24, 1993,
payable in monthly payments of $56,774, including
interest at 8.5%; final payment due November 24,
1998................................................. $1,201,072 $ 598,768
Note payable to Estate of Elizabeth Harper (a related
party); payable in monthly payments of $801,
including interest at 9.5%; final payment made April
1, 1997.............................................. 2,365 --
Note payable to CIT Group; secured by equipment
costing $222,080; payable in monthly payments of
$4,556, including interest at 8.5%; final payment due
February 17, 1999.................................... 107,849 60,524
Notes payable (2) to Bobst Equipment Finance Co.;
secured by bindery equipment costing $849,000;
monthly payments of $15,658, including interest at
8.45%; final payment due May 2001.................... 690,618 544,196
Notes payable (2) to Phoenixcor; secured by equipment
costing $939,960; monthly payments of $11,813,
including interest at 8.5%; final payment due October
21, 2004............................................. -- 732,855
Note payable to NationsBank; secured by a van costing
$23,515; monthly payments of $527, including interest
at 9%; final payment due June 30, 2000............... -- 14,099
---------- ----------
2,001,904 1,950,442
Less current portion.................................. 786,672 872,966
---------- ----------
$1,215,232 $1,077,476
========== ==========
Notes payable maturities at December 31, 1997 are as follows:
YEARS ENDING DECEMBER 31,
-------------------------
1998........................................................... $ 872,966
1999........................................................... 264,114
2000........................................................... 274,317
2001........................................................... 183,210
2002........................................................... 115,963
Thereafter..................................................... 239,872
----------
$1,950,442
==========
8. INCOME TAXES
The income tax provision at December 31, 1996 and 1997 consists of the
following:
1996 1997
-------- --------
Federal and state income taxes, current year.............. $232,799 $117,475
Income tax expense, deferred.............................. 73,786 7,395
-------- --------
$306,585 $124,870
======== ========
F-113
HARPERPRINTS, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
Deferred income taxes are provided for temporary differences between income
tax and financial statement recognition of revenues and expenses. Deferred tax
liabilities (assets) are comprised of the following:
DECEMBER 31,
-----------------
1996 1997
-------- --------
GROSS DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES
Depreciation and amortization................................ $485,405 $485,298
-------- --------
GROSS DEFERRED TAX ASSETS
Items deductible in future years............................. -- 7,116
Alternative minimum tax credit............................... 61,124 38,604
-------- --------
61,124 45,720
-------- --------
NET DEFERRED TAX LIABILITY................................... $424,281 $439,578
======== ========
The income tax rate on earnings differed from the federal statutory rate are
as follows:
1996 1997
---- ----
Net federal statutory rate...................................... 34.0% 33.4%
State income and franchise taxes, net of federal tax benefits... 5.6 6.9
Other adjustments............................................... .5 1.8
---- ----
EFFECTIVE RATE.................................................. 40.1% 42.1%
==== ====
9. LEASE COMMITMENTS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
On May 31, 1994, the Company entered into a sale and leaseback agreement
with the majority stockholders for the purchase of land and building for its
offices and manufacturing operations. The land and building were sold for
$530,000 (the estimated fair value at that time). First Deed of Trust
financing in the amount of $425,000 was provided by NationsBank of North
Carolina and the Company took back a Second Deed of Trust note in the amount
of $105,000 (see Note 5). At the same time, the Company entered into a lease
agreement for the rental of the land and building under a noncancelable 5-year
lease expiring May 31, 1999. During 1997, the majority stockholders completed
a major expansion and renovation of their facility to accommodate Company
growth. Rent on the new facilities is $24,979 per month (which approximates
fair market value) beginning August 1, 1996 with an annual escalation of 2.5%.
The Company has the option of extending the lease agreement for an additional
five years with written notice before the expiration of the fourth year of the
term of the lease. Rent expense charged to operations was $130,703 and
$304,121 for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997, respectively.
Future minimum lease payments under this lease are as follows:
YEARS ENDING DECEMBER 31,
-------------------------
1998............................................................. $311,724
1999............................................................. 131,219
The Company advanced the majority stockholders $465,851 for plant addition
and renovation construction costs. The stockholders repaid $227,282 in 1997;
$230,000 is payable under a note agreement in annual principal payments of
$76,667, plus quarterly interest payments of 7.08%, with the final payment due
by December 31, 1999 (the "Note Agreement"); and a balance remains of $8,569.
Future principal payment receipts under the Note Agreement are as follows:
1998................................................................ $153,333
1999................................................................ 76,667
--------
Total............................................................. $230,000
========
F-114
HARPERPRINTS, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
The December 31, 1997 payment under the Note Agreement was not received by
the Company. The overdue payment of $76,667 and the remaining balance of
$8,569 are expected to be paid by the end of the first quarter of 1998.
The Company maintains various operating leases for equipment and vehicles.
Future minimum monthly rentals and service contract commitments under these
equipment leases are as follows:
1998................................................................ $188,748
1999................................................................ 170,462
2000................................................................ 59,485
2001................................................................ 11,102
On December 20, 1993, the Company entered into a deferred compensation
agreement with a retired employee. Beginning in January 1994, the Company is
required to make 15 annual payments of $5,600. The required payments were made
in 1996 and 1997.
10. PROFIT SHARING PLAN AND INCENTIVES
The Company maintains a 401(k) profit sharing plan, effective January 1,
1987, for all employees who (1) elect to be covered, (2) are at least 18 years
of age, and (3) work at least 1,000 hours per year. The participating
employees may contribute from 2% to 12% of eligible compensation.
The Company's contribution is discretionary and is determined annually by
the Board of Directors. The provision for the discretionary contribution to
the 401(k) profit sharing plan was $27,500 and $11,125 for the years ended
December 31, 1996 and 1997, respectively.
In addition, the Company awarded bonuses of $172,496 and $100,375 for the
years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997, respectively.
11. CONTINGENCY
The Company maintains a self-insurance program for its employees' health
care costs. The Company is liable for losses on claims up to $15,000 per
employee per year. The Company has third party insurance coverage for any
losses in excess of such amounts. Self-insurance costs are accrued based upon
claims reported as of the Balance Sheet date as well as an estimated liability
for claims incurred, but not reported.
12. CONCENTRATION OF RISK
The Company made sales to a single customer that were approximately 45% of
total sales in 1997.
13. RECLASSIFICATION OF FINANCIAL DATA
During 1997, the Company reclassified the presentation of various expense
line items. These reclassifications had no effect on net income.
14. RESTATEMENT OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The financial statements were reformatted and additional income tax
disclosure was provided in conjunction with a proposed S-1 filing with the
Securities and Exchange Commission.
F-115
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NO DEALER, SALESPERSON, OR OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY IN-
FORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS
PROSPECTUS AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT
BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY, THE SELLING STOCK-
HOLDER OR ANY OF THE UNDERWRITERS. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OF-
FER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF ANY OFFER TO BUY ANY SECURITY OTHER THAN THE
COMMON STOCK BY ANYONE IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION
IS NOT AUTHORIZED, OR IN WHICH THE PERSON MAKING SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION IS
NOT QUALIFIED TO DO SO, OR TO ANY PERSON TO WHOM IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH
OFFER OR SOLICITATION. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY OFFER
OR SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE ANY IMPLICATION
THAT THERE HAS BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY SINCE THE DATE
HEREOF.
---------------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE
----
Prospectus Summary....................................................... 3
Risk Factors............................................................. 9
Use of Proceeds.......................................................... 16
Dividend Policy.......................................................... 16
Capitalization........................................................... 17
Dilution................................................................. 18
Selected Historical, Combined and Pro Forma Financial Data............... 19
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
of Operations........................................................... 22
Industry Overview........................................................ 27
Business................................................................. 28
Management............................................................... 35
Certain Transactions..................................................... 41
Principal and Selling Shareholders....................................... 43
Description of Capital Stock............................................. 45
Shares Eligible for Future Sale.......................................... 49
Underwriting............................................................. 51
Legal Matters............................................................ 52
Experts.................................................................. 53
Index to Financial Statements............................................ F-1
UNTIL , 1998 (25 DAYS AFTER THE COMMENCEMENT OF THE OFFERING), ALL
DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE COMMON STOCK, WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPAT-
ING IN THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS. THIS IS IN
ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WHEN ACTING AS
UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT TO UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3,600,000 SHARES
MASTER GRAPHICS, INC.
COMMON STOCK
---------------
PROSPECTUS
---------------
MORGAN KEEGAN & COMPANY, INC.
, 1998
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.
The following table sets forth the estimated costs and expenses of the
Registrant in connection with the Offering described in the Registration
Statement.
Registration fee to the SEC..................................... $ 15,877
NASD fee........................................................ 5,882
Nasdaq Stock Market application fee............................. 69,375
Accounting fees and expenses.................................... 500,000*
Legal fees and expenses......................................... 200,000*
Printing and engraving expenses................................. 100,000*
Blue sky fees and expenses...................................... 10,000*
Transfer agent and registrar fees............................... 4,500
Miscellaneous fees and expenses................................. 10,000*
--------
Total......................................................... $915,634
========
- --------
* Estimated
ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
The Tennessee Business Corporation Act ("TBCA") provides that a corporation
may indemnify any director or officer against liability incurred in connection
with a proceeding if (i) the director or officer acted in good faith, (ii) the
director or officer reasonably believed, in the case of conduct in his or her
official capacity with the corporation, that such conduct was in the
corporation's best interests, and, in all other cases, that his or her conduct
was not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and (iii) the
director or officer in connection with any criminal proceeding had no
reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful. In actions
brought by or in the right of the corporation, however, the TBCA provides that
no indemnification may be made if the director or officer is adjudged liable
to the corporation. Similarly, the TBCA prohibits indemnification in
connection with any proceeding charging improper personal benefit to a
director or officer, if such director or officer is adjudged liable on the
basis that a personal benefit was improperly received. In cases where the
director or officer is wholly successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the
defense of any proceeding instigated because of his or her status as a
director or officer of a corporation, the TBCA mandates that the corporation
indemnify the director or officer against reasonable expenses incurred in the
proceeding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the TBCA provides that a court of
competent jurisdiction, upon application, may order that a director or officer
be indemnified for reasonable expense if, in consideration of all relevant
circumstances, the court determines that such individual is fairly and
reasonably entitled to indemnification, whether or not the standard of conduct
set forth above was met.
The Company's bylaws (the "Bylaws") provide that the Company will indemnify
from liability, and advance expenses to, any present or former director or
officer of the Company to the fullest extent allowed by the TBCA The Bylaws
also provide for mandatory indemnification of a director or officer who was
wholly successful, on the merits or otherwise, against reasonable expenses
incurred by the director or officer.
The Company's charter (the "Charter") states that, to the fullest extent
permitted by the TBCA, the directors will not be liable to the Company or its
shareholders for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duty as a
director. The Charter provides for the indemnification of a director or
officer made a party to any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil,
criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he or
she is or was a director or officer of the Company, against all expense,
liability and loss actually and reasonably incurred to the fullest extent
permitted by applicable law.
II-1
The proposed form of the Underwriting Agreement filed as Exhibit 1 to this
Registration Statement contains certain provisions relating to the
indemnification of the Company and its controlling persons by the Underwriters
and relating to the indemnification of the Underwriters by the Company, its
controlling persons and the Selling Shareholder.
ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES
Pursuant to certain note modification agreements, on May 20, 1997 the
Company issued to Jack Gammon and Harold Martin, former B&M Printing
shareholders, rights to purchase 50,000 and 16,666 shares of Common Stock,
respectively (assuming an initial offering price equal to the Mid-Point). In
addition, pursuant to a third note modification agreement, on May 22, 1997 the
Company issued to Carl Nelson, also a former B&M Printing shareholder, the
right to purchase 41,666 shares of Common Stock (assuming an initial offering
price equal to the Mid-Point).
In connection with the formation of the Company on June 19, 1997 the Company
issued 100 shares of Common Stock to John P. Miller for $1.00 per share. In
connection with the redomestication of the Company from the State of Delaware
to the State of Tennessee on March 26, 1998, the 100 shares of the Delaware
corporation were converted into 100 shares of the Tennessee corporation. Both
of such transactions were completed without registration under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act") in reliance upon the exemption
provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.
On June 19, 1997, the Company issued to Sirrom Capital Corporation a warrant
to purchase 6% of the Common Stock at an exercise price of $.01 per share in
connection with the extension of a $4.3 million loan from Sirrom Capital
Corporation to the Company. The sale was completed without registration under
the Securities Act in reliance upon the exemption provided by Section 4(2) of
the Securities Act.
On December 19, 1997, the Company issued to General Electric Capital
Corporation a warrant to purchase 3.8674 shares of Common Stock for an
aggregate exercise price of $100 and a warrant to purchase .57704 shares of
Common Stock for an aggregate purchase price of $100. The lender exercised the
warrant on March 27, 1998 and exchanged the Common Stock for 177,776 (assuming
a 40,000 to one stock split) shares of Series A Preferred Stock. Moreover, in
connection with the financing of an acquisition the lender was issued a
warrant to purchase 183,333 shares of Common Stock (assuming an initial public
offering price equal to the Mid-Point) for nominal value. Each sale was
completed without registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon the
exemption provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.
In connection with the acquisition of the Acquired Companies, the Company
has issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 1,506,597 shares of Common
Stock at an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price of the
Common Stock. Moreover, the Company has issued to the former owners of the
acquired companies promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of $15.4
million, which bear interest at 12% per annum. Each sale was completed without
registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon the exemption provided
by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. The following table indicates the
purchaser, the securities offered, and the date of the offering.
DOLLAR
VALUE OF DOLLAR VALUE
HOLDER WARRANTS(1) OF NOTES DATE OF GRANT
- ------ ----------- ------------ ------------------
William J. and Brenda M. Blackwell $1,000,000 $1,000,000 June 19, 1997
Walter P. McMullen 3,750,000 3,750,000 June 19, 1997
David Sutherland, III 325,000 1,090,000 June 19, 1997
Joseph M. Jensen 1,875,000 1,875,000 September 22, 1997
Allan R. Bartel 1,875,000 1,875,000 September 22, 1997
Joseph Segal 2,325,000 557,750 December 16, 1997
Cary Rosenthal 2,325,000 557,750 December 16, 1997
Wendell Burns 1,117,105 1,217,105 December 16, 1997
II-2
DOLLAR
VALUE OF DOLLAR VALUE
HOLDER WARRANTS(1) OF NOTES DATE OF GRANT
- ------ ----------- ------------ -----------------
Robert Rymer 132,895 32,895 December 16, 1997
Phil Phillips, Jr. 854,219 854,219 March 6, 1998
Scott Diamond -- 11,500 December 16, 1997
Ross Lenhart -- 11,500 December 16, 1997
Richard Roberts -- 11,500 December 16, 1997
H. Henry Hederman 9,604 9,604 March 1, 1998
Hap Hederman 703,500 703,500 March 1, 1998
H. Henry Hederman Grandchild
Trust No. 1 U/A dated 12/31/87 43,448 43,448 March 1, 1998
H. Henry Hederman Grandchild
Trust No. 2 U/A dated 12/31/87 43,448 43,448 March 1, 1998
H. Henry Hederman, Jr.
Trust U/A 12/31/75 1,200,000 1,200,000 March 1, 1998
Michael G. Harper 250,000 1,125,000 March 31, 1998
Lynn H. Harper 250,000 -- March 31, 1998
- --------
(1) Each warrant holder is entitled to purchase a maximum number of shares
equal to the Dollar Value of Warrants granted divided by the initial public
offering price of the shares. The exercise price is the initial public
offering price (i.e., if the Dollar Value of the warrant is $1,000,000 and
the initial public offering price is $12.00, the holder is entitled to
purchase 83,333 shares at the exercise price of $12.00 per share).
II-3
ITEM 16. EXHIBITS.
EXHIBIT
NUMBERS DESCRIPTION
------- -----------
1.1* Underwriting Agreement
3.1 Charter of Master Graphics, Inc.
3.2* Certificate of Incorporation of Premier Graphics, Inc.
3.3 Bylaws of Master Graphics, Inc.
3.4 Bylaws of Premier Graphics, Inc.
4.1* Form of Common Stock Certificate
4.2* Form of 5% Series A Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock
Certificate
4.3* Articles of Amendment to the Charter of Master Graphics, Inc.
Designating and Fixing the Rights and Preferences of a Series and
Preferred Shares of Stock
4.4* Stock Purchase Warrant dated June 19, 1997 between Master Graphics,
Inc. and Sirrom Capital Corporation
4.5 Stock Purchase Warrant dated June 19, 1997 between Master Graphics,
Inc. and William J. Blackwell and Brenda M. Blackwell
4.6 Stock Purchase Warrant dated June 19, 1997 between Master Graphics,
Inc. and Walter P. McMullen
4.7 Stock Purchase Warrant dated June 19, 1997 between Master Graphics,
Inc. and David Sutherland, III
4.8* Stock Purchase Warrant dated September 22, 1997 between Master
Graphics, Inc., John P. Miller and Joseph M. Jensen
4.9* Stock Purchase Warrant dated September 22, 1997 between Master
Graphics, Inc., John P. Miller and Allan R. Bartel
4.10 Stock Purchase Warrant dated December 16, 1997 between Master
Graphics, Inc., John P. Miller and Joseph Segal
4.11 Stock Purchase Warrant dated December 16, 1997 between Master
Graphics, Inc., John P. Miller and Cary Rosenthal
4.12 Stock Purchase Warrant dated December 16, 1997 between Master
Graphics, Inc., John P. Miller and Wendell Burns
4.13 Stock Purchase Warrant dated December 16, 1997 between Master
Graphics, Inc., John P. Miller and Robert Rymer
4.14 Stock Purchase Warrant dated March 6, 1998 between Master Graphics,
Inc., John P. Miller and Phil Phillips, Jr.
4.15 Stock Purchase Warrant dated March 31, 1998 between Master Graphics,
Inc., John P. Miller and Michael G. Harper
4.16 Stock Purchase Warrant dated March 31, 1998 between Master Graphics,
Inc., John P. Miller and Lynn H. Harper
4.17 Stock Purchase Warrant dated March 1, 1998 between Master Graphics,
Inc., John P. Miller and H. Henry Hederman
4.18 Stock Purchase Warrant dated March 1, 1998 between Master Graphics,
Inc., John P. Miller and Martha Dean Hederman, Trustee of the H.
Henry Hederman Grandchild Trust No. 1 U/A dated 12/31/87
4.19 Stock Purchase Warrant dated March 1, 1998 between Master Graphics,
Inc., John P. Miller and Martha Dean Hederman, Trustee of the H.
Henry Hederman Grandchild Trust No. 2 U/A dated 12/31/87
4.20 Stock Purchase Warrant dated March 1, 1998 between Master Graphics,
Inc., John P. Miller and H. Henry Hederman, Jr. and Zach T.
Hederman, as Trustees of the H. Henry Hederman, Jr. Trust U/A dated
December 31, 1975
II-4
EXHIBIT
NUMBERS DESCRIPTION
------- -----------
4.21 Stock Purchase Warrant dated March 1, 1998 between Master Graphics,
Inc., John P. Miller and Hap Hederman, Jr.
4.22* Form of Stock Purchase Warrant
4.23* Form of Option Grant
4.24* Stock Purchases Warrant dated April 1, 1998 between Master Graphics,
Inc. and General Electric Capital Corporation
4.25* Note Modification Agreement dated May 20, 1997 between Harold Martin
and Master Printing, Inc.
4.26* Note Modification Agreement dated May 22, 1997 between Carl Nelson
and Master Printing, Inc.
4.27* Note Modification Agreement dated May 20, 1997 between Jack Garmon
and Master Printing, Inc.
4.28* Registration Rights Agreement dated March 30, 1998 between Master
Graphics, Inc. and General Electric Capital Corporation
4.29* Exchange Agreement dated March 30, 1998 between General Electric
Capital Corporation and Master Graphics, Inc.
5.1* Opinion of Baker, Donelson, Bearman & Caldwell, a professional
corporation regarding legality of securities being registered
10.1* Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of June 18, 1997 by and
between B&M Printing Company, Inc. and Premier Graphics, Inc.
10.2* Agreement for Sale and Purchase of Corporate Stock dated as of June
17, 1997, between William J. Blackwell and Brenda M. Blackwell and
Master Graphics, Inc.
10.3 Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of June 18, 1997 by and
between Blackwell Lithographers, Inc. and Premier Graphics, Inc.
10.4* Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of June 4, 1997 among Master
Graphics, Inc. and Walter P. McMullen
10.5* First Amendment to Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of June 19,
1997 by and between Master Graphics, Inc. and Walter P. McMullen
10.6 Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of June 18, 1997 between
Lithograph Printing Company of Memphis and Premier Graphics, Inc.
10.7* Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of May 20, 1997 among Sutherland
Printing Company, Inc., David Sutherland, III and Master Printing,
Inc.
10.8 Assignment of Asset Purchase Agreement dated June 19, 1997 between
Master Printing, Inc. and Premier Graphics, Inc.
10.9* Agreement for Sale and Purchase of Corporate Stock dated September
22, 1997 between The Argus Press, Inc., Joseph M. Jensen, Allan R.
Bartel and Master Graphics, Inc.
10.10 Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of September 22, 1997, between
The Argus Press, Inc. and Premier Graphics, Inc.
10.11 Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of December 15, 1997 by Master
Graphics, Inc., Cary Rosenthal, Joseph Segal, Ross Lenhart, Richard
Roberts and Scott Diamond.
10.12 Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of December 16, 1997, between
Phoenix Communications, Inc. and Premier Graphics, Inc.
10.13 Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of December 16, 1997, between
King Mailing Services, Inc. and Premier Graphics, Inc.
II-5
EXHIBIT
NUMBERS DESCRIPTION
------- -----------
10.14 Stock Purchase Agreement dated December 16, 1997 between Master
Graphics, Inc. and Wendell Burns and Robert Rymer
10.15 Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of December 16, 1997, between
Jones Printing Company, Inc. and Premier Graphics, Inc.
10.16 Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of March 1, 1998 between Master
Graphics, Inc. and H. Henry Hederman, H. Henry Hederman, Jr., and
Martha Dean Hederman, as Trustee of the H. Henry Hederman Grandchild
Trust No. 1 U/A dated 12/31/87, and Martha Dean Hederman, as Trustee
of the H. Henry Hederman Grandchild Trust No. 2 U/A dated 12/31/87
10.17 Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of March 1, 1998 between
Hederman Brothers, Inc. and Premier Graphics, Inc.
10.18 Stock Purchase Agreement dated March 1, 1998 between Master
Graphics, Inc., Premier Graphics, Inc., John P. Miller and Phil
Phillips, Jr.
10.19 Stock Purchase Agreement dated March 31, 1997 between Master
Graphics, Inc. and Michael G. Harper, individually and as custodian
for Emily Hines Harper, a minor, and Lynn H. Harper, individually
and as custodian for Davis Hillman Harper, a minor
10.20* Agreement and Plan of Merger between Harperprints, Inc. and Premier
Graphics, Inc.
10.21* Merger Agreement dated April 8, 1998 between Master Graphics, Inc.,
Master Acquisitionsub, Inc., and McQuiddy Printing Company
10.22* Agreement and Plan of Merger between McQuiddy Printing Company and
Premier Graphics, Inc.
10.23* Employment Agreement dated as of March 1, 1998 by and between Master
Graphics, Inc. and John P. Miller
10.24* Employment Agreement dated as of March 1, 1998 by and between Master
Graphics, Inc. and Robert J. Diehl
10.25* Employment Agreement dated as of March 1, 1998 by and between Master
Graphics, Inc. and P. Melvin Henson, Jr.
10.26* Employment Agreement dated as of March 1, 1998 by and between Master
Graphics, Inc. and Lance T. Fair
10.27* Employment Agreement dated as of March 1, 1998 by and between Master
Graphics, Inc. and James B. Duncan
10.28* Noncompetition Agreement dated as of June 19, 1997 between Premier
Graphics, Inc. and David Sutherland, III, and Sutherland Printing
Company, Inc.
10.29 Noncompetition Agreement dated as of December 16, 1997 between
Master Graphics, Inc. and Joseph Segal
10.30* Noncompetition Agreement dated as of December 16, 1997 between
Master Graphics, Inc. and Cary Rosenthal
10.31 Noncompetition Agreement dated as of December 16, 1997 by and
between Master Graphics, Inc. and Wendell Burns
10.32 Noncompetition Agreement dated as of March 1, 1998 by and between
Master Graphics, Inc. and H. Henry Hederman, Jr.
10.33* Noncompetition Agreement by and between David L. McQuiddy, III and
Master Graphics, Inc.
10.34 Noncompetition Agreement dated as of March 31, 1998 by and between
Master Graphics, Inc. and Lynn H. Harper
10.35 Noncompetition Agreement dated as of March 1, 1998 by and between
Master Graphics, Inc. and Phil Phillips, Jr.
10.36 Commercial Lease Agreement dated December 4, 1992 between John P.
Miller, as Lessor and B&M Printing Company, as Lessee, Memphis,
Tennessee
II-6
EXHIBIT
NUMBERS DESCRIPTION
------- -----------
10.37 Amended and Restated Lease Agreement--Office, Commercial Printing
and Commercial Warehouse Facility dated as of June 16, 1997 between
Graphic Development Company, L.P. and Lithograph Printing Company of
Memphis, Memphis, Tennessee
10.38* Industrial Building Lease Agreement dated June 1, 1971 and assigned
by The Argus Press, Inc. to Premier Graphics, Inc. as of September
26, 1997, by and between LaSalle National Bank as Trustee of Trust
#42560, as Lessor and Premier Graphics, Inc., as Lessee, Niles,
Illinois
10.39* Lease Agreement dated May 1, 1995 by and between RFTA Associates,
LLC, a Georgia limited liability company, and Phoenix
Communications, Inc., Chamblee, Georgia
10.40* Standard Industrial Lease Agreement dated October 17, 1994 by and
between RSH Properties, L.L.C., as Lessor and King Mailing Services,
Inc., as Lessee, Chamblee, Georgia
10.41* Commercial Lease Agreement dated as of December 16, 1997 by and
between Wendell H. Burns and Premier Graphics, Inc., Chattanooga,
Tennessee
10.42* Commercial Lease Agreement for Hederman Brothers, Inc.--Ridgeland,
Mississippi
10.43* Standard Industrial Lease Agreement dated October 14, 1997 by and
between Fl Corp, as Lessor and Hederman Brothers, Inc, as Lessee,
Little Rock, Arkansas
10.44* Commercial Lease Agreement dated March 1, 1998 by and between Phil
Phillips, Jr. and Premier Graphics, Inc., Springdale, Arkansas
10.45* Commercial Lease Agreement dated January 8, 1998 by and between
Crescent Center Limited Partnership, as Lessor and Master Graphics,
Inc., as Lessee, Memphis, Tennessee
10.46 Commercial Lease Agreement dated March 1, 1998 between Arrowhead
Real Estate, LLC and Premier Graphics, Inc.
10.47 Loan Agreement by and between Sirrom Capital Corporation and Master
Graphics, Inc. and Premier Graphics, Inc. dated June 19, 1997
10.48 Loan and Security Agreement by and between First American National
Bank and Master Graphics, Inc. and Premier Graphics, Inc. dated June
19, 1997
10.49 Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement by and between
General Electric Capital Corporation and Premier Graphics, Inc.
dated December 16, 1997
10.50 Noncompetition Agreement dated as of March 31, 1998 by and between
Master Graphics, Inc. and Michael G. Harper
10.51 Bill of Sale dated December 31, 1997 between B & M Printing Company
and John P. Miller
10.52 Promissory Note dated December 31, 1997 between John P. Miller and
Premier Graphics, Inc.
10.53 Promissory Note dated December 10, 1992 between John P. Miller and B
& M Printing Company
10.54 Noncompetition Agreement dated as of March 1, 1998 between Master
Graphics, Inc. and H. Henry Hederman
10.55 Commercial Lease Agreement dated March 31, 1998 by and between
Michael G. and Lynn H. Harper and Harperprints, Inc.
11.1 Statement re: computation of per share earnings
21.1* List of subsidiaries
23.1 Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
23.2 Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP
23.3 Consent of Marlin & Edmondson, P.C.
II-7
EXHIBIT
NUMBERS DESCRIPTION
------- -----------
23.4 Consent of Joseph Decosimo and Company
23.5 Consent of Thompson Dunavant PLC
23.6 Consent of S. F. Fiser & Company, P.A.
23.7 Consent of Becker & Company, P.C.
23.8* Consent of Baker, Donelson, Bearman & Caldwell, a professional
corporation (included in its opinion filed as Exhibit 5.1).
24.1 Power of Attorney (included on signature page of Registration
Statement).
27.1* Financial Data Schedule
- --------
* To be filed by amendment
ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.
The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the Underwriters,
at the closing specified in the Underwriting Agreement, certificates in such
denominations and registered in such names as required by the Underwriters to
permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
Registrant pursuant to the Registrant's Certificate of Incorporation, its
Bylaws, the Underwriting Agreement, or otherwise, the Registrant has been
advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such
indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act
and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for
indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the
Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling
person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or
proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in
connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless
in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling
precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether
such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the
Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:
(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act,
the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this
registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form
of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or
497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this
registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities
Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall
be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities
offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be
deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
II-8
SIGNATURES
PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENT OF THE SECURITIES ACT, THE REGISTRANT HAS DULY
CAUSED THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT TO BE SIGNED ON ITS BEHALF BY THE
UNDERSIGNED, THEREUNTO DULY AUTHORIZED, IN MEMPHIS, TENNESSEE ON APRIL 8,
1998.
Master Graphics, Inc.
a Tennessee corporation
/s/ John P. Miller
By: _________________________________
JOHN P. MILLER,
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
POWER OF ATTORNEY
Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints
John P. Miller and Lance T. Fair, and each or either of them, with full power
to act without the other, his true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full power
of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead,
in any and all capacities (until revoked in writing), to sign any and all
amendments to this Registration Statement (including post-effective amendments
and amendments thereto) and any registration statement relating to the same
offering as this Registration Statement that is to be effective upon filing
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, and to file the same, with
all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby granting to said attorneys-in-fact
and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each
and every act and thing whatsoever requisite or desirable to be done, as fully
to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person,
hereby ratifying and confirming all acts and things that said attorneys-in-
fact and agents, or either of them, or their substitutes or substitute, may
lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT HAS BEEN SIGNED BY THE FOLLOWING PERSONS IN THE CAPACITIES AND ON
THE DATES INDICATED.
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE
/s/ John P. Miller Chief Executive April 8, 1998
- ------------------------------------- Officer, President
JOHN P. MILLER and Chairman of the
Board of Directors
/s/ Lance T. Fair Senior Vice April 8, 1998
- ------------------------------------- President--
LANCE T. FAIR Acquisitions; Chief
Financial Officer
/s/ Robert J. Diehl Chief Operating April 8, 1998
- ------------------------------------- Officer
ROBERT J. DIEHL
/s/ P. Melvin Henson, Jr. Senior Vice April 8, 1998
- ------------------------------------- President--Finance
P. MELVIN HENSON, JR. and Administration;
Chief Accounting
Officer
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE
/s/ James. B. Duncan Senior Vice April 8, 1998
- ------------------------------------- President--Sales
JAMES B. DUNCAN and Marketing
/s/ H. Henry Hederman, Jr. Director, President April 8, 1998
- ------------------------------------- Hederman Brothers
H. HENRY (HAP) HEDERMAN, JR. Division
/s/ Walter P. McMullen Director, Chairman April 8, 1998
- ------------------------------------- of Lithograph
WALTER P. MCMULLEN Printing Division
/s/ Cary Rosenthal Director, President April 8, 1998
- ------------------------------------- Phoenix Division
CARY ROSENTHAL
/s/ Frederick F. Avery Director April 8, 1998
- -------------------------------------
FREDERICK F. AVERY
/s/ Donald L. Hutson Director April 8, 1998
- -------------------------------------
DONALD L. HUTSON
INDEX TO EXHIBITS
EXHIBIT
NUMBERS DESCRIPTION
------- -----------
1.1* Underwriting Agreement
3.1 Charter of Master Graphics, Inc.
3.2* Certificate of Incorporation of Premier Graphics, Inc.
3.3 Bylaws of Master Graphics, Inc.
3.4 Bylaws of Premier Graphics, Inc.
4.1* Form of Common Stock Certificate
4.2* Form of 5% Series A Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock Certificate
4.3* Articles of Amendment to the Charter of Master Graphics, Inc.
Designating and Fixing the Rights and Preferences of a Series and
Preferred Shares of Stock
4.4* Stock Purchase Warrant dated June 19, 1997 between Master Graphics,
Inc. and Sirrom Capital Corporation
4.5 Stock Purchase Warrant dated June 19, 1997 between Master Graphics,
Inc. and William J. Blackwell and Brenda M. Blackwell
4.6 Stock Purchase Warrant dated June 19, 1997 between Master Graphics,
Inc. and Walter P. McMullen
4.7 Stock Purchase Warrant dated June 19, 1997 between Master Graphics,
Inc. and David Sutherland, III
4.8* Stock Purchase Warrant dated September 22, 1997 between Master
Graphics, Inc., John P. Miller and Joseph M. Jensen
4.9* Stock Purchase Warrant dated September 22, 1997 between Master
Graphics, Inc., John P. Miller and Allan R. Bartel
4.10 Stock Purchase Warrant dated December 16, 1997 between Master
Graphics, Inc., John P. Miller and Joseph Segal
4.11 Stock Purchase Warrant dated December 16, 1997 between Master
Graphics, Inc., John P. Miller and Cary Rosenthal
4.12 Stock Purchase Warrant dated December 16, 1997 between Master
Graphics, Inc., John P. Miller and Wendell Burns
4.13 Stock Purchase Warrant dated December 16, 1997 between Master
Graphics, Inc., John P. Miller and Robert Rymer
4.14 Stock Purchase Warrant dated March 6, 1998 between Master Graphics,
Inc., John P. Miller and Phil Phillips, Jr.
4.15 Stock Purchase Warrant dated March 31, 1998 between Master Graphics,
Inc., John P. Miller and Michael G. Harper
4.16 Stock Purchase Warrant dated March 31, 1998 between Master Graphics,
Inc., John P. Miller and Lynn H. Harper
4.17 Stock Purchase Warrant dated March 1, 1998 between Master Graphics,
Inc., John P. Miller and H. Henry Hederman
4.18 Stock Purchase Warrant dated March 1, 1998 between Master Graphics,
Inc., John P. Miller and Martha Dean Hederman, Trustee of the H. Henry
Hederman Grandchild Trust No. 1 U/A dated 12/31/87
4.19 Stock Purchase Warrant dated March 1, 1998 between Master Graphics,
Inc., John P. Miller and Martha Dean Hederman, Trustee of the H. Henry
Hederman Grandchild Trust No. 2 U/A dated 12/31/87
4.20 Stock Purchase Warrant dated March 1, 1998 between Master Graphics,
Inc., John P. Miller and H. Henry Hederman, Jr. and Zach T. Hederman,
as Trustees of the H. Henry Hederman, Jr. Trust U/A dated December 31,
1975
EXHIBIT
NUMBERS DESCRIPTION
------- -----------
4.21 Stock Purchase Warrant dated March 1, 1998 between Master Graphics,
Inc., John P. Miller and Hap Hederman, Jr.
4.22* Form of Stock Purchase Warrant
4.23* Form of Option Grant
4.24* Stock Purchases Warrant dated April 1, 1998 between Master Graphics,
Inc. and General Electric Capital Corporation
4.25* Note Modification Agreement dated May 20, 1997 between Harold Martin
and Master Printing, Inc.
4.26* Note Modification Agreement dated May 22, 1997 between Carl Nelson and
Master Printing, Inc.
4.27* Note Modification Agreement dated May 20, 1997 between Jack Garmon and
Master Printing, Inc.
4.28* Registration Rights Agreement dated March 30, 1998 between Master
Graphics, Inc. and General Electric Capital Corporation
4.29* Exchange Agreement dated March 30, 1998 between General Electric
Capital Corporation and Master Graphics, Inc.
5.1* Opinion of Baker, Donelson, Bearman & Caldwell, a professional
corporation regarding legality of securities being registered
10.1* Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of June 18, 1997 by and between
B&M Printing Company, Inc. and Premier Graphics, Inc.
10.2* Agreement for Sale and Purchase of Corporate Stock dated as of June
17, 1997, between William J. Blackwell and Brenda M. Blackwell and
Master Graphics, Inc.
10.3 Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of June 18, 1997 by and between
Blackwell Lithographers, Inc. and Premier Graphics, Inc.
10.4* Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of June 4, 1997 among Master
Graphics, Inc. and Walter P. McMullen
10.5* First Amendment to Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of June 19, 1997
by and between Master Graphics, Inc. and Walter P. McMullen
10.6 Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of June 18, 1997 between
Lithograph Printing Company of Memphis and Premier Graphics, Inc.
10.7* Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of May 20, 1997 among Sutherland
Printing Company, Inc., David Sutherland, III and Master Printing,
Inc.
10.8 Assignment of Asset Purchase Agreement dated June 19, 1997 between
Master Printing, Inc. and Premier Graphics, Inc.
10.9* Agreement for Sale and Purchase of Corporate Stock dated September 22,
1997 between The Argus Press, Inc., Joseph M. Jensen, Allan R. Bartel
and Master Graphics, Inc.
10.10 Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of September 22, 1997, between
The Argus Press, Inc. and Premier Graphics, Inc.
10.11 Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of December 15, 1997 by Master
Graphics, Inc., Cary Rosenthal, Joseph Segal, Ross Lenhart, Richard
Roberts and Scott Diamond.
10.12 Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of December 16, 1997, between
Phoenix Communications, Inc. and Premier Graphics, Inc.
10.13 Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of December 16, 1997, between
King Mailing Services, Inc. and Premier Graphics, Inc.
EXHIBIT
NUMBERS DESCRIPTION
------- -----------
10.14 Stock Purchase Agreement dated December 16, 1997 between Master
Graphics, Inc. and Wendell Burns and Robert Rymer
10.15 Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of December 16, 1997, between
Jones Printing Company, Inc. and Premier Graphics, Inc.
10.16 Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of March 1, 1998 between Master
Graphics, Inc. and H. Henry Hederman, H. Henry Hederman, Jr., and
Martha Dean Hederman, as Trustee of the H. Henry Hederman Grandchild
Trust No. 1 U/A dated 12/31/87, and Martha Dean Hederman, as Trustee
of the H. Henry Hederman Grandchild Trust No. 2 U/A dated 12/31/87
10.17 Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of March 1, 1998 between
Hederman Brothers, Inc. and Premier Graphics, Inc.
10.18 Stock Purchase Agreement dated March 1, 1998 between Master Graphics,
Inc., Premier Graphics, Inc., John P. Miller and Phil Phillips, Jr.
10.19 Stock Purchase Agreement dated March 31, 1997 between Master Graphics,
Inc. and Michael G. Harper, individually and as custodian for Emily
Hines Harper, a minor, and Lynn H. Harper, individually and as
custodian for Davis Hillman Harper, a minor
10.20* Agreement and Plan of Merger between Harperprints, Inc. and Premier
Graphics, Inc.
10.21* Merger Agreement dated April 8, 1998 between Master Graphics, Inc.,
Master Acquisitionsub, Inc., and McQuiddy Printing Company
10.22* Agreement and Plan of Merger between McQuiddy Printing Company and
Premier Graphics, Inc.
10.23* Employment Agreement dated as of March 1, 1998 by and between Master
Graphics, Inc. and John P. Miller
10.24* Employment Agreement dated as of March 1, 1998 by and between Master
Graphics, Inc. and Robert J. Diehl
10.25* Employment Agreement dated as of March 1, 1998 by and between Master
Graphics, Inc. and P. Melvin Henson, Jr.
10.26* Employment Agreement dated as of March 1, 1998 by and between Master
Graphics, Inc. and Lance T. Fair
10.27* Employment Agreement dated as of March 1, 1998 by and between Master
Graphics, Inc. and James B. Duncan
10.28* Noncompetition Agreement dated as of June 19, 1997 between Premier
Graphics, Inc. and David Sutherland, III, and Sutherland Printing
Company, Inc.
10.29 Noncompetition Agreement dated as of December 16, 1997 between Master
Graphics, Inc. and Joseph Segal
10.30* Noncompetition Agreement dated as of December 16, 1997 between Master
Graphics, Inc. and Cary Rosenthal
10.31 Noncompetition Agreement dated as of December 16, 1997 by and between
Master Graphics, Inc. and Wendell Burns
10.32 Noncompetition Agreement dated as of March 1, 1998 by and between
Master Graphics, Inc. and H. Henry Hederman, Jr.
10.33* Noncompetition Agreement by and between David L. McQuiddy, III and
Master Graphics, Inc.
10.34 Noncompetition Agreement dated as of March 31, 1998 by and between
Master Graphics, Inc. and Lynn H. Harper
10.35 Noncompetition Agreement dated as of March 1, 1998 by and between
Master Graphics, Inc. and Phil Phillips, Jr.
10.36 Commercial Lease Agreement dated December 4, 1992 between John P.
Miller, as Lessor and B&M Printing Company, as Lessee, Memphis,
Tennessee
EXHIBIT
NUMBERS DESCRIPTION
------- -----------
10.37 Amended and Restated Lease Agreement--Office, Commercial Printing
and Commercial Warehouse Facility dated as of June 16, 1997 between
Graphic Development Company, L.P. and Lithograph Printing Company of
Memphis, Memphis, Tennessee
10.38* Industrial Building Lease Agreement dated June 1, 1971 and assigned
by The Argus Press, Inc. to Premier Graphics, Inc. as of September
26, 1997, by and between LaSalle National Bank as Trustee of Trust
#42560, as Lessor and Premier Graphics, Inc., as Lessee, Niles,
Illinois
10.39* Lease Agreement dated May 1, 1995 by and between RFTA Associates,
LLC, a Georgia limited liability company, and Phoenix
Communications, Inc., Chamblee, Georgia
10.40* Standard Industrial Lease Agreement dated October 17, 1994 by and
between RSH Properties, L.L.C., as Lessor and King Mailing Services,
Inc., as Lessee, Chamblee, Georgia
10.41* Commercial Lease Agreement dated as of December 16, 1997 by and
between Wendell H. Burns and Premier Graphics, Inc., Chattanooga,
Tennessee
10.42* Commercial Lease Agreement for Hederman Brothers, Inc.--Ridgeland,
Mississippi
10.43* Standard Industrial Lease Agreement dated October 14, 1997 by and
between Fl Corp, as Lessor and Hederman Brothers, Inc, as Lessee,
Little Rock, Arkansas
10.44* Commercial Lease Agreement dated March 1, 1998 by and between Phil
Phillips, Jr. and Premier Graphics, Inc., Springdale, Arkansas
10.45* Commercial Lease Agreement dated January 8, 1998 by and between
Crescent Center Limited Partnership, as Lessor and Master Graphics,
Inc., as Lessee, Memphis, Tennessee
10.46 Commercial Lease Agreement dated March 1, 1998 between Arrowhead
Real Estate, LLC and Premier Graphics, Inc.
10.47 Loan Agreement by and between Sirrom Capital Corporation and Master
Graphics, Inc. and Premier Graphics, Inc. dated June 19, 1997
10.48 Loan and Security Agreement by and between First American National
Bank and Master Graphics, Inc. and Premier Graphics, Inc. dated June
19, 1997
10.49 Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement by and between
General Electric Capital Corporation and Premier Graphics, Inc.
dated December 16, 1997
10.50 Noncompetition Agreement dated as of March 31, 1998 by and between
Master Graphics, Inc. and Michael G. Harper
10.51 Bill of Sale dated December 31, 1997 between B & M Printing Company
and John P. Miller
10.52 Promissory Note dated December 31, 1997 between John P. Miller and
Premier Graphics, Inc.
10.53 Promissory Note dated December 10, 1992 between John P. Miller and B
& M Printing Company
10.54 Noncompetition Agreement dated as of March 1, 1998 between Master
Graphics, Inc. and H. Henry Hederman
10.55 Commercial Lease Agreement dated March 31, 1998 by and between
Michael G. and Lynn H. Harper and Harperprints, Inc.
11.1 Statement re: computation of per share earnings
21.1* List of subsidiaries
23.1 Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
23.2 Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP
23.3 Consent of Marlin & Edmondson, P.C.
EXHIBIT
NUMBERS DESCRIPTION
------- -----------
23.4 Consent of Joseph Decosimo and Company
23.5 Consent of Thompson Dunavant PLC
23.6 Consent of S. F. Fiser & Company, P.A.
23.7 Consent of Becker & Company, P.C.
23.8* Consent of Baker, Donelson, Bearman & Caldwell, a professional
corporation (included in its opinion filed as Exhibit 5.1).
24.1 Power of Attorney (included on signature page of Registration
Statement).
27.1* Financial Data Schedule
- --------
* To be filed by amendment